diff options
| author | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> | 2014-08-26 19:01:24 +0300 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net> | 2014-08-26 19:01:24 +0300 |
| commit | 06b81937a677efa3eb40d536721dadddd98fd30c (patch) | |
| tree | 7428ebdfb70d30b58e82c6ed8dc1726dc517768f | |
| parent | 3568a206511557f387837354255b85f036cbde76 (diff) | |
| download | tools-06b81937a677efa3eb40d536721dadddd98fd30c.tar tools-06b81937a677efa3eb40d536721dadddd98fd30c.tar.gz tools-06b81937a677efa3eb40d536721dadddd98fd30c.tar.bz2 tools-06b81937a677efa3eb40d536721dadddd98fd30c.tar.xz tools-06b81937a677efa3eb40d536721dadddd98fd30c.zip | |
Update installer docs
58 files changed, 15751 insertions, 16554 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index f57533ba..25624e06 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -1,25 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Marc Lattemann, 2013 # psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014 +# Marc Lattemann, 2013 # Marc Lattemann, 2013-2014 +# psyca <linux@psyca.de>, 2014 +# user7 <wassipaul@gmx.at>, 2014 # user7 <wassipaul@gmx.at>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-10 13:11+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: psyca <linux@psyca.de>\n" -"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"de/)\n" -"Language: de\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/de/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: de\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -30,11 +32,9 @@ msgstr "Lizenz- und Veröffentlichungshinweise" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -44,41 +44,31 @@ msgstr "Lizenzabkommen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte " -"sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Bevor Sie <application>Mageia</application> installieren, lesen Sie bitte sorgfälltig die Begriffe und Bedingungen in der Lizenz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution " -"von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie " -"mit der Installation weitermachen können." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Diese Begriffe und Bedingungen beziehen sich auf die gesamte Distribution von <application>Mageia</application> und muss akzeptiert werden, bevor Sie mit der Installation weitermachen können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Weiter</emphasis>." +msgstr "Um dies zu akzeptieren, klicken Sie einfach auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Akzeptieren</emphasis> und anschließend auf <emphasis role=\"bold\">Weiter</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, " -"bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf " -"<guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Falls Sie sich entschließen, diese Bedingungen nicht zu akzeptieren, bedanken wir uns, dass Sie vorbeigeschaut haben. Mit einem Klick auf <guibutton>Beenden</guibutton> wird Ihr Computer neu gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -90,10 +80,7 @@ msgstr "Veröffentlichungshinweise" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</" -"replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +msgstr "Um zu sehen, was in dieser Ausgabe von <application><replaceable>Mageia</replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -106,32 +93,27 @@ msgstr "de" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " -"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " -"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " -"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -141,9 +123,7 @@ msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " -"hergestellt ist" +msgstr "Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht hergestellt ist" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -153,40 +133,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " -"die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " -"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " -"können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +msgstr "Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, die Mageia anbietet, wie 'nonfree', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Verwaltung des Benutzers und des Superusers" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -198,33 +176,20 @@ msgstr "Setzen des Administrator (root) Passworts:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> " -"verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, " -"normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> " -"genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich " -"die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit " -"des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie " -"ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden " -"Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu " -"überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht " -"vertippt haben." +msgstr "Dies ist für alle Installationen von <application>Mageia</application> verfügbar, um ein Passwort für den Superuser oder Administrator zu setzen, normalerweise wird es unter Linux das <emphasis>root passwort</emphasis> genannt. Während Sie Ihr Passwort in die obere Textbox eingeben, ändert sich die Farbe des Schildes von Rot zu Gelb und Grün, abhängig von der Sicherheit des Passwortes. Ein grünes Schild am Ende der Textbox zeigt Ihnen, dass Sie ein schwer zu knackendes Passwort verwenden. In der darunter liegenden Textbox sollten Sie das soeben eingegebene Passwort wiederholen, um zu überprüfen, dass Sie sich bei der Eingabe des ersten Passwortes nicht vertippt haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten " -"ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und " -"Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." +msgstr "Alle Passwörter beachten die Groß-/Kleinschreibung, so dass es am besten ist, wenn Sie eine Mischung aus Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben, Zahlen und Sonderzeichen in einem Passwort verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -237,41 +202,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der " -"Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen " -"zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit " -"einem Computer macht." +msgstr "Hier fügen Sie einen Benutzer hinzu. Ein Benutzer hat weniger Rechte als der Superuser (root), aber genügend, um im Internet zu surfen, Büroanwendungen zu verwenden und noch vieles mehr, was ein durchschnittlicher Benutzer mit einem Computer macht." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert " -"sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." +msgstr "<guibutton>Symbol</guibutton>: Wenn Sie auf diesen Knopf klicken, so ändert sich das Symbol für den Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den " -"wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." +msgstr "<guilabel>Wirklicher Name</guilabel>: Fügen Sie in dieser Textbox den wirklichen Namen des Benutzers ein." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des " -"Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der " -"Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Anmeldename</guilabel>: Hier geben Sie den Anmeldenamen des Benutzers ein, oder lassen Sie den von <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> vorgeschlagenen Namen stehen und übernehmen diesen. <emphasis>Der Anmeldename beachtet die Groß-/Kleinschreibung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -279,32 +232,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für " -"den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie " -"sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort</guilabel>: In dieser Textbox geben Sie das Passwort für den Benutzer ein. Auch hier zeigt ein Schild am Ende der Textbox an, wie sicher das Passwort ist. (Siehe auch <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort " -"des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</" -"emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den " -"Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Passwort (wiederholen)</guilabel>: Geben Sie wiederum das Passwort des Benutzers in diese Textbox ein, und <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakx</emphasis> überprüft auf Übereinstimmung der beiden Passwörter für den Benutzer in den beiden Textboxen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt " -"ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber " -"schreibgeschützt ist." +msgstr "Jeder Nutzer, der bei der Installation von Mageia hinzugefügt wird, besitzt ein home Verzeichnis, was von systemweit gelesen werden kann, aber schreibgeschützt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -312,20 +255,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte " -"Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch " -"schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." +msgstr "Allerdings wird jeder Nutzer, der in <emphasis>MCC - System - Verwalte Nutzer im System </emphasis>hinzugefügt wird, ein sowohl lese- als auch schreibgeschütztes home Verzeichnis besitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen " -"nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach " -"dem Neustart einzurichten." +msgstr "Wenn Sie kein systemweit lesbares home Verzeichnis möchten, wird empfohlen nun nur einen temporären Nutzer zu erstellen und den / die wirklichen nach dem Neustart einzurichten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -333,17 +270,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle " -"zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - " -"Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie " -"<emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." +msgstr "Wenn Sie systemweit lesbare home Verzeichnisse bevorzugen, sollten Sie alle zusätzlichen Nutzer in dem Schritt <emphasis>Konfiguration - Zusammenfassung</emphasis> während der Installation hinzufügen. Wählen Sie <emphasis>Benutzerverwaltung</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." +msgstr "Die Zugriffsrechte können auch nach der Installation abgeändert werden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -356,12 +288,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> " -"geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, " -"die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. " -"Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder " -"deaktivieren." +msgstr "Wird auf den Knopf <guibutton>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</guibutton> geklickt, so gelangen Sie auf eine Bildschirmseite, die es Ihnen erlaubt, die Einstellungen für den soeben eingefügten Benutzer zu bearbeiten. Zusätzlich können Sie hier ein Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -369,11 +296,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert " -"ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine " -"wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." +msgstr "Jedes Gast-Benutzerkonto, das mit einem vorgegebenen <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>-Gastzugang und im Ordner <emphasis>/home</emphasis> gespeichert ist, wird gelöscht, wenn sich der Gast abmeldet. Der Gast sollte daher seine wichtigen Daten auf einen USB-Stick sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -381,11 +304,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-" -"Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt " -"es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser " -"Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gast-Benutzerkonto</guilabel>: Hier können Sie das Gast-Benutzerkonto aktivieren oder deaktivieren. Das Gast- Benutzerkonto erlaubt es einem Gast, sich am System anzumelden und den PC zu verwenden. Dieser Gast hat aber eingeschränktere Rechte als ein nomaler Benutzer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -393,10 +312,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die " -"Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor " -"hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Diese aufklappbare Liste erlaubt es Ihnen, die Shell zu ändern, die der Benutzer verwendet, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Zur Auswahl stehen Bash, Dash und Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -404,49 +320,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID " -"(Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm " -"zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe " -"solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzer-ID</guilabel>: Hier können Sie eine Benutzer- ID (Benutzeridentifikation) für den Benutzer setzen, den Sie am Bildschirm zuvor hinzugefügt haben. Diese ID ist eine Zahl. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer " -"Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den " -"Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gruppen-ID</guilabel>: Dies ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen einer Gruppen-ID. Ebenfalls eine Zahl, normalerweise die gleiche Zahl wie für den Benutzer. Lassen Sie diese Eingabe solange leer, bis Sie wissen was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Einhängepunkte wählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -454,63 +363,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. " -"Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht " -"zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." +msgstr "Hier können Sie die erkannten Linux-Partitionen auf Ihrem Computer sehen. Falls Sie mit dem Vorschlag von <application>DrakX</application> nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie die Einhängepunkte ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</" -"literal> (root)-Partition haben." +msgstr "Falls Sie etwas ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie noch eine <literal>/</literal> (root)-Partition haben." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", " -"\"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Jede Partition wird wie folgt angezeigt: \"Gerät\" (\"Kapazität\", \"Einhängepunkt\", \"Typ\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], " -"\"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Gerät\", ist gegliedert in: \"Festplatte\", [\"Festplattennummer\"(Zahl)], \"Partitionsnummer\" (z.B. \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene " -"Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können " -"sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> " -"für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/" -"home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Falls Sie viele Partitionen angelegt haben, können Sie verschiedene Einhängepunkte aus dem Ausklappmenü auswählen, wie z.B. <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> und <literal>/var</literal>. Sie können sogar eigene Einhängepunkte erstellen, wie z.B. <literal>/video</literal> für Ihre Filme, oder <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> für die <literal>/home</literal> Partition einer Cauldron-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach " -"das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." +msgstr "Falls Sie keinen Zugriff auf eine Partition benötigen, lassen Sie einfach das Feld für den Einhängepunkt leer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -518,22 +410,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte " -"Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine " -"Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht sicher sind, was auszuwählen ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Zurück</guibutton> und danach auf <guilabel>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</guilabel>. Auf dem folgenden Bildschirm markieren Sie eine Partition und schon können Sie deren Typ und Größe sehen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte " -"auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX " -"vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sicher sind, dass die Einhängepunkte passen, dann klicken Sie bitte auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton> und geben an, ob nur die von DrakX vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -543,11 +428,9 @@ msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " -"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -555,19 +438,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " -"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." +msgstr "Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des <guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -579,30 +457,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" -"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " -"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " -"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " -"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " -"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " -"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " -"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." +msgstr "Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei <guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -611,12 +480,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " -"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " -"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " -"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " -"Gruppen fahren." +msgstr "Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die Gruppen fahren." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -638,160 +502,127 @@ msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " -"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" +msgstr "Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " -"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " -"anzupassen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation anzupassen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " -"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " -"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " -"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " -"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " -"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " -"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das <guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " -"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " -"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " -"Einstellungen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende Einstellungen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " -"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +msgstr "Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " -"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " -"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " -"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -801,32 +632,24 @@ msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " -"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." +msgstr "DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " -"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " -"auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -849,10 +672,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " -"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " -"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." +msgstr "Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -860,21 +680,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " -"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " -"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " -"Funktionalität bietet." +msgstr "Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende Funktionalität bietet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " -"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " -"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." +msgstr "Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -882,36 +695,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " -"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " -"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." +msgstr "Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie " -"sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." +msgstr "Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -920,31 +727,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " -"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " -"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" -"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " -"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " -"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " -"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " -"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " -"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass <application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " -"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -954,14 +749,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " -"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " -"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " -"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " -"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " -"einzustellen." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder <guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie <guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -973,9 +761,7 @@ msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " -"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -983,31 +769,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " -"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " -"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " -"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " -"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " -"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " -"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " -"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " -"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " -"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " -"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1019,9 +793,7 @@ msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " -"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." +msgstr "DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1030,22 +802,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " -"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " -"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " -"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" +msgstr "<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1056,15 +821,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " -"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " -"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " -"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " -"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1073,11 +833,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " -"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " -"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " -"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" +msgstr "Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1089,9 +845,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " -"Datenbank zu bestimmen" +msgstr "Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der Datenbank zu bestimmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1103,10 +857,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " -"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " -"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" +msgstr "Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1127,16 +878,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " -"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " -"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " -"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ 60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1146,74 +892,52 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " -"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" -"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " -"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" -"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +msgstr "Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die <literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " -"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " -"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " -"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " -"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " -"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " -"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " -"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " -"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " -"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an (falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " -"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." +msgstr "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 @@ -1231,28 +955,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die " -"Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von " -"<application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." +msgstr "Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie Ihre Festplatte(n) sehen und die Einteilung, die der DrakX Partitionierungswizard für die Installation von <application>Mageia</application> vorschlägt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten " -"Festplatte(n)." +msgstr "Die in der Liste verfügbaren Optionen variieren abhängig von Ihren verbauten Festplatte(n)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1264,9 +981,7 @@ msgstr "Verwende vorhandene Partitionen" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible " -"Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." +msgstr "Wenn diese Option verfügbar ist, dann wurden vorhandene Linux-kompatible Partitionen gefunden und können für die Installation genutzt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1276,11 +991,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze freien Speicherplatz" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, " -"dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzten freien Speicherplatz auf Ihrer Festplatte haben, dann wird diese Option diesen für die neue Mageia-Installation verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1290,11 +1003,9 @@ msgstr "Nutze den freien Speicherplatz einer Windows Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-" -"Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Falls Sie nicht genutzen freien Speicherplatz auf einer bestehenden Windows-Partition verfügbar haben, kann der Installer diesen zur Nutzung vorschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1302,11 +1013,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-" -"Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also " -"sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen " -"Datenträger gesichert sind." +msgstr "Dies kann ein sehr nützlicher Weg sein, um Platz für eine neue Mageia-Installation zu schaffen. Dies ist aber eine sehr riskante Aktion. Also sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass alle wichtigen Daten auf einem externen Datenträger gesichert sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1317,14 +1024,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-" -"Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" " -"sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt " -"heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden " -"sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem " -"zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, " -"die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." +msgstr "Beachten Sie bitte, dass für diese Option eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition durchgeführt werden muss. Die Partition muss zwingend \"sauber\" sein. Das bedeutet, dass Windows bei der letzten Nutzung korrekt heruntergefahren wurde. Zusätzlich muss die Partition defragmentiert worden sein, obwohl es keine Garantie gibt, dass alle Dateien der Partition aus dem zu nutzenden Teil verschoben wurden. Es ist also wirklich sehr zu empfehlen, die persönlichen Daten vor dem Vorgang zu sichern." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1339,9 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "Diese Option wird das vollständige Laufwerk für Mageia nutzen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte " -"Vorsicht walten lassen!" +msgstr "Beachte! Dies wird ALLE Daten auf dem gewählten Laufwerk löschen. Bitte Vorsicht walten lassen!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1349,10 +1047,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen " -"oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen " -"dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." +msgstr "Falls Sie beabsichtigen, einen Teil der Platte für etwas anderes zu nutzen oder Sie haben wichtige Daten auf dem Laufwerk, welche nicht verloren gehen dürfen, dann nutzen Sie bitte nicht diese Option." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1362,11 +1057,9 @@ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der " -"Installation auf den Festplatten." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Diese Option gibt Ihnen die vollständige Kontrolle über das Platzieren der Installation auf den Festplatten." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1375,17 +1068,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle " -"der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das " -"Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. " -"Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. " -"Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit " -"einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit " -"folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" +msgstr "Einige neuere Laufwerke nutzen logische Sektoren mit 4.096 Bytes anstelle der bisherigen 512 Bytes. Aufgrund fehlender Hardware wurde das Partitionierungswerkzeug im Installer nicht mit solchen Laufwerken getestet. Zusätzlich benutzen einige SSD Laufwerke eine 'Erase Block' Größe über 1 MB. Wenn Sie solch ein Laufwerk besitzen, empfehlen wir, das Laufwerk vorher mit einem alternativen Werkzeug wie <application>gparted</application> mit folgende Einstellungen zu partitionieren:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1401,9 +1087,7 @@ msgstr "\"Vorhergehender freier Speicherplatz (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " -"an Megabytes erstellt werden" +msgstr "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1420,7 +1104,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1443,13 +1128,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " -"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " -"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." +msgstr "Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1460,84 +1142,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " -"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " -"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " -"Anleitung zu verbessern." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Herzlichen Glückwunsch!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</" -"application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den " -"Computer neu starten können." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Sie haben die Installation und Konfiguration von <application>Mageia</application> beendet, so dass Sie das Installationsmedium entfernen und den Computer neu starten können." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den " -"Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden " -"ist)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Nach dem Neustart können Sie am Bildschirm des Bootloaders zwischen den Betriebssystemen auf Ihrem Computer wählen (falls mehr als eines vorhanden ist)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das " -"von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." +msgstr "Haben Sie für den Bootloader keine Einstellungen vorgenommen, so wird das von Ihnen installierte Mageia automatisch gewählt und gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1549,57 +1211,43 @@ msgstr "Viel Vergnügen!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia " -"mitarbeiten wollen." +msgstr "Besuchen Sie www.mageia.org, falls Sie weitere Fragen haben oder bei Mageia mitarbeiten wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatieren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). " -"Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für " -"das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." +msgstr "Hier können Sie wählen, welche Partition(en) formatiert werden soll(en). Alle Daten auf Partitionen, die <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht</emphasis> für das Formatieren markiert sind, werden nicht angetastet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die " -"notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." +msgstr "Normalerweise wählt DrakX zumindest die Partitionen aus, die notwendigerweise formatiert werden müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</" -"replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf " -"sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen " -"möchten." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Fortgeschrittene Optionen</replaceable></guibutton>, um jene Partitionen zu wählen, die Sie auf sogenannte <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis> (fehlerhafte Blöcke) überprüfen möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1608,23 +1256,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so " -"klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, " -"nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und " -"dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></" -"emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm " -"können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." +msgstr "Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, die richtige Auswahl getroffen zu haben, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton>, nochmals auf <guibutton><replaceable>Abbrechen</replaceable></guibutton> und dann auf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><replaceable><replaceable>Benutzerdefiniert</replaceable></replaceable></emphasis>, um zum Hauptbildschirm zurück zu gelangen. Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie sehen, welche Daten sich auf diesen Partitionen befinden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</" -"guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Wenn Sie mit der Auswahl zufrieden sind, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1637,20 +1276,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " -"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " -"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +msgstr "Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " -"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " -"Sie tun müssen." +msgstr "Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was Sie tun müssen." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1665,17 +1298,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" +msgstr "Hier ist der standard Willkommens-Bildschirm wenn man die Mageia DVD benutzt" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1686,9 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche " -"Einstellungen vorzunehmen" +msgstr "Von diesem ersten Fenster aus, ist es möglich, einige persönliche Einstellungen vorzunehmen" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 @@ -1699,32 +1328,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die " -"Enter Taste." +msgstr "Verwende die Pfeiltasten um die Sprache auszuwählen und drücke danach die Enter Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1733,10 +1357,8 @@ msgstr "Ändere die Bildschirmauflösung durch drücken der F3 Taste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1794,8 +1416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1813,10 +1434,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1829,10 +1448,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1851,8 +1468,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1863,11 +1481,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1877,30 +1493,24 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " -"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " -"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " -"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren zusätzlichen Optionen haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " -"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +msgstr "Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1910,20 +1520,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " -"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " -"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " -"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " -"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " -"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " -"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1935,26 +1535,24 @@ msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " -"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " -"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" -"code> eingeben." +msgstr "Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</code> eingeben." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> @@ -1970,15 +1568,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " -"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " -"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " -"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " -"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " -"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " -"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " -"ist." +msgstr "Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1990,15 +1580,9 @@ msgstr "RAM Problem" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " -"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " -"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " -"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " -"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" -"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein (siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2011,8 +1595,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2020,29 +1605,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</" -"application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder " -"erweitert." +msgstr "Seit dem Zeitpunkt, an dem diese Version von <application>Mageia</application> veröffentlicht wurde, wurden einige Pakete überarbeitet oder erweitert." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2050,91 +1635,67 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu " -"laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn " -"Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden " -"sind." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Ja\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie wünschen, diese herunter zu laden und zu installieren. Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Nein\"</guilabel>, wenn Sie dies im Augenblick nicht wünschen oder nicht mit dem Internet verbunden sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "" -"Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der " -"Installation fortzufahren." +msgstr "Anschließend klicken Sie auf <guibutton>\"Weiter\"</guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " -"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " -"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " -"zur Verfügung stehen." +msgstr "Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " -"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " -"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " -"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " -"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " -"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " -"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " -"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " -"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " -"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " -"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2145,12 +1706,9 @@ msgstr "Minimale Installation" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " -"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2159,22 +1717,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " -"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " -"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " -"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. <application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " -"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " -"X, ...)." +msgstr "Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, X, ...)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2182,37 +1732,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2221,12 +1768,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems " -"durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX " -"entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen " -"und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</" -"guibutton> klicken." +msgstr "DrakX führt eine intelligente Auswahl für die Konfiguration Ihres Systems durch, abhängig von der von Ihnen getroffenen Auswahl und der von DrakX entdeckten Hardware. Sie können diese Einstellungen hier nochmals überprüfen und diese gegebenenfalls ändern, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Konfiguration</guibutton> klicken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2242,12 +1784,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zeitzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten " -"Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch " -"unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Zeitzone für Sie, abhängig von der von Ihnen bevorzugten Sprache. Sie können die Zeitzone ändern, falls dies nötig ist. Siehe auch unter <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2259,9 +1798,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land / Region</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie " -"diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Befinden Sie sich nicht im gewählten Land, so ist es sehr wichtig, dass Sie diese Einstellung korrigieren. Siehe <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2271,24 +1808,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des " -"Bootloaders." +msgstr "DrakX trifft normalerweise eine passende Auswahl für die Einstellungen des Bootloaders." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie " -"Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." +msgstr "Ändern Sie an den Einstellungen nichts, es sei denn, Sie wissen genau, wie Grub und/oder Lilo zu konfigurieren sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" -"xref>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2298,11 +1829,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Benutzerverwaltung</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils " -"benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Hier können Sie weitere Benutzer hinzufügen. Diese werden in jeweils benutzereigenen Ordnern unter <literal>/home</literal> angelegt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2314,25 +1843,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Dienste</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund " -"laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks " -"(Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." +msgstr "Systemdienste beziehen sich auf die kleinen Programme, die im Hintergrund laufen (Daemons). Dieses Werkzeug erlaubt es Ihnen, verschiedene Tasks (Anwendungen/Aufgaben) zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern " -"- ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." +msgstr "Sie sollten sehr sorgfältig prüfen, was Sie tun, bevor Sie hier etwas ändern - ein Fehler kann Ihren Computer davon abhalten, korrekt zu funktionieren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2349,9 +1872,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tastatur</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von " -"Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." +msgstr "Hier bestimmen oder ändern Sie die Belegung Ihrer Tastatur, abhängig von Ihrem Standort, Ihrer Sprache oder dem Typ der Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2363,9 +1884,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Maus</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen " -"oder einstellen." +msgstr "Hier können Sie Ihr Zeigegerät, Tablett, Ihren Trackball usw. hinzufügen oder einstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2375,13 +1894,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Soundkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die " -"Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es " -"mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." +msgstr "Der Installer nutzt den Standardtreiber, wenn einer installiert ist. Die Option, um einen anderen Treiber zu wählen, wird nur angezeigt, wenn es mehrere Treiber für ihre Karte gibt und keiner Standard ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2390,27 +1906,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafikkarte</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige " -"einzustellen." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, die Grafikkarte(n) und die Anzeige einzustellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" -"\"></xref>." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2429,20 +1940,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree " -"Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media " -"Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." +msgstr "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit nonfree Treibern ist es besser dies nach dem Neustart im <application>Mageia Kontrollzentrum</application> vorzunehmen, falls Sie das non-free media Repositorium noch nicht aktiviert haben." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so " -"zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." +msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Netzwerkkarte hinzufügen, vergessen Sie nicht, die Firewall so zu setzen, dass auch diese Netzwerkkarte überwacht wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2455,16 +1960,13 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem " -"eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu " -"konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." +msgstr "Ein Proxy-Server fungiert als Vermittler zwischen Ihrem Computer und dem eigentlichen Internet. Dieser Abschnitt erlaubt es Ihnen, den Computer so zu konfigurieren, dass ein Proxy-Dienst verwendet wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "Fragen Sie Ihren Systemadministrator nach Ihren Zugangsdaten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -2480,19 +1982,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sicherheitsstufe</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten " -"Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine " -"Zwecke." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Hier setzen Sie die Sicherheitsstufe für Ihren Computer. In den meisten Fällen ist die vorgegebene Einstellung (Standard) ausreichend für allgemeine Zwecke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am " -"geeignetsten erscheint." +msgstr "Überprüfen Sie die Option, die Ihnen für Ihren Verwendungzweck am geeignetsten erscheint." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2504,65 +2001,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den " -"Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen " -"wollen." +msgstr "Eine Firewall dient als Barriere zwischen Ihren wichtigen Daten und den Spitzbuben draußen im Internet, die diese Daten gefährden oder stehlen wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. " -"Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren " -"Computer verwenden wollen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die Dienste, denen Sie Zugriff auf Ihr System gestatten wollen. Die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl ist abhängig davon, wofür Sie Ihren Computer verwenden wollen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles " -"erlauben (keine Firewall)." +msgstr "Beachten Sie aber, dass Sie ein großes Risiko eingehen, wenn Sie alles erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition" +msgstr "Verändern der <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um " -"Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Sie haben mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> Partition. Bitte wählen sie, welche verkleinert werden soll, um Platz für die <application>Mageia</application> Installation zu schaffen" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2573,25 +2055,19 @@ msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " -"wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " -"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " -"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +msgstr "Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt <guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Maus auswählen" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2613,15 +2089,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2629,12 +2104,14 @@ msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2643,28 +2120,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2676,26 +2157,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2705,27 +2190,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2735,18 +2224,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2756,7 +2248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2766,7 +2259,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2781,21 +2275,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2803,7 +2299,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2813,7 +2310,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2833,27 +2331,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2861,10 +2357,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2884,32 +2378,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2933,8 +2425,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2964,15 +2457,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2980,74 +2472,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3076,22 +2577,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimale Installation" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3099,18 +2600,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3118,21 +2616,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " -"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " -"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " -"des WLANs führen." +msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " -"Region." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre Region." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3141,11 +2632,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " -"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " -"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " -"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." +msgstr "Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3156,24 +2643,14 @@ msgstr "Eingabemethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " -"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " -"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " -"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " -"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " -"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " -"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " -"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " -"hinzufügen." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium hinzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3181,12 +2658,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " -"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " -"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" -"emphasis> ausführen." +msgstr "Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3196,11 +2668,9 @@ msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3211,9 +2681,7 @@ msgstr "Installation" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" -"application>-Installation." +msgstr "Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</application>-Installation." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3226,10 +2694,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen " -"auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die " -"neueste Version upgraden" +msgstr "Falls sie eine oder mehrere <application>Mageia</application> Installationen auf ihrem Rechner haben, können sie mit Hilfe des Installers einen auf die neueste Version upgraden" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3237,50 +2702,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der " -"letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich " -"getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das " -"Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation " -"durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen" +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Während der Veröffentlichung dieses Installers ist nur das Upgrade von der letzten Mageia Version <emphasis>unsterstützt</emphasis> und gründlich getestet. Wenn sie eine Mageia Version upgraden möchten, die bereits das Ende des Supportzeitrahmens erreicht hat, ist es besser eine Neuinstallation durchzuführen und ihre <literal>/home</literal> Partition bestehen zu lassen" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " -"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " -"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " -"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " -"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " -"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " -"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " -"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " -"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " -"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination <guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das <emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3292,64 +2738,43 @@ msgstr "Tastatur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " -"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" -"Tastatur verwendet." +msgstr "DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-Tastatur verwendet." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " -"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " -"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " -"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " -"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " -"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" -"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " -"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " -"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " -"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " -"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " -"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " -"Liste gewählt wurde." +msgstr "Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen Liste gewählt wurde." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3357,10 +2782,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " -"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " -"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3373,56 +2795,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " -"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " -"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " -"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " -"System." +msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " -"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" -"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " -"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf <emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " -"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " -"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +msgstr "Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " -"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " -"zu wählen." +msgstr "Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3430,68 +2834,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " -"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " -"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " -"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +msgstr "Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " -"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." +msgstr "Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Maus auswählen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine " -"andere Konfiguration auswählen." +msgstr "Falls Sie mit dem Mausverhalten nicht zufrieden sind, können Sie hier eine andere Konfiguration auswählen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige " -"PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Üblicherweise ist <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Einige PS/2 und USB Mäuse\"</guilabel> eine gute Wahl." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen" -"\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer " -"Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." +msgstr "Wählen Sie <guilabel>\"Universell\"</guilabel> - <guilabel>\"Evdev erzwingen\"</guilabel>, um die nicht funktionierenden zusätzlichen Tasten einer Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3501,13 +2889,10 @@ msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3515,97 +2900,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " -"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</" -"emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber " -"erscheint, verändern." +msgstr "Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber erscheint, verändern." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " -"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt." +msgstr "Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " -"vollständig umbenennen." +msgstr "Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " -"Standarteintrag vom System gestartet." +msgstr "Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der Standarteintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " -"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." +msgstr "Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch " -"vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier " -"ändern." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Bevorzugen Sie verschiedene Einstellungen des Bootloaders, die automatisch vom Installationsprogramm gewählt werden sollen, so können Sie diese hier ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so " -"dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits " -"bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt " -"werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." +msgstr "Es befindet sich bereits ein anderes Betriebssystem auf Ihrem Computer, so dass in diesem Falle zu entscheiden ist, ob Mageia in den bereits bestehenden Bootloader eingefügt werden soll, oder ob es Mageia erlaubt werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3624,18 +2987,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master " -"Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme " -"installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." +msgstr "Als Vorgabe schreibt Mageia einen neuen GRUB-Bootloader in den MBR (Master Boot Record) Ihres ersten Laufwerks. Sind bereits andere Betriebssysteme installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an." +msgstr "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3643,18 +3002,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht " -"von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." +msgstr "Linux Systeme die GRUB2 als bootloader verwenden, werden im Augenblick nicht von grub legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der " -"Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." +msgstr "Die besste Lösung ist hier, GRUB2 als bootloader zu verwenden wie es auf der Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3665,62 +3020,41 @@ msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, " -"dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite " -"\"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader " -"einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den " -"Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Wenn Sie sich dafür entscheiden, einen bestehenden Bootloader zu verwenden, dann dürfen Sie nicht vergessen, während der Installation an der Seite \"Zusammenfassung\" zu STOPPEN und auf den Knopf <guibutton>Bootloader einrichten</guibutton> zu klicken, der es Ihnen erlaubt, den Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden " -"MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der " -"Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." +msgstr "Wählen Sie kein Gerät, z.B.\"sda\", oder Sie überschreiben Ihren bestehenden MBR. Sie müssen die Wurzel-Partition wählen, die Sie zuvor während der Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " -"eine Partition." +msgstr "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu " -"überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum " -"Installationsbildschirm zurück." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F2</emphasis> zu <emphasis role=\"bold\">tty2</emphasis> und geben Sie <literal>df</literal> ein, um zu überprüfen, wo Ihre <literal>/</literal> (Wurzel)-Partition zu finden ist. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Strg+Alt+F7</emphasis> bringt Sie wieder zum Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden " -"Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten " -"Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das " -"dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen " -"Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen " -"offen sind." +msgstr "Die exakte Prozedur zum Hinzufügen Ihres Mageia-Systems zu einem bestehenden Bootloader finden Sie weiter unten in dieser Hilfe, wobei es in den meisten Fällen nötig ist, das entsprechende Bootloader-Ladeprogramm auszuführen, das dann den Eintrag für Mageia automatisch finden und hinzufügen sollte. Sehen Sie dazu in der Dokumentation für das Betriebssystem nach, wenn noch Fragen offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3731,57 +3065,48 @@ msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten " -"Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken " -"Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das " -"Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " -"Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Besitzen Sie für das Wurzelverzeichnis ( / ) nur einen sehr eingeschränkten Platz auf dem Laufwerk, worin <literal>/tmp</literal> enthalten ist, klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und markieren Sie das Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " -"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " -"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +msgstr "DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" -"Laufwerke Sie haben." +msgstr "Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3793,15 +3118,13 @@ msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soundkonfiguration" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3809,9 +3132,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre " -"Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" +msgstr "In diesem Bildschirm steht der Name des Treibers, den der Installer für ihre Soundkarte gewählt hat, welches der Standardtreiber ist" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3821,23 +3142,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach " -"der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder " -"<command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia " -"Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie " -"<guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" +msgstr "Der Standardtreiber sollte ohne Probleme funktionieren. Wenn sie jedoch nach der Installation Probleme entdecken sollten, starten sie entweder <command>draksound</command> oder das Werkzeug über das Mageia Kontrollzentrum (MCC), unter <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> und wählen sie <guilabel>Soundkonfiguration</guilabel> oben rechts in dem Fenster" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf " -"<guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</" -"guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Dann wählen sie in draksound oder im Menü \"Soundkonfiguration\" auf <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> und dann <guibutton>Problembehebung</guibutton> um hilfreiche Hinweise zu bekommen, wie das Problem zu lösen ist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3850,56 +3164,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</" -"guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden " -"ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer " -"den Falschen ausgewählt hat" +msgstr "Während der Installation ist die Auswahl von <guibutton>Fortgeschritten</guibutton> in dem Fenster hilfreich, falls kein Standardtreiber vorhanden ist und mehrere Treiber angezeigt werden, und sie denken, dass der Installer den Falschen ausgewählt hat" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf " -"<guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." +msgstr "Im Falle, dass ein anderer Treiber ausgewählt werden soll, klicken sie auf <guibutton>Soll irgendein Treiber ausgewählt werden?</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " -"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " -"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " -"wollen." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen wollen." diff --git a/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml index c8c023c6..8edf51b9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese Anleitung zu verbessern.</p + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bca8616 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/de/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="de"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml index 6b190894..e8dc2c76 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/de/installer.xml @@ -247,6 +247,18 @@ korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 962dec7b..cf0de470 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -1,21 +1,24 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# -# Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014. +# +# Translators: +# Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 +# Efstathios Iosifidis <iefstathios@gmail.com>, 2014 +# JimSp472000 <jimspentzos2000@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-28 07:16+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" -"Language: el\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-05 09:40+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: JimSp472000 <jimspentzos2000@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Greek (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/el/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: el\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -25,11 +28,9 @@ msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης και Σημειώσεις έκδοσης" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -39,38 +40,31 @@ msgstr "Άδεια χρήσης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ " -"διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Πριν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, παρακαλώ διαβάστε τους όρους και τις συνθήκες της άδειας χρήσης προσεκτικά." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</" -"application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Οι όροι και οι συνθήκες ισχύουν για ολόκληρη τη διανομή <application>Mageia</application> και θα πρέπει να τους αποδεχτείτε πριν να συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και " -"έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>." +msgstr "Για να τους αποδεχτείτε, απλά επιλέξτε <guilabel>Αποδοχή</guilabel> και έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο " -"<guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Αν τελικά αποφασίσετε να μην αποδεχτείτε τους όρους, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έξοδος</guibutton> για επανεκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -82,10 +76,7 @@ msgstr "Σημειώσεις έκδοσης" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</" -"application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "Για να δείτε τι νέο υπάρχει σε αυτή την έκδοση της <application>Mageia</application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -98,32 +89,27 @@ msgstr "el" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. " -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια " -"απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι " -"διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα." +msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -143,41 +129,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). " -"Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των " -"αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και " -"updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη " -"δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS." +msgstr "Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το nonfree , tainted και updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Διαχείριση χρήστη και διαχειριστή" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -189,32 +172,20 @@ msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχει msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να " -"ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται " -"<emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν " -"κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο " -"προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη " -"ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε " -"τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να " -"ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας " -"συγκρίνοντάς τους." +msgstr "Είναι ορθό για όλες τις εγκαταστάσεις <application>Mageia</application> να ορίσετε έναν κωδικό υπερχρήστη ή διαχειριστή (στο Linux συνήθως λέγεται <emphasis>κωδικός πρόσβασης root</emphasis>. Καθώς πληκτρολογείτε έναν κωδικό στο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής το χρώμα της ασπίδας θα αλλάξει από κόκκινο προς το πράσινο ανάλογα με το πόσο ισχυρός είναι ο κωδικός σας. Η πράσινη ασπίδα σημαίνει ότι ο κωδικός σας είναι ισχυρός. Χρειάζεται να επαναλάβετε τον κωδικό ακόμα μια φορά στο αμέσως επόμενο πλαίσιο εισαγωγής, ώστε να ελεγχθεί αν τυχόν κάνατε λάθος κατά την πληκτρολόγηση του πρώτου κωδικού σας συγκρίνοντάς τους." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η " -"χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων " -"σε έναν κωδικό." +msgstr "Όλοι οι κωδικοί κάνουν διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων, συνιστάται η χρήση μικτών γραμμάτων (πεζών και κεφαλαίων), αριθμών και λοιπών χαρακτήρων σε έναν κωδικό." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -227,41 +198,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον " -"διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο " -"διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και " -"οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του." +msgstr "Προσθέστε έναν χρήστη εδώ. Ένας χρήστης έχει λιγότερα δικαιώματα από τον διαχειριστή (root), αλλά αρκετά από προεπιλογή ώστε να πλοηγηθεί στο διαδίκτυο, να χρησιμοποιήσει εφαρμογές γραφείου ή να παίξει παιχνίδια και οτιδήποτε άλλο κάνει ένας μέσος χρήστης με τον υπολογιστή του." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα " -"αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη." +msgstr "<guibutton>Εικονίδιο</guibutton>: Αν κάνετε κλικ σε αυτό το κουμπί θα αλλάξει το εικονίδιο του χρήστη." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του " -"χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου." +msgstr "<guilabel>Πραγματικό όνομα</guilabel>: Εισάγετε το πραγματικό όνομα του χρήστη σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα " -"σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού " -"ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών " -"και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Όνομα χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να πληκτρολογήσετε ένα όνομα σύνδεσης χρήστη ή το drakx θα χρησιμοποιήσει μια μορφή του πραγματικού ονόματος του χρήστη. <emphasis>Το όνομα σύνδεσης κάνει διάκριση μεταξύ πεζών και κεφαλαίων.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -269,33 +228,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα " -"πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη. Και εδώ, υπάρχει " -"μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο " -"κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></" -"xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης</guilabel>: Σε αυτό το πλαίσιο κειμένου θα πρέπει να πληκτρολογήσετε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του χρήστη. Και εδώ, υπάρχει μια ασπίδα στην άκρη του πλαισίου που δείχνει κατά πόσο είναι ισχυρός ο κωδικός πρόσβασης του χρήστη. (Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την " -"πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι " -"έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού " -"πρόσβασης του χρήστη." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Κωδικός πρόσβασης (ξανά)</guilabel>: Επαναλάβετε εδώ την πληκτρολόγηση του κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη και το drakx θα ελέγξει ότι έχετε πληκτρολογήσει τον ίδιο κωδικό σε όλα τα πεδία εισαγωγής κωδικού πρόσβασης του χρήστη." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν " -"κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους." +msgstr "Κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε κατά την εγκατάσταση της Mageia, θα έχει έναν κατάλογο αναγνώσιμο (αλλά όχι εγγράψιμο) από όλους." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -303,21 +251,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που " -"προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο σύστημα</" -"emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και " -"ανάγνωσης." +msgstr "Ωστόσο, όταν χρησιμοποιείτε την νέα σας εγκατάσταση, κάθε χρήστη που προσθέτετε από το <emphasis>MCC - Σύστημα - Διαχείριση χρηστών, στο σύστημα</emphasis> θα έχει έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο με προστασία εγγραφής και ανάγνωσης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από " -"όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα " -"και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση." +msgstr "Αν δεν επιθυμείτε να έχετε έναν προσωπικό κατάλογο (/home) αναγνώσιμο από όλους για κανέναν, συστήνεται να προσθέσετε μόνο έναν προσωρινό χρήστη τώρα και να προσθέσετε τον πραγματικό(ούς) μετά την επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -325,17 +266,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Αν προτιμάτε ο προσωπικός κατάλογος να είναι αναγνώσιμος από όλους, ίσως να " -"θέλετε να προσθέσετε όλους τους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα " -"<emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε " -"<emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>." +msgstr "Αν προτιμάτε ο προσωπικός κατάλογος να είναι αναγνώσιμος από όλους, ίσως να θέλετε να προσθέσετε όλους τους επιπλέον χρήστες από το βήμα <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση - Σύνοψη</emphasis> κατά την εγκατάσταση. Επιλέξτε <emphasis>Διαχείριση χρηστών</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "Οι άδειες πρόσβασης μπορούν επίσης να τροποποιηθούν και μετά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -348,11 +284,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα " -"εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις " -"για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε " -"ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)." +msgstr "Αν κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>για προχωρημένους</guibutton> θα εμφανιστεί αυτή η οθόνη που σας επιτρέπει να επεξεργαστείτε τις ρυθμίσεις για τον χρήστη που κάνετε προσθέτετε. Επιπλέον, μπορείτε να απενεργοποιήσετε ή να ενεργοποιήσετε έναν λογαριασμό επισκέπτη (guest)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -360,10 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. " -"Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB." +msgstr "Οτιδήποτε αποθηκεύει ένας επισκέπτης με τον προκαθορισμένο λογαριασμό guest <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> στον προσωπικό του κατάλογό /home θα διαγράφεται. Ο guest θα πρέπει να αποθηκεύει τα σημαντικά του αρχεία σε ένα stick USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -371,12 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να " -"ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός " -"guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον " -"υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους " -"τυπικούς χρήστες." +msgstr "<guilabel>Ενεργοποίηση λογαριασμού guest</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ενεργοποιήσετε ή να απενεργοποιήσετε ένα λογαριασμό επισκέπτη. Ο λογαριασμός guest επιτρέπει σε έναν επισκέπτη να συνδεθεί και να χρησιμοποιήσει τον υπολογιστή, αλλά έχει περισσότερη περιορισμένη πρόσβαση σε σχέση με τους τυπικούς χρήστες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -384,10 +308,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να " -"αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην " -"προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Κέλυφος</guilabel>: Αυτή η κυλιόμενη λίστα σας επιτρέπει να αλλάξετε το κέλυφος που χρησιμοποιείται από τον χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Οι επιλογές είναι Bash, Dash και Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -395,48 +316,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του " -"χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. " -"Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται." +msgstr "<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό χρήστη</guilabel>: Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το ID του χρήστη που προσθέτετε στην προηγούμενη οθόνη. Πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό. Μην εισάγετε κάτι εδώ αν δεν γνωρίζετε για το τι πρόκειται." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID " -"της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του " -"χρήστη." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Αναγνωριστικό ομάδας</guilabel>: Σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε το ID της ομάδας. Επίσης πρόκειται για έναν αριθμό, συνήθως ο ίδιος με αυτόν του χρήστη." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Επιλογή των σημείων προσάρτησης" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -444,64 +359,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν " -"συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε " -"να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης." +msgstr "Εδώ βλέπετε τις κατατμήσεις Linux που βρέθηκαν στον υπολογιστή σας. Αν δεν συμφωνείτε με τις προτάσεις του <application>DrakX</application>, μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τα σημεία προσάρτησης." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια " -"κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Αν πραγματοποιήσετε οποιαδήποτε αλλαγή, σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε πάντα μια κατάτμηση<literal> /</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο " -"προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Κάθε κατάτμηση εμφανίζεται ως ακολούθως: «Συσκευή» («Χωρητικότητα», «Σημείο προσάρτησης», «Τύπος»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού " -"δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)." +msgstr "Η «Συσκευή», συντελείται από: «σκληρός δίσκος», [«αριθμός σκληρού δίσκου»(γράμμα)], «αριθμός κατάτμησης» (για παράδειγμα, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά " -"σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, " -"<literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να " -"δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/" -"video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή " -"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> " -"μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Αν έχετε πολλές κατατμήσεις, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε πολλαπλά διαφορετικά σημεία προσάρτησης από το κυλιόμενο μενού, όπως <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> και <literal>/var</literal>. Μπορείτε ακόμα να δημιουργήσετε το δικό σας σημείο προσάρτησης, για παράδειγμα <literal>/video</literal> για μια κατάτμηση για την αποθήκευση των ταινιών σας, ή <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> για την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal> μιας εγκατάστασης cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να " -"αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό." +msgstr "Για τις κατατμήσεις που δεν χρειάζεστε να έχετε πρόσβαση, μπορείτε να αφήσετε το πεδίο του σημείου προσάρτησης κενό." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -509,23 +406,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να " -"επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του " -"δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια " -"κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η τι να επιλέξετε, και στη συνέχεια επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση του δίσκου</guilabel>. Στην οθόνη που ακολουθεί, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ σε μια κατάτμηση για να δείτε τον τύπο και το μέγεθός της." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο " -"<guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση " -"(με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες " -"επιλογές." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Αν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι τα σημεία προσάρτησης είναι σωστά, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton>, και επιλέξτε αν επιθυμείτε την μορφοποίηση (με διαγραφή δεδομένων) των κατατμήσεων που προτείνει το DrakX, ή άλλες επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -535,11 +424,9 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη " -"συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -547,19 +434,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της " -"εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί " -"πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>" +msgstr "Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -571,30 +453,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας " -"<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα " -"δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε " -"<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε " -"το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα " -"προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα " -"δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα " -"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας <application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -603,12 +476,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή " -"των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από " -"τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο " -"του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του " -"ποντικιού από πάνω τους." +msgstr "Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του ποντικιού από πάνω τους." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -630,93 +498,74 @@ msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή " -"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα." +msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά " -"με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε " -"την εγκατάστασή σας." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε την εγκατάστασή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο " -"<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας " -"ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε " -"την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο " -"άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και " -"επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά " -"την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για " -"την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -728,9 +577,7 @@ msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι σ msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με " -"σχετικές πληροφορίες." +msgstr "Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με σχετικές πληροφορίες." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -742,46 +589,36 @@ msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλ msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια " -"ζώνη ώρας." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια ζώνη ώρας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS " -"στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, " -"σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο " -"σύνολό τους." +msgstr "Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο σύνολό τους." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -791,31 +628,24 @@ msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και " -"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." +msgstr "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και " -"γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" +msgstr "Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -838,10 +668,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν " -"βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να " -"βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg" +msgstr "Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -849,20 +676,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού " -"κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών. Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό " -"με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο " -"οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας." +msgstr "Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών. Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη " -"γραμμή εντολών." +msgstr "Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη γραμμή εντολών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -870,36 +691,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux " -"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε " -"ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας" +msgstr "Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε " -"πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση." +msgstr "Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -908,29 +723,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον " -"εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</" -"application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window " -"System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή " -"οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω " -"ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν " -"μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε " -"ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την " -"κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -940,13 +745,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε " -"<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή " -"επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή " -"<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</" -"guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες " -"ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε <guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή <guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -958,9 +757,7 @@ msgstr "Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή " -"ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -968,30 +765,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν " -"εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να " -"ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι " -"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις " -"θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης " -"ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα " -"πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής. <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι " -"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής. <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να " -"επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1003,9 +789,7 @@ msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και " -"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας." +msgstr "Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1014,22 +798,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να " -"καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να " -"κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε. </emphasis> Αν " -"έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας" +msgstr "<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε. </emphasis> Αν έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1040,15 +817,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη " -"συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου " -"συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα " -"ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην " -"οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1057,11 +829,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος " -"συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε " -"την οθόνη σας. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και " -"συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας." +msgstr "Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε την οθόνη σας. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1073,9 +841,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργί msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του " -"τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών." +msgstr "Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1087,9 +853,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται " -"τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:" +msgstr "αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1110,17 +874,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών " -"όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών " -"υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας " -"γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα. Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να " -"είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα. Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1130,65 +888,47 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το Dis #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις " -"σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή " -"κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά " -"δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." +msgstr "Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε " -"ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας " -"κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το " -"περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή " -"αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν " -"τρία από αυτά." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν τρία από αυτά." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες " -"τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη " -"συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο " -"προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την." +msgstr "Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1211,28 +951,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων " -"και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά " -"μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη μπορείτε να δείτε το περιεχόμενο των σκληρών σας δίσκων και να δείτε τις λύσεις που βρήκε ο οδηγός διαμερισμού DrakX για τα πιθανά μέρη εγκατάστασης της <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις " -"ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους." +msgstr "Οι διαθέσιμες επιλογές από την παρακάτω λίστα ποικίλουν ανάλογα με τις ιδιότητες των σκληρών σας δίσκων και το περιεχόμενό τους." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1244,9 +977,7 @@ msgstr "Χρήση των υπαρχουσών κατατμήσεων" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις " -"συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "Αν αυτή η επιλογή είναι διαθέσιμη, σημαίνει ότι έχουν βρεθεί κατατμήσεις συμβατές με το Linux και μπορούν να χρησιμοποιηθούν για την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1256,11 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή " -"θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Αν έχετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο στο σκληρό σας δίσκο τότε αυτή η επιλογή θα τον χρησιμοποιήσει για τη νέα σας εγκατάσταση της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1270,11 +999,9 @@ msgstr "Χρήση του ελεύθερου χώρου σε μια κατάτμ #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο " -"οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Αν διαθέτετε μη χρησιμοποιούμενο χώρο σε μια υπάρχουσα κατάτμηση Windows, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης μπορεί να σας επιτρέψει να τον χρησιμοποιήσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1282,9 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την " -"εγκατάσταση της Mageia." +msgstr "Αυτό μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο για την δημιουργία του κατάλληλου χώρου για την εγκατάσταση της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1295,15 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης " -"των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση " -"θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά " -"την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν. Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει " -"αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση " -"έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε " -"περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας " -"αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε." +msgstr "Σημειώστε ότι αυτό θα προκαλέσει την συρρίκνωση του μεγέθους της κατάτμησης των Windows, κάτι το οποίο μπορεί να διατρέχει κάποιον κίνδυνο. Η κατάτμηση θα πρέπει να είναι «καθαρή» δηλαδή τα Windows πρέπει να έχουν κλείσει σωστά την τελευταία φορά που χρησιμοποιήθηκαν. Επίσης θα πρέπει να έχετε κάνει αποκερμάτωση, ωστόσο δεν αποτελεί εγγύηση ότι όλα τα αρχεία στην κατάτμηση έχουν μετακινηθεί εκτός της περιοχής που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί. Σε κάθε περίπτωση θα πρέπει να έχετε πάρει αντίγραφα ασφαλείας των σημαντικών σας αρχείων. Θα πρέπει να το ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1318,9 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "Αυτή η επιλογή θα χρησιμοποιήσει ολόκλ #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό " -"δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!" +msgstr "Προσοχή! Αυτή η ενέργεια θα διαγράψει ΟΛΑ τα δεδομένα στον επιλεγμένο σκληρό δίσκο. Να είστε προσεκτικός-ή!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1328,10 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν " -"διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, " -"τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή." +msgstr "Αν σκοπεύετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα τμήμα του δίσκου για άλλον σκοπό, ή αν διαθέτετε ήδη κάποια δεδομένα στον δίσκο τα οποία δεν θα θέλατε να χάσετε, τότε μην χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτήν την επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1341,11 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένο" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς " -"σας δίσκους." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Αυτό σας δίνει πλήρη έλεγχο στον διαμερισμό της εγκατάστασης στους σκληρούς σας δίσκους." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1354,18 +1064,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς " -"τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας " -"της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε " -"στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί " -"ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB. Σας " -"συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων " -"με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:" +msgstr "Μερικοί νέοι οδηγοί σκληρών δίσκων χρησιμοποιούν τώρα 4096 byte λογικούς τομείς, αντί του προηγούμενου στάνταρ των λογικών τομέων 512 byte. Εξαιτίας της έλλειψης διαθέσιμου υλικού, το εργαλείο κατατμήσεων που χρησιμοποιήθηκε στον εγκαταστάτη δεν δοκιμάστηκε σε τέτοιους οδηγούς. Επίσης μερικοί οδηγοί ssd χρησιμοποιούν τώρα τμήματα διαγραφής μεγαλύτερα τους 1 MB. Σας συστήνουμε να πραγματοποιήσετε την κατάτμηση στον οδηγό σας εκ των προτέρων με τη βοήθεια ενός άλλου εργαλείου κατατμήσεων όπως το gparted, και να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παρακάτω διαμόρφωση:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1381,9 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό " -"Mb." +msgstr "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό Mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1400,7 +1100,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1423,13 +1124,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " -"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " -"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." +msgstr "Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1440,85 +1138,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " -"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" -"link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" -"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " -"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " -"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Συγχαρητήρια" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε " -"τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Έχετε ολοκληρώσει την εγκατάσταση και διαμόρφωση της Mageia και μπορείτε τώρα να επανεκκινήσετε τον υπολογιστή σας με ασφάλεια." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε " -"μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε " -"περισσότερα από ένα)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στην οθόνη του μενού εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των λειτουργικών συστημάτων σας στον υπολογιστή σας (αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή " -"σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί." +msgstr "Αν δεν έχετε αλλάξει τις ρυθμίσεις του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, η εγκατάστασή σας της Mageia θα επιλεχθεί αυτόματα και θα εκκινηθεί." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1530,56 +1207,43 @@ msgstr "Απολαύστε!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να " -"συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia" +msgstr "Μεταβείτε στο www.mageia.org αν έχετε διάφορες απορίες ή αν θέλετε να συνεισφέρετε στη Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα " -"δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για " -"μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ποιες κατατμήσεις επιθυμείτε να μορφοποιήσετε. Τα δεδομένα στις κατατμήσεις που <emphasis>δεν</emphasis> έχουν σημειωθεί για μορφοποίηση θα διατηρηθούν." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να " -"μορφοποιηθούν" +msgstr "Συνήθως τουλάχιστον οι κατατμήσεις που έχει επιλέξει το DrakX, χρειάζεται να μορφοποιηθούν" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις " -"κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για " -"<emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>" +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> για να επιλέξετε τις κατατμήσεις για τις οποίες επιθυμείτε να γίνει έλεγχος για <emphasis>χαλασμένα τμήματα</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1588,22 +1252,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να " -"κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο " -"<guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο " -"<guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη. " -"Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις " -"σας." +msgstr "Αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η ότι έχετε κάνει την σωστή επιλογή, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton>, ξανά στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο <guibutton>Προσαρμοσμένο</guibutton> για να επιστρέψετε στην κύρια οθόνη. Σε αυτή την οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε να δείτε τι υπάρχει στις κατατμήσεις σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</" -"guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Όταν είστε βέβαιος-η για την επιλογή σας, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1616,20 +1272,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός " -"εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να " -"πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν " -"ευκολότερα." +msgstr "Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν ευκολότερα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα " -"εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε." +msgstr "Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1638,40 +1288,32 @@ msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκα #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia DVD:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Από αυτή την πρώτη οθόνη, είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές προτιμήσεις:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 @@ -1682,10 +1324,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1696,16 +1336,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1714,10 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1726,15 +1363,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Αν αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να δοκιμάσετε ξανά " -"χρησιμοποιώντας μια από τις επιπλέον επιλογές διαθέσιμες με το πάτημα του " -"κουμπιού F1 (Βοήθεια) δείτε <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1779,10 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1799,10 +1430,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1815,10 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1837,8 +1464,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1848,13 +1476,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1864,30 +1489,24 @@ msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα " -"οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν " -"κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες " -"συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> " -"όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα." +msgstr "Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1897,20 +1516,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την " -"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το " -"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η " -"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια " -"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας " -"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος " -"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα " -"τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, " -"πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " -"επανεκκίνηση." +msgstr "Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1922,34 +1531,25 @@ msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανέ msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό " -"μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα " -"συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας " -"<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." +msgstr "Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας <code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Αν πρόκειται για πολύ παλιό υλικό, ίσως η εγκατάσταση σε γραφικό περιβάλλον " -"να είναι αδύνατη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την " -"εγκατάσταση χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον. Για να το πραγματοποιήσετε, πατήστε " -"ESC στην πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος και επιβεβαιώστε με ENTER. Θα φτάσετε σε " -"μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε ENTER. " -"Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1964,13 +1564,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται " -"στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός " -"υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να " -"δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην " -"προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν " -"κριθεί απαραίτητο." +msgstr "Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν κριθεί απαραίτητο." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1982,14 +1576,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό " -"μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε " -"χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</" -"code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> " -"καθορίζει 256MB RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> καθορίζει 256MB RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2002,8 +1591,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2011,29 +1601,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</" -"application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί." +msgstr "Από τη στιγμή που κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση της <application>Mageia</application>, μερικά πακέτα έχουν ενημερωθεί ή βελτιωθεί." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2041,11 +1631,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να " -"εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν " -"επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο " -"διαδίκτυο." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>ναι</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να κάνετε λήψη και να εγκαταστήσετε αυτά τα πακέτα, επιλέξτε <guilabel>όχι</guilabel> αν δεν επιθυμείτε να το πραγματοποιήσετε τώρα, ή αν δεν είστε συνδεδεμένος-η στο διαδίκτυο." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2057,74 +1643,55 @@ msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibu msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που " -"χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η " -"επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα " -"επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι " -"περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής." +msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, " -"η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται " -"σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη " -"ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι " -"οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi " -"κλπ." +msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι δωρεάν, η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που υπόκειται σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που σημαίνει μη ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι ιδιόκτητοι οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων καρτών WiFi κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία " -"διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται " -"σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και " -"πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων " -"που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που " -"απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2135,12 +1702,9 @@ msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην " -"οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2149,22 +1713,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια " -"ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό " -"εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την " -"χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" -"xref>." +msgstr "Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα " -"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, " -"όπως τεκμηρίωση και X." +msgstr "Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, όπως τεκμηρίωση και X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2172,37 +1728,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2211,11 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός " -"σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που " -"εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν " -"θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>." +msgstr "Το DrakX πραγματοποίησε έξυπνες επιλογές για την διαμόρφωση του συστήματός σας, ανάλογα με τις επιλογές που κάνατε προηγουμένως και το υλικό που εντοπίστηκε από το DrakX. Μπορείτε να ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις εδώ και αν θέλετε να τις αλλάξετε πατώντας <guibutton>Διαμόρφωση</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2231,12 +1780,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ζώνη ώρας:</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. " -"Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "Το DrakX επέλεξε μια ζώνη ώρας για εσάς, ανάλογα με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα. Αν χρειάζεται μπορείτε να την αλλάξετε. Δείτε επίσης <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2248,9 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Χώρα / Περιοχή:</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη " -"ρύθμιση. Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Αν δεν είσαστε στην επιλεγμένη χώρα, είναι πολύ σημαντικό να διορθώσετε τη ρύθμιση. Δείτε <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2260,22 +1804,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης:</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος " -"εκκίνησης." +msgstr "Το DrakX έχει πραγματοποιήσει καλές επιλογές για τη ρύθμιση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub και/ή Lilo" +msgstr "Μην αλλάξετε τίποτα, αν δεν γνωρίζετε πως να διαμορφώσετε το Grub και/ή Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2285,11 +1825,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Διαχείριση χρηστών:</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό " -"του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε επιπλέον χρήστες. Καθένας θα αποκτήσει τον δικό του κατάλογο <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2301,25 +1839,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Υπηρεσίες</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο " -"παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την " -"απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών." +msgstr "Οι υπηρεσίες συστήματος είναι αυτά τα μικρά προγράμματα που εκτελούνται στο παρασκήνιο (δαίμονες). Αυτό το εργαλείο σας επιτρέπει την ενεργοποίηση ή την απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων εργασιών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα " -"μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας." +msgstr "Θα πρέπει να ελέγξετε προσεκτικά πριν να αλλάξετε οτιδήποτε εδώ - ένα σφάλμα μπορεί να προκαλέσει τη δυσλειτουργία του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2336,10 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Πληκτρολόγιο:</guilabel>" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή " -"οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του " -"πληκτρολογίου." +msgstr "Εδώ είναι το μέρος που ρυθμίζετε ή αλλάζετε τη διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου ή οποία εξαρτάται από την τοποθεσία σας, τη γλώσσα ή τον τύπο του πληκτρολογίου." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2351,9 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ποντίκι</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, " -"ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε ή να διαμορφώσετε άλλες συσκευές κατάδειξης, ταμπλέτες, σφαιροδείκτες κλπ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2363,14 +1890,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα ήχου</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει " -"καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται " -"μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από " -"αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος." +msgstr "Το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης χρησιμοποιεί τον προκαθορισμένο οδηγό, αν έχει καθοριστεί κάποιος. Η δυνατότητα επιλογής ενός διαφορετικού οδηγού δίνεται μόνον όταν υπάρχουν περισσότεροι οδηγοί για την κάρτα σας, αλλά κανένας από αυτούς δεν είναι ο προκαθορισμένος." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2379,26 +1902,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Κάρτα γραφικών</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις " -"οθόνες σας." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε την κάρτα γραφικών σας και τις οθόνες σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></" -"xref>." +msgstr "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2417,20 +1936,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς " -"ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο " -"<application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει " -"τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς ελεύθερους οδηγούς είναι καλύτερα να το κάνετε μετά την επανεκκίνηση, στο <application>Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia</application>, αφού έχετε ενεργοποιήσει τα αποθετήρια «nonfree»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος " -"προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών." +msgstr "Όταν προσθέτετε μια κάρτα δικτύου, μην ξεχάσετε να διαμορφώσετε το τοίχος προστασίας για την εποπτεία των επαφών αυτών." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2443,19 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας " -"και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον " -"υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή." +msgstr "Ένας εξυπηρετητής διαμεσολαβητή δρα ως μεσάζοντας μεταξύ του υπολογιστή σας και το ευρύτερο διαδίκτυο. Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να διαμορφώσετε τον υπολογιστή σας για την χρήση μιας υπηρεσίας διαμεσολαβητή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να " -"λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Ίσως χρειάζεται να συμβουλευτείτε τον διαχειριστή των συστημάτων σας για να λάβετε τις παραμέτρους που χρειάζεστε να εισάγετε εδώ" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2470,12 +1978,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Επίπεδο ασφάλειας</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις " -"περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το " -"καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε το Επίπεδο ασφάλειας για τον υπολογιστή σας, στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις η προκαθορισμένη επιλογή (Τυπικό) είναι το καταλληλότερο για γενική χρήση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2492,65 +1997,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Τείχος προστασίας</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών " -"σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα " -"εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν." +msgstr "Το τείχος προστασίας έχει ως στόχο να είναι το τείχος μεταξύ των σημαντικών σας δεδομένων και τους κατεργάρηδες του διαδικτύου οι οποίοι θα ήθελαν να τα εκθέσουν ή να τα κλέψουν." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι " -"επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με τη χρήση που προορίζεται ο υπολογιστής σας." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τις υπηρεσίες που επιθυμείτε να έχετε πρόσβαση στο σύστημά σας. Οι επιλογές σας θα εξαρτώνται με τη χρήση που προορίζεται ο υπολογιστής σας." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί " -"να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο." +msgstr "Έχετε υπόψη σας ότι επιτρέποντας τα πάντα (χωρίς τείχος προστασίας) μπορεί να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +msgstr "Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε " -"αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος " -"χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2561,34 +2051,29 @@ msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασ #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να " -"επιλέξετε." +msgstr "Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να επιλέξετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από " -"την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia." +msgstr "Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μέσα" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ορισμός" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 @@ -2600,15 +2085,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2616,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2630,28 +2116,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2663,26 +2153,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2692,27 +2186,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2720,77 +2218,85 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μόνο 32-bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 msgid "Boot-only CDs media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μέσα CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2798,9 +2304,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2810,36 +2317,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 msgid "Media downloading and checking" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λήψη και έλεγχος μέσων" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Λήψη" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2847,9 +2353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2869,31 +2374,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2917,8 +2421,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2948,15 +2453,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης της Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2964,91 +2468,101 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "(x)=το όνομα της συσκευής σας π.χ.: /dev/sdc Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Λήψεις/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso του=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Αποσυνδέστε τη μονάδα USB σας, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You can try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 @@ -3059,22 +2573,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3082,18 +2596,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3101,19 +2612,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών " -"ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την " -"περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3122,12 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες " -"χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την " -"πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την " -"πραγματική σας επιλογή." +msgstr "Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την πραγματική σας επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3138,24 +2639,14 @@ msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να " -"επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι " -"εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες " -"(Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος " -"εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. " -"Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η " -"προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν " -"τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) " -"παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν " -"προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες (Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3163,11 +2654,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, " -"μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του " -"εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -" -"> «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root." +msgstr "Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -> «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3177,11 +2664,9 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3192,9 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3207,10 +2690,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</" -"application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να " -"αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση." +msgstr "Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3218,51 +2698,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</" -"emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη " -"έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia " -"που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να " -"πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση " -"<literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Έχει δοκιμαστεί μόνο η αναβάθμιση από μια, <emphasis>ακόμα υποστηριζόμενη</emphasis>, προηγούμενη έκδοση της Mageia όταν κυκλοφόρησε η συγκεκριμένη έκδοση του εγκαταστάτη. Αν θέλετε να αναβαθμίσετε από μια έκδοση της Mageia που έχει φτάσει στο τέλος του κύκλου ζωής της (EOL), τότε είναι καλύτερα να πραγματοποιήσετε μια καθαρή εγκατάσταση διαφυλάσσοντας την κατάτμηση <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την " -"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το " -"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η " -"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια " -"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας " -"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος " -"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα " -"τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, " -"πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " -"επανεκκίνηση." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να " -"επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής " -"γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</" -"emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3274,62 +2734,43 @@ msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί " -"ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η." -"Π.Α." +msgstr "Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η.Π.Α." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη " -"πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, " -"δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του " -"υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο " -"αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο " -"<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και " -"επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</" -"guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα " -"φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη. Μπορείτε " -"ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: " -"Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα." +msgstr "Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη. Μπορείτε ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3337,11 +2778,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα " -"δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να " -"κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και " -"του μη λατινικού." +msgstr "Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και του μη λατινικού." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3354,54 +2791,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου " -"σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή " -"για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο " -"σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να " -"τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον " -"γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από " -"αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα " -"σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ." +msgstr "Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την " -"προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του " -"πληκτρολογίου σας." +msgstr "Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του πληκτρολογίου σας." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3409,67 +2830,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό " -"μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι " -"δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης " -"UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες." +msgstr "Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από " -"το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα " -"του συστήματός σας." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα του συστήματός σας." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Επιλογή ποντικιού" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από " -"εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο." +msgstr "Αν δεν είστε ευχαριστημένος με την απόκριση του ποντικιού σας, μπορείτε από εδώ να επιλέξετε κάποιο άλλο." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB " -"ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Συνήθως, <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Οποιοδήποτε PS/2 και USB ποντίκι</guilabel> είναι μια καλή επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</" -"guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με " -"έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά." +msgstr "Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Γενικό</guilabel> - <guilabel>Εξαναγκασμός evdev</guilabel> για να διαμορφώσετε τα κουμπιά που δεν δουλεύουν σε ένα ποντίκι με έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3479,13 +2885,10 @@ msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρηση #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3493,98 +2896,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που " -"επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του " -"προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον " -"αναδυόμενο διάλογο." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον αναδυόμενο διάλογο." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της " -"ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την " -"προκαθορισμένη." +msgstr "Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την προκαθορισμένη." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την " -"μετονομάσετε πλήρως." +msgstr "Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την μετονομάσετε πλήρως." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν " -"δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση." +msgstr "Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία " -"εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν " -"γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε." +msgstr "Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα " -"εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Αν δεν σας ικανοποιούν οι ρυθμίσεις που έχει κάνει το DrakX για το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε αυτήν " -"την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της Mageia στο " -"υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει " -"ένα νέο." +msgstr "Ίσως να έχετε ήδη ένα άλλο λειτουργικό σύστημα στον υπολογιστή σας, σε αυτήν την περίπτωση θα πρέπει να αποφασίσετε αν θα γίνει προσθήκη της Mageia στο υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, ή αν θα επιτρέψετε στη Mageia να δημιουργήσει ένα νέο." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3603,20 +2983,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο αρχείο GRUB στο MBR (Master Boot " -"Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα " -"λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού " -"εκκίνησης της Mageia." +msgstr "Από προεπιλογή η Mageia δημιουργεί ένα νέο αρχείο GRUB στο MBR (Master Boot Record) του πρώτου σας σκληρού δίσκου. Αν έχετε ήδη εγκατεστημένα άλλα λειτουργικά συστήματα, η Mageia προσπαθεί να τα συμπεριλάβει στο νέο μενού εκκίνησης της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης " -"επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo." +msgstr "Η Mageia τώρα προσφέρει επίσης το GRUB2 ως προαιρετικό πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3624,19 +2998,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή " -"από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το " -"προκαθορισμένο GRUB." +msgstr "Τα συστήματα Linux που χρησιμοποιούν GRUB2 δεν υποστηρίζονται αυτή τη στιγμή από το GRUB (legacy) και δεν θα αναγνωριστούν αν χρησιμοποιείται το προκαθορισμένο GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη " -"σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." +msgstr "Η καλύτερη λύση για αυτό είναι η χρήση του GRUB2 που είναι διαθέσιμο από τη σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3647,26 +3016,18 @@ msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα πρέπει " -"να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την εγκατάσταση και να " -"κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</guibutton> του προγράμματος " -"εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης " -"του προγράμματος εκκίνησης." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Αν αποφασίσετε να χρησιμοποιήσετε ένα υπάρχον μενού εκκίνησης τότε θα πρέπει να θυμηθείτε να ΣΤΑΜΑΤΗΣΕΤΕ στη σελίδα σύνοψης κατά την εγκατάσταση και να κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Διαμόρφωσης</guibutton> του προγράμματος εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα σας επιτρέψει να αλλάξετε την τοποθεσία εγκατάστασης του προγράμματος εκκίνησης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το " -"υπάρχον σας MBR. Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά " -"τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7." +msgstr "Μην επιλέξετε μια συσκευή π.χ. «sda», διαφορετικά θα αντικαταστήσετε το υπάρχον σας MBR. Πρέπει να επιλέξετε την κατάτμηση root που επιλέξατε κατά τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3677,28 +3038,19 @@ msgstr "Δηλαδή, το sda είναι μια συσκευή, και το sda #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</literal> " -"για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με " -"Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Μεταβείτε στο tty2 με Ctrl+Alt+F2 και πληκτρολογήστε <literal>df</literal> για να ελέγξετε που βρίσκεται η κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> (root). Με Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον " -"πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο " -"στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος " -"εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει " -"αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του " -"εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος." +msgstr "Η ακριβής διαδικασία για να προσθέσετε το σύστημά σας Mageia σε ένα υπάρχον πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης δεν είναι το αντικείμενο σε αυτήν τη Βοήθεια, ωστόσο στις περισσότερες περιπτώσεις αυτό θα επιφέρει την εκτέλεση του προγράμματος εγκατάστασης του εν λόγω μενού εκκίνησης, το οποίο θα πρέπει να εντοπίσει αυτόματα το σύστημα Mageia και να το εγκαταστήσει. Δείτε στην τεκμηρίωση του εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3709,80 +3061,66 @@ msgstr "Προχωρημένη λειτουργία του προγράμματ #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> " -"που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για " -"προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για <guilabel>Καθαρισμό " -"του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου " -"ελεύθερου χώρου." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Αν έχετε περιορισμένο χώρο στο δίσκο για την κατάτμηση <literal>/</literal> που περιέχει <literal>/tmp</literal>, κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και επιλέξτε το πλαίσιο για <guilabel>Καθαρισμό του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου ελεύθερου χώρου." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί " -"να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με " -"αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών." +msgstr "Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς " -"SCSI που διαθέτετε." +msgstr "Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς SCSI που διαθέτετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες " -"παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε " -"λειτουργία." +msgstr "Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε λειτουργία." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ρύθμιση του ήχου" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3790,10 +3128,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο " -"εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός " -"αν έχουμε έναν." +msgstr "Σε αυτήν την οθόνη δίνεται το όνομα του οδηγού που έχει επιλέξει ο εγκαταστάτης για την κάρτα ήχου, ο οποίος θα είναι και ο εξ' ορισμού οδηγός αν έχουμε έναν." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3803,25 +3138,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, " -"αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε " -"<command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο " -"Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και " -"κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί " -"μέρος της οθόνης. " +msgstr "Ο προκαθορισμένος οδηγός θα πρέπει να λειτουργεί χωρίς προβλήματα. Ωστόσο, αν μετά την εγκατάσταση αντιμετωπίζετε προβλήματα, τότε εκτελέστε <command>draksound</command> ή εκκινήστε το εργαλείο αυτό από το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia (MCC), επιλέγοντας την καρτέλα <guilabel>Υλικό</guilabel> και κάνοντας κλικ στο <guilabel>Διαμόρφωση του ήχου</guilabel> στο επάνω δεξί μέρος της οθόνης. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», " -"κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο " -"<guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες " -"πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Στη συνέχεια, στην οθόνη του εργαλείου draksound ή «Διαμόρφωση του ήχου», κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> και στη συνέχεια στο <guibutton>Επίλυση προβλημάτων</guibutton> για να βρείτε χρήσιμες πληροφορίες επίλυσης του προβλήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3834,153 +3160,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά " -"την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν " -"περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος " -"οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. " +msgstr "Με κλικ στο <guibutton>Για προχωρημένους</guibutton> στην οθόνη αυτή, κατά την εγκατάσταση, μπορεί να φανεί χρήσιμο στην περίπτωση που υπάρχουν περισσότεροι διαθέσιμοι οδηγοί αλλά δεν έχει επιλεγεί ένας προκαθορισμένος οδηγός, ή πιστεύετε ότι ο εγκαταστάτης επέλεξε έναν λανθασμένα. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ " -"στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>." +msgstr "Σε αυτήν την περίπτωση μπορείτε να επιλέξετε έναν διαφορετικό οδηγό με κλικ στο <guibutton>Επιλογή οδηγού</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η " -"για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και " -"επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών " -"συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αν παρουσιαστούν προβλήματα κατά την εγκατάσταση, τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί " -#~ "να χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδικές επιλογές, δείτε <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"installationOptions\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Επιλογές εγκατάστασης" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Στη συνέχεια θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο κειμένου βοήθειας για την " -#~ "εγκατάσταση." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη βοήθειας εγκατάστασης" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Επιλογές πυρήνα" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " -#~ "options selected will work with your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Αυτή η ενότητα σας επιτρέπει να τελειοποιήσετε την κάρτα ήχου σας. Στις " -#~ "περισσότερες περιπτώσεις οι επιλεγμένες ρυθμίσεις θα λειτουργήσουν με τον " -#~ "υπολογιστή σας." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" - -#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το σκληρό δίσκο που θα διαγραφεί για τη <application>Mageia</" -#~ "application>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " -#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Επιλέξτε το σκληρό δίσκο που θα πρέπει να διαμορφωθεί για την εγκατάσταση " -#~ "της <application>Mageia</application>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " -#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Σιγουρευτείτε στην επιλογή του σωστού σκληρού δίσκου. Όλα τα δεδομένα " -#~ "στον επιλεγμένο δίσκο θα διαγραφούν και αυτή η ενέργεια δεν μπορεί να " -#~ "αναιρεθεί." - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" -#~ msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" -#~ "> first." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες, δείτε <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></" -#~ "xref>" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "(enter root password)" -#~ msgstr "Ορίστε τον κωδικό πρόσβασης του διαχειριστή (root):" - -#, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" -#~ msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο." diff --git a/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b0309a62 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/el/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Φεβρουάριος 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">Η επίσημη τεκμηρίωση της Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Φεβρουάριος 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το +εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και +τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την +άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</link></para> + + <para>Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από +την <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para> + + <para>Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν +επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ +επικοινωνήστε με την <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της +τεκμηρίωσης</link>.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml index 93571fdb..8bf0b84b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/el/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -39,9 +40,12 @@ ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Ομάδα της + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/el/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/el/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a6930264 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/el/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="el"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Μέσα</title> + + <section> + <title>Ορισμός</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο 32-bit.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο 32-bit.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο το περιβάλλον επιφάνειας εργασίας GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Περιέχονται όλες οι γλώσσες.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Μέσα CD αποκλειστικά για εκκίνηση</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Μόνο Αγγλική γλώσσα.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Λήψη και έλεγχος μέσων</title> + + <section> + <title>Λήψη</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=το όνομα της συσκευής σας π.χ.: /dev/sdc Παράδειγμα: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Λήψεις/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso του=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Εισάγετε την εντολή: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Αποσυνδέστε τη μονάδα USB σας, όλα ολοκληρώθηκαν</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Χρησιμοποιώντας Windows</title> + + <para>Μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Εγκατάσταση του Mageia</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/el/installer.xml b/docs/installer/el/installer.xml index c9da9c75..c25fe923 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/el/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="el" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="el"> @@ -39,16 +38,129 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Αυτή είναι η προεπιλεγμένη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος κατά τη χρήση ενός Mageia +DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Από αυτή την πρώτη οθόνη, είναι δυνατό να ορίσετε μερικές προσωπικές +προτιμήσεις:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Αν παρουσιαστούν προβλήματα κατά την εγκατάσταση, τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να -χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδικές επιλογές, δείτε <xref -linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -80,25 +192,6 @@ linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Επιλογές εγκατάστασης</title> - </info> - - <para>Αν αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να δοκιμάσετε ξανά -χρησιμοποιώντας μια από τις επιπλέον επιλογές διαθέσιμες με το πάτημα του -κουμπιού F1 (Βοήθεια) δείτε <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Στη συνέχεια θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο κειμένου βοήθειας για την -εγκατάσταση.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Η πρώτη οθόνη βοήθειας εγκατάστασης</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις</title> @@ -118,13 +211,11 @@ align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Αν πρόκειται για πολύ παλιό υλικό, ίσως η εγκατάσταση σε γραφικό περιβάλλον -να είναι αδύνατη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την -εγκατάσταση χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον. Για να το πραγματοποιήσετε, πατήστε -ESC στην πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος και επιβεβαιώστε με ENTER. Θα φτάσετε σε -μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε -ENTER. Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία -κειμένου.<emphasis></emphasis></para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -144,7 +235,7 @@ ENTER. Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτο <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Επιλογές πυρήνα</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό @@ -153,6 +244,18 @@ ENTER. Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτο <code>mem=xxxM</code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> καθορίζει 256MB RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index d879927a..bfd4031c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Anonymous, 2014 # Pablo Foche <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012-2013 @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-16 06:20+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" -"Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" -"language/eo/)\n" -"Language: eo\n" +"Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/eo/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: eo\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -28,12 +27,9 @@ msgstr "Licenco kaj publikig-notoj" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=" -"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-" -"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -43,39 +39,31 @@ msgstr "Licenco" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon " -"zorgeme." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Antaŭ ol instali <application>Magejon</application>, bv. legi la licencon zorgeme." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</" -"application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Ĉi tiuj kondiĉoj aplikiĝas al la tuta distribuaĵo <application>Magejo</application> kaj devas esti akceptataj antaŭ ol daŭrigi la instaladon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur " -"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>." +msgstr "Por akcepti nur selektu <guilabel>Akceptu</guilabel> kaj klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via " -"rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian " -"komputilon." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Se vi decidas ne akcepti tiujn kondiĉojn, tiam ni dankas vin pro via rigardo. Klakante sur <guibutton>Ĉesu</guibutton> vi reŝarĝos vian komputilon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -87,10 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Publikig-notoj" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</" -"application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes) " -"</guibutton>." +msgstr "Por vidi kio estas nova en ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes) </guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -103,26 +88,25 @@ msgstr "eo" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selekto de datumportilo (Konfiguru aldonaj instal-datumportiloj)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -151,29 +135,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Uzula kaj superuzula administrado" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -185,30 +171,20 @@ msgstr "Kreo de mastrumanta pasvorto (Set administrator (root) password):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei " -"superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) " -"pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo " -"ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la " -"pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas " -"retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne " -"mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ." +msgstr "Estas konsilinde por ĉiuj instaloj de <application>Magejo</application> krei superuzulan pasvorton, kutime nomita la <emphasis>mastrumanta (root) pasvorto</emphasis> en Linukso. Kiam vi tajpos pasvorton en la supra skatolo ĝia koloro ŝanĝiĝos el ruĝa al flava kaj verda dependante de la forto de la pasvorto. Verda kampo signifas ke vi estas uzanta fortan pasvorton. Vi devas retajpi la saman pasvorton en la plisuba skatolo, tio certigos ke vi ne mistajpis la unuan pasvorton dank'al komparo inter ambaŭ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone " -"utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj " -"karaktroj en pasvorto." +msgstr "En ĉiuj pasvortoj diferenciĝas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj, estas pli bone utiligi miksaĵon de literoj (majusklaj kaj minusklaj), nombroj kaj aliaj karaktroj en pasvorto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -221,40 +197,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), " -"sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn " -"kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile" +msgstr "Aldonu uzulon ĉi tie. Uzulo havas malpli da rajtoj ol la superuzulo (root), sed sufiĉajn por retumi, utiligi oficej-programojn aŭ ludi komputil-ludojn kaj por io ajn kion la averaĝa uzulo faras perkomputile" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos " -"la uzulan ikonon." +msgstr "<guibutton>Piktogramo</guibutton>: se vi klakas sur ĉi tiu butono vi ŝanĝos la uzulan ikonon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta " -"skatolo." +msgstr "<guilabel>Vera nomo</guilabel>: Metu la uzulan realan nomon en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan " -"salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. " -"<emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</" -"emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Saluta nomo (login name)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie eniru la uzulan salutan nomon aŭ lasu ke drakx-o utiligu version de la uzula vera nomo. <emphasis>La saluta nomo diferencigas inter majuskloj kaj minuskloj.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -262,30 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la " -"uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la " -"forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Pasvorto</guilabel>: En ĉi tiu teksta skatolo vi devus tajpi la uzulan pasvorton. Estas kampo je la fino de la teksto-skatolo indikanta la forton de la pasvorto. (Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi " -"tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj " -"uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Pasvorto (denove)</guilabel>: Retajpu la uzulan pasvorton en ĉi tiu teksta skatolo kaj darkx kontrolos ĉu la pasvorto estas la sama en ĉiuj uzulaj pasvortaj teksto-skatoloj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " -"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -293,19 +250,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " -"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " -"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " -"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -313,10 +265,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " -"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " -"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -334,10 +283,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano " -"ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo. Krome, vi povas " -"aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton." +msgstr "Se la <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> butono estas klakita aperos ekrano ebliganta eldoni la konfiguron de la aldonata uzulo. Krome, vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -345,10 +291,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> " -"gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto. La " -"gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo." +msgstr "Ĉio konservita de gasto uzanta defaŭltan <emphasis>rbash-an</emphasis> gastan konton en la dosierujo /home estos forigita post la elsaluto. La gasto devus konservi gravajn dosierojn en USB-ŝlosilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -356,11 +299,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie " -"vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston " -"ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de " -"normalaj uzuloj." +msgstr "<guilabel>Aktivigi gastan konton (Enable guest account)</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi gastan konton. Gasta konto ebligos gaston ensaluti kaj uzi la komputilon, sed ĝi havas pli da limigoj ol tiu de normalaj uzuloj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -368,10 +307,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell" -"\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-" -"on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on" +msgstr "<guilabel>Ŝelo</guilabel>: Ĉi tio vidigos liston ebligantan ŝanĝi la \"shell\"-on uzatan de la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. Oni povas elekti Bash-on, Dash-on kaj Sh-on" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -379,48 +315,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon " -"por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro. Lasu " -"ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari." +msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tie vi povas starigi uzulan identigilon por la uzulo aldonita en la antaŭa ekrano. La identigilo estas nombro. Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan " -"identigilon. Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. " -"Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Grupa ID</guilabel>: Ĉi tio ebligas vin starigi grupan identigilon. Ankaŭ temas pri nombro, kutime la sama kiel tiu de la uzulo. Lasu ĝin malplena se vi ne scias kion fari." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elekti surmetingojn" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" -"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -428,63 +358,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via " -"komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</" -"application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi vidas la linuksajn subdiskojn kiuj estis trovitaj en via komputilo. Se vi ne akordas kun la sugestoj de <application>DrakX</application> vi povas ŝanĝi la surmetingojn." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> " -"(radikan) subdiskon." +msgstr "Se vi ŝanĝas ion, certiĝu pri tio ke vi daŭre havas <literal>/</literal> (radikan) subdiskon." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", " -"\"Speco\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Ĉiu subdisko estas montrita tiel: \"Aparato\" (\"Kapablo\", \"Surmetingo\", \"Speco\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], " -"\"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Aparato\", konsistas el: \"fiksita disko\", [\"fiksita diska litero\"], \"subdiska nombro\" (ekzemple, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn " -"surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/" -"home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn " -"proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi " -"volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la " -"<literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Se vi havas multajn subdiskojn, vi povas elekti multajn malsamajn surmetingojn per la faldebla menuo, kiel <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> kaj <literal>/var</literal>. Vi povas ankaŭ fari viajn proprajn surmetingojn kiel <literal>/video</literal> por subdisko kie vi volas konservi viajn filmojn, aŭ <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> por la <literal>/home</literal> subdisko de kaldrona instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan " -"kampon malplena." +msgstr "En kazoj de subdiskoj al kiuj vi ne volas aliri vi povas lasi la surmetingan kampon malplena." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -492,21 +405,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam " -"aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi " -"povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon." +msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> se vi ne scias kion elekti, kaj tiam aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi subdiskon</guilabel>. En la aperonta ekrano, vi povas klaki sur konkreta subdisko por vidi ĝian specon kaj grandon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur " -"<guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la " -"subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Se vi certas pri tio ke la surmetingoj estas ĝustaj, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton>, kaj elektu ĉu vi nur volas strukturi la subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -516,8 +423,8 @@ msgstr "Grafika medio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." msgstr "Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -526,19 +433,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo. La " -"glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</" -"guilabel>" +msgstr "Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo. La glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -550,30 +452,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</" -"application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun " -"kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</" -"guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la " -"defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj. La labortablo " -"<application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj. Ĝi " -"havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte." +msgstr "Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj. La labortablo <application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj. Ĝi havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Pakaĵaj grupoj" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -582,11 +475,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi " -"bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia " -"informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la " -"musan montrilon sur ili." +msgstr "Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la musan montrilon sur ili." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -608,91 +497,74 @@ msgstr "Grafika medio." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ " -"forigi permane pakaĵojn." +msgstr "Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ forigi permane pakaĵojn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian " -"instalon." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian instalon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</" -"guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-" -"ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la " -"samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la " -"instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguru viajn Servojn" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de " -"la sistemo." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de la sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por " -"etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -716,45 +588,36 @@ msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu " -"en la sama tempo-zono." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu en la sama tempo-zono." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo " -"aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke " -"ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM." +msgstr "Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -764,13 +627,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -844,17 +704,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -863,29 +722,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi " -"elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj " -"baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</" -"acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ " -"iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti " -"ĝusta. Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</" -"application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti ĝusta. Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian " -"karton en la listo se bezonate." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian karton en la listo se bezonate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -895,12 +744,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti " -"<guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la " -"<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu " -"<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la " -"horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti <guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la <guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu <guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -912,9 +756,7 @@ msgstr "Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan " -"distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -922,28 +764,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam " -"aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian " -"konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via " -"konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos " -"konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos " -"rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke " -"via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi " -"aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -969,13 +802,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -986,9 +816,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1043,10 +873,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1057,62 +887,47 @@ msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas " -"havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>. La ĉifrada elekto por la " -"subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo " -"ne startos." +msgstr "Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>. La ĉifrada elekto por la subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo ne startos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi " -"la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en " -"ĝi antaŭ ol komenci." +msgstr "Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en ĝi antaŭ ol komenci." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel " -"USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la " -"elektita stor-aparato" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la elektita stor-aparato" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, " -"elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin." +msgstr "Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1135,27 +950,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la " -"loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." +msgstr "En tiu ĉi ekrano vi povas vidi la enhavon de via(j) stor-aparato(j) kaj la loko-proponon de DrakX por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj " -"enhavo de via konkreta(j) stor-aparato(j)." +msgstr "La disponeblaj elektoj en la suba listo varios depende de la trajtoj kaj enhavo de via konkreta(j) stor-aparato(j)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1167,9 +976,7 @@ msgstr "Uzu ekzistantajn subdiskojn" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn " -"kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo." +msgstr "Se tiu elekto estas disponebla oni trovis linuks-akordigeblajn subdiskojn kiuj povas esti utiligataj por la instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1179,11 +986,9 @@ msgstr "Uzu liberan spacon" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por " -"nova Mageja instalo." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en via fiksita disko ĉi tiu elekto uzos ĝin por nova Mageja instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1193,11 +998,9 @@ msgstr "Uzu la liberan spacon de vindoza subdisko" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo " -"povas proponi utiligi ĝin." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Se vi havas neuzitan spacon en ekzistanta vindoza subdisko, la instalilo povas proponi utiligi ĝin." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1205,10 +1008,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, " -"sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj " -"dosieroj antaŭe!" +msgstr "Ĉi tio povas esti utila maniero atingi spacon por via nova Mageja instalo, sed temas pri riska operacio do vi devus fari sekurec-kopion de ĉiuj gravaj dosieroj antaŭe!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1219,13 +1019,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko " -"devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan " -"fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio " -"ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el " -"la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj " -"personaj dosieroj." +msgstr "Rimarku ke ĉi tio implikas la ŝrumpigon de la vindoza subdisko. La subdisko devas esti \"pura\", tio estas Vindozo devis fermiĝi senprobleme la lastan fojon kiam ĝi estis uzita. Ĝi ankaŭ devas esti malfragmentiĝita kvankam tio ne estas garantio pri tio ke ĉiuj dosieroj en la subdisko estis movitaj el la areo uzota. Estas ege rekomendinde realigi sekurec-kopion de viaj personaj dosieroj." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1240,9 +1034,7 @@ msgstr "Ĉi tiu elekto utiligos la tutan diskon por Magejo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu " -"zorgema!" +msgstr "Atentu! Ĉi tio forigos ĈIUJN datumojn en la elektita fiksita disko. Estu zorgema!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1250,9 +1042,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la " -"disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion." +msgstr "Se vi volas uzi parton de la disko por alia celo aŭ vi havas datumojn en la disko kiujn vi ne volas perdi, ne elektu ĉi tion." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1262,11 +1052,9 @@ msgstr "Subdiskigo" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) " -"fiksita(j) disko(j)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Ĉi tio havigas al vi plenan kontrolon sur la lokigo de la instalo en via(j) fiksita(j) disko(j)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1275,17 +1063,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " -"settings:" -msgstr "" -"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " -"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " -"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " -"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" +msgstr "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1301,8 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1319,7 +1099,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "" @@ -1331,11 +1112,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1345,12 +1123,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " -"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." +msgstr "Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1361,82 +1137,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulon" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> " -"kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Finiĝis la instalado kaj konfigurado de <application>Magejo</application> kaj nun vi povas sekure eltiri la instal-medion kaj reŝarĝi vian komputilon." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian " -"sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Post tiu reŝarĝo, en la ŝarĝila ekrano vi povos elekti kiun operacian sistemon lanĉi (se vi havas pli ol unu)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita " -"kaj ŝarĝita." +msgstr "Se vi ne ŝanĝis la preferojn de la ŝarĝilo, Magejo estos aŭtomate elektita kaj ŝarĝita." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1448,38 +1206,31 @@ msgstr "Ĝuu!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo" +msgstr "Vizitu www.mageia.org se vi havas demandojn aŭ volas kontribui al Magejo" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Strukturi subdiskojn" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn " -"datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado " -"estos savita." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas elekti kiu(j)n subdisko(j)n vi ŝatus strukturi. Iu ajn datumo en subdisko(j) <emphasis>ne</emphasis> markita(j) por strukturado estos savita." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1491,9 +1242,7 @@ msgstr "Kutime almenaŭ la subdiskoj elektitaj de DrakX bezonos strukturon" msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi " -"ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>" +msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> por elekti subdiskojn kie vi ŝatus kontroli ĉu ekzistas <emphasis>difektitaj blokoj</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1502,20 +1251,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur " -"<guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj " -"tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano. En " -"tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj." +msgstr "Se vi ne certas ĉu vi faris la ĝustan elekton, vi povas klaki sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton>, denove sur <guibutton>Antaŭa</guibutton> kaj tiam sur <guibutton>subdiskigo</guibutton> por reveni al la ĉefa ekrano. En tiu ekrano vi havas elekton por vidi kio estas en viaj subdiskoj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> " -"por daŭrigi." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Se vi estas certa pri la elekto, klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1528,18 +1271,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo " -"estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble." +msgstr "Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la " -"mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas." +msgstr "La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1548,11 +1287,8 @@ msgstr "Bonveniga instal-ekrano" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1561,22 +1297,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1593,12 +1323,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1609,18 +1335,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1629,12 +1352,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1643,15 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Se la instalo malsukcesas tiam povas esti necese provi denove kaj uzi unu el " -"la aldonaj elektoj aperontaj per la premo de la klavo F1 (Helpo), vidu <xref " -"linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1696,12 +1411,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1718,12 +1429,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1736,12 +1443,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1760,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1771,14 +1475,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1788,30 +1488,24 @@ msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per " -"la flanka panelo de la ekrano." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per la flanka panelo de la ekrano." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi " -"<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte " -"bezonataj elektoj." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi <guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte bezonataj elektoj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> " -"havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo." +msgstr "La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1821,17 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, " -"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post " -"la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin " -"povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke " -"vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." +msgstr "Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1843,32 +1530,25 @@ msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. " -"Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu " -"utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." +msgstr "Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Se la aparataro estas tre malnova, grafika instalo povas esti neebla. Ĉikaze " -"povas esti rekomendinde provi teksto-bazitan instalon. Por tio premu la " -"klavon ESC en la unua bonveniga ekrano kaj konfirmu per ENTER. Tiam aperos " -"nigra ekrano kun la vorto \"boot:\". Tajpu \"text\" kaj premu ENTER. Nun " -"daŭrigu la instaladon tekste. <emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1883,11 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-" -"detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti " -"prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. " -"Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." +msgstr "Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1899,13 +1575,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la " -"disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi " -"la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple " -"\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple \"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1918,8 +1590,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1927,29 +1600,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ĝisdatigoj" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, " -"pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj." +msgstr "Ekde la publikigo de ĉi tiu versio de <application>Magejo</application>, pluraj pakaĵoj estis probable ĝisdatigitaj aŭ plibonigitaj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1957,10 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, " -"elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne " -"havas retaliron" +msgstr "Elektu <guilabel>jes</guilabel> se vi deziras elŝuti kaj instali ilin, elektu <guilabel>ne</guilabel> se vi ne volas fari tion nun aŭ se vi ne havas retaliron" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1972,27 +1642,26 @@ msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." msgstr "" @@ -2007,8 +1676,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." msgstr "" @@ -2016,11 +1685,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2032,11 +1701,9 @@ msgstr "Minimuma instalo" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta " -"ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2045,19 +1712,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ " -"specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun " -"Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali " -"plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon." +msgstr "Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2065,37 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Diversaj parametroj" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2104,11 +1763,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo " -"dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi " -"povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur " -"<guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX faris inteligentajn antaŭelektojn por la konfiguro de via sistemo dependante de tio kion vi elektis kaj la aparataro kiun ĝi mem eltrovis. Vi povas kontroli la konfigurojn ĉi tie kaj ŝanĝi ilin se vi volas klakante sur <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2124,12 +1779,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Horzono</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi " -"povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC" -"\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX elektis tempo-zonon por vi, dependante de via preferata lingvo. Vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin se bezonate. Vidu ankaŭ <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2141,9 +1793,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Lando</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin. " -"Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Se vi ne troviĝas en la selektita lando, estas tre grave ke vi korektu ĝin. Vidu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2174,11 +1824,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Uzula administrado (User management)</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon " -"<literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Vi povas aldoni pliajn uzulojn ĉi tie. Ĉiuj havos sian propran dosierujon <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2190,18 +1838,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servoj</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone " -"(demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn." +msgstr "Sistemaj servoj celas tiujn malgrandajn programojn funkciantajn fone (demonoj). Ĉi tiu ilo ebligos vin aktivigi aŭ malaktivigi diversajn taskojn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke " -"via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste." +msgstr "Vi devus kontroli zorgeme antaŭ ol ŝanĝi ion ĉi tie - eraro povus okazigi ke via komputilo ne funkciu ĝuste." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2223,9 +1867,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavaro</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via " -"lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi konfiguras aŭ ŝanĝas vian klavar-agordon kiu dependas de via lando, lingvo aŭ klavar-speco." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2237,9 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Muso</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, " -"mov-globojn, ktp." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi povas aldoni aŭ konfiguri aliajn indikajn aparatojn, tabuletojn, mov-globojn, ktp." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2249,8 +1889,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Son-karto </guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -2261,9 +1901,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafika interfaco</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian grafik-karto(j)n kaj montrilo(j)n." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2273,12 +1913,10 @@ msgstr "Por plia informo vidu <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2297,20 +1935,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj " -"neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo " -"per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos " -"aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn." +msgstr "Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj neliberajn pelilojn estas plibone fari tion post la reŝarĝo de la sistemo per <application>Mageja Konfigurilo </application>. Por tio vi devos aktivigi la neliberajn deponejojn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke " -"ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon." +msgstr "Kiam vi aldonas ret-karton ne forgesu konfiguri vian fajronŝirmilon por ke ĝi kontrolu ankaŭ tiun ret-interfacon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2323,18 +1955,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto. Ĉi " -"tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon." +msgstr "Prokura servilo funkcias kiel peranto inter via komputilo kaj interreto. Ĉi tiu sekcio ebligas vin konfiguri vian komputilon por utiligi prokuran servon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn " -"vi devas enigi ĉi tie" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Eble vi devas konsulti vian ret-mastrumanton por scii la parametrojn kiujn vi devas enigi ĉi tie" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2349,11 +1977,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Sekurec-nivelo </guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el " -"okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Ĉi tie vi starigas la sekurec-nivelon por via komputilo, en la plimulto el okazoj la defaŭlta konfiguro estas adekvata por ĝenerala uzo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2370,18 +1996,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fajroŝirmilo (Fajromuro)</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en " -"la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin." +msgstr "Fajroŝirmilo celas esti bariero inter viaj gravaj datumoj kaj la friponoj en la reto kiuj volas kompromiti aŭ forŝteli ilin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj " -"dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon." +msgstr "Elektu la servojn kiuj devas havi aliron al via sistemo. Viaj elektoj dependos de tio por kio vi utiligas la komputilon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 @@ -2393,38 +2015,31 @@ msgstr "Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska." msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +msgstr "Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> subdisko. Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo " -"de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></application> subdisko. Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Sekurec-nivelo" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2442,15 +2057,12 @@ msgstr "Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako " -"<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo." +msgstr "Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako <guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Selekti muson" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2472,15 +2084,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2488,12 +2099,14 @@ msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2502,28 +2115,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2535,26 +2152,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2564,27 +2185,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2594,18 +2219,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2615,7 +2243,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2625,7 +2254,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2640,21 +2270,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2662,7 +2294,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2672,7 +2305,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2692,28 +2326,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2721,11 +2352,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2745,33 +2373,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2795,8 +2420,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2826,15 +2452,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2842,77 +2467,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2941,22 +2572,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimuma instalo" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2964,18 +2595,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2983,19 +2611,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, " -"kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus " -"kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton." +msgstr "Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj " -"Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3004,10 +2627,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post " -"klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de " -"la unua listo. Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto." +msgstr "Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de la unua listo. Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3018,22 +2638,14 @@ msgstr "Enir-metodo" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-" -"metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn " -"literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en " -"Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj " -"afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate " -"tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj " -"se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3041,10 +2653,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin " -"post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> " -"\"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto." +msgstr "Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> \"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3054,12 +2663,9 @@ msgstr "Instalado/ĝisdatigo" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3070,8 +2676,7 @@ msgstr "Instalado" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ." +msgstr "Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3092,42 +2697,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, " -"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ " -"post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi " -"ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio " -"ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la " -"ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo " -"de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion " -"poste en la instalo." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion poste en la instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3139,58 +2733,43 @@ msgstr "Klavaro" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi " -"aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron." +msgstr "DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. " -"Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun " -"via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu " -"identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono " -"<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian " -"klavaron tie." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian klavaron tie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi " -"revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu " -"ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la " -"instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo." +msgstr "Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3198,9 +2777,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan " -"ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj" +msgstr "Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3213,52 +2790,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta " -"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la " -"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo." +msgstr "Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj " -"uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple " -"languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian " -"lingvan eltenon post la instalo." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian lingvan eltenon post la instalo." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian " -"preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la " -"plurlingva ekrano ." +msgstr "Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la plurlingva ekrano ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas " -"rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ." +msgstr "Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3266,65 +2829,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la " -"plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via " -"lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj." +msgstr "Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo " -"de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn." +msgstr "Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selekti muson" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman " -"ĉi tie." +msgstr "Se vin ne kontentigas la funkciado de via muso, vi povas elekti iun malsaman ĉi tie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</" -"guilabel> estas bona elekto." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Ofte, <guilabel>Universala</guilabel> - <guilabel>Ajna PS/2- kaj USB-musoj</guilabel> estas bona elekto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> " -"por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj." +msgstr "Selektu <guilabel>Universalan</guilabel> - <guilabel>Trudi evdev</guilabel> por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3334,13 +2884,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3353,13 +2900,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 @@ -3393,38 +2937,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " -"align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de " -"la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Se vi preferas malsaman lanĉilan konfiguron al tiu elektita aŭtomate fare de la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas " -"decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al " -"Magejo krei novan." +msgstr "Eble vi havas jam alian operacian sistemon en via maŝino, tiukaze vi devas decidi ĉu vi volas aldoni Magejon al via ekzistanta lanĉilo aŭ ebligi al Magejo krei novan." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3443,19 +2982,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita " -"disko. Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni " -"ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo." +msgstr "Defaŭlte Magejo skribas novan GRUB-lanĉilon en la MBR de via unua fiksita disko. Se vi jam havas aliajn operaciajn sistemojn, Magejo provos aldoni ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " -"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3463,19 +2997,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " -"used." +msgstr "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " -"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3486,24 +3015,18 @@ msgstr "Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila " -"butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-" -"lokon de la lanĉilo." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Se vi decidas uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon tiam vi devos klaki sur la lanĉila butono <guibutton>Konfiguru</guibutton>, kiu ebligos vin ŝanĝi la instal-lokon de la lanĉilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi " -"devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, " -"ekzemple sda7." +msgstr "Ne selektu aparaton kiel \"sda\" aŭ vi anstataŭigos la ekzistantan MBR. Vi devas selekti la saman radikan subdiskon kiun vi elektis dum la subdiskigo, ekzemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3514,26 +3037,19 @@ msgstr "Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> por " -"vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos " -"vin ree al la instal-ekrano." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Iru al tty2 per la premo de Ctrl+Alt+F2 kaj tajpu <literal>df</literal> por vidi kie estas via radika subdisko <literal>/</literal>. Ctrl+Alt+F7 venigos vin ree al la instal-ekrano." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo " -"estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj " -"estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri " -"ĝin aŭtomate. Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo." +msgstr "La ĝusta procezo por aldoni vian Magejan sistemon al ekzistanta lanĉilo estas preter la celo de tiu ĉi helpilo, tamen en la plimulto el la kazoj estos necese lanĉi lanĉilan instal-programon kiu devus detekti kaj konfiguri ĝin aŭtomate. Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3544,57 +3060,48 @@ msgstr "Lanĉila sperta elekto" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</" -"literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku sur " -"<guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan " -"<guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da " -"libera spaco." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Se vi havas tre limigitan spacon en via disko por subdisko <literal>/</literal> enhavanta samtempe la dosierujon <literal>/tmp</literal>, klaku sur <guibutton>Progresinta</guibutton> kaj aktivigu la skatolon dirantan <guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da libera spaco." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Konfiguri SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=" -"\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-" -"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi " -"kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la " -"bezonataj peliloj." +msgstr "DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la bezonataj peliloj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas." +msgstr "Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3606,15 +3113,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3638,14 +3143,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Progresinta" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:44 @@ -3667,20 +3173,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3692,45 +3197,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "width=\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"BId-" -#~ "drakx-intro-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Se okazus problemoj dum la instalado, tiam povus esti necese uzi " -#~ "specialajn instalajn elektojn, vidu <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" -#~ "\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Instal-elektoj" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Ĉi tio malfermos la jenan teksto-bazitan helpon." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Instala helpo-ekrano" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" width=\"720\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"400\" xml:id=\"installer-" -#~ "im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Kernaj elektoj" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1869711b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Instalado per DrakX-o</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Instalado per DrakX-o</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn +vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 +<link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> + + <para>Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation +Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml index 1fdc415b..e9a33f1e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -36,9 +37,12 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9363e41 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/eo/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/installer.xml b/docs/installer/eo/installer.xml index 0fa00a76..9be1fd86 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="eo"> @@ -37,15 +36,127 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Bonveniga instal-ekrano</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -width="800" align="center" format="PNG" depth="600" -xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Se okazus problemoj dum la instalado, tiam povus esti necese uzi specialajn -instalajn elektojn, vidu <xref linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -74,24 +185,6 @@ Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi.</para> </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Instal-elektoj</title> - </info> - - <para>Se la instalo malsukcesas tiam povas esti necese provi denove kaj uzi unu el -la aldonaj elektoj aperontaj per la premo de la klavo F1 (Helpo), vidu <xref -linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Ĉi tio malfermos la jenan teksto-bazitan helpon.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Instala helpo-ekrano</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" width="720" format="PNG" depth="400" -xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj</title> @@ -111,11 +204,11 @@ komand-linio.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Se la aparataro estas tre malnova, grafika instalo povas esti neebla. Ĉikaze -povas esti rekomendinde provi teksto-bazitan instalon. Por tio premu la -klavon ESC en la unua bonveniga ekrano kaj konfirmu per ENTER. Tiam aperos -nigra ekrano kun la vorto "boot:". Tajpu "text" kaj premu ENTER. Nun -daŭrigu la instaladon tekste. <emphasis></emphasis></para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -134,7 +227,7 @@ necese.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Kernaj elektoj</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la @@ -142,6 +235,18 @@ disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple "mem=256M" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml b/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml index f55fe240..1b096529 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml +++ b/docs/installer/eo/soundConfig.xml @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ to solve the problem. <section xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced"> <info> - <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Advanced</title> + <title xml:id="soundConfig-Advanced-ti1">Progresinta</title> </info> <para>Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index cb4a83ad..6a29032d 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -1,22 +1,28 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# Adolfo Jayme Barrientos <fitoschido@ubuntu.com>, 2014 +# motitos, 2013-2014 +# Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>, 2014 +# jdru_drv <j.d.ramirez.u@gmail.com>, 2014 +# jdru_drv <j.d.ramirez.u@gmail.com>, 2014 # Miguel Ortega, 2013 +# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 +# tortuleon <rodrigo.prieto@ymail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 16:26+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"es/)\n" -"Language: es\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-25 13:57+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernando J. E. Aren <phy.tester@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -27,11 +33,9 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,40 +45,31 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea " -"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de " -"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder " -"continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego " -"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya " -"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su " -"ordenador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +81,7 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " -"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -99,36 +92,29 @@ msgstr "es" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación " -"suplementarios)" +msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar " -"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La " -"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los " -"siguientes pasos." +msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -148,41 +134,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). " -"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los " -"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, " -"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " -"propia instalación NFS." +msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios nonfree, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" -"> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -194,31 +177,20 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, " -"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas " -"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya " -"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando " -"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la " -"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita " -"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido " -"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." +msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una " -"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y " -"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." +msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -231,41 +203,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el " -"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones " -"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su " -"ordenador." +msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono " -"del usuario." +msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del " -"usuario en este recuadro." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de " -"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir " -"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a " -"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -273,31 +233,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " -"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " -"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña " -"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el " -"recuadro anterior." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio " -"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." +msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -305,20 +256,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en " -"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá " -"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." +msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " -"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " -"el ordenador." +msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -326,10 +271,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los " -"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante " -"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." +msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -347,10 +289,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " -"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " -"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -358,10 +297,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) " -"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado " -"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." +msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -369,11 +305,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o " -"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un " -"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido " -"que los usuarios normales." +msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -381,9 +313,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por " -"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -391,48 +321,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " -"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació " -"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " -"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que " -"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" -"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -440,63 +364,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su " -"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</" -"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." +msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> " -"(root)." +msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de " -"montaje\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro" -"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje " -"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y " -"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, " -"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde " -"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la " -"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de " -"montaje vacío." +msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -504,22 +411,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y " -"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la " -"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y " -"tamaño." +msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en " -"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien " -"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -529,11 +429,9 @@ msgstr "Selección de escritorio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para " -"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -541,19 +439,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la " -"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando " -"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." +msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -565,29 +458,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> " -"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de " -"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</" -"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el " -"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio " -"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, " -"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." +msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -596,11 +481,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de " -"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si " -"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada " -"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." +msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -622,91 +503,74 @@ msgstr "Entorno gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o " -"eliminar manualmente los paquetes." +msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como " -"hacer una instalación minima." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su " -"instalación." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</" -"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes " -"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para " -"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón " -"durante la instalación para cargarlo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando " -"arranque su sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo " -"y ver todos los servicios que contiene." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -718,9 +582,7 @@ msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de " -"abajo." +msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -732,45 +594,36 @@ msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure su huso horario" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo " -"huso horario." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora " -"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos " -"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -780,31 +633,24 @@ msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y " -"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." +msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted " -"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" +msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -827,10 +673,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía " -"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar " -"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." +msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -838,20 +681,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código " -"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un " -"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador " -"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." +msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso " -"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." +msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -859,36 +696,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios " -"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En " -"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." +msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder " -"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -897,30 +728,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de " -"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</" -"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de " -"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente " -"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione " -"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. " -"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> " -"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su " -"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -930,12 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de " -"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. " -"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las " -"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -947,9 +762,7 @@ msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución " -"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -957,29 +770,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no " -"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su " -"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la " -"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se " -"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá " -"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que " -"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está " -"disponible</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el " -"activar o desactivar varias opciones." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -991,9 +794,7 @@ msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede " -"identificar su monitor correctamente." +msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1002,22 +803,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar " -"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin " -"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la " -"documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1028,14 +822,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco " -"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical " -"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion " -"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1044,11 +834,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con " -"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que " -"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y " -"consulte la documentacion de su monitor." +msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1060,9 +846,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor " -"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." +msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1074,9 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe " -"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" +msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1097,17 +879,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en " -"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si " -"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no " -"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una " -"selección conservadora. " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1117,63 +893,47 @@ msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que " -"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de " -"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de " -"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." +msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " -"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " -"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." +msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, " -"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones " -"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición " -"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de " -"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." +msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1196,28 +956,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el " -"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del " -"contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1229,9 +982,7 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones " -"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." +msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1241,11 +992,9 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su " -"nueva instalación de Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1255,11 +1004,9 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador " -"puede ofrecer usarlo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1267,10 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación " -"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia " -"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" +msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1281,14 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la " -"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, " -"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. " -"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que " -"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se " -"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad " -"de sus archivos personales." +msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1303,9 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " -"¡Tenga cuidado!" +msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1313,9 +1048,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información " -"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." +msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1325,11 +1058,9 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " -"en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1338,17 +1069,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez " -"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware " -"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales " -"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB." -"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como " -"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las " -"siguientes configuraciones:" +msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1364,9 +1088,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de " -"megabytes." +msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1376,30 +1098,28 @@ msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Febrero 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Documentación Oficial para Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1409,12 +1129,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " -"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." +msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1425,82 +1143,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " -"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " -"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitaciones" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=" -"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y " -"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los " -"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de " -"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." +msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1512,54 +1212,43 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." +msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" -"> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier " -"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para " -"formatear." +msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " -"formatearse." +msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que " -"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1568,20 +1257,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " -"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla " -"principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." +msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</" -"guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1594,19 +1277,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está " -"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil " -"posible." +msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto " -"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." +msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1615,142 +1293,119 @@ msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias personales:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: <guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 msgid "Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añada algunas opciones al kernel pulsando la tecla F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una " -"de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. " -"Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" +msgstr "Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone cuatro opciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 msgid "- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:102 msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en detrimento del rendimiento." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración de energía no se tiene en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" +msgstr "- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le pide." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1758,21 +1413,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Añada más opciones al kernel presionando la tecla F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:132 @@ -1780,16 +1431,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones disponibles. Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más detalles, o pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1798,52 +1445,46 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione <guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o Boot-Nonfree.iso)" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">el Wiki de Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 msgid "The keyboard layout is the American one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1853,29 +1494,24 @@ msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser " -"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones " -"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> " -"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." +msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1885,17 +1521,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " -"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " -"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " -"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " -"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " -"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." +msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1907,34 +1536,25 @@ msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del " -"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas " -"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" -"code> en la terminal." +msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una " -"instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en " -"modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y " -"confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" " -"Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo " -"texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la palabra \"boot\". Escriba \"text\" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1949,36 +1569,26 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un " -"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática " -"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, " -"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " -"con otras si es necesario." +msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 msgid "RAM problem" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Problema de RAM" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:260 msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar " -"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla " -"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la " -"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " -"256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 msgid "Dynamic partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Particiones dinámicas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:272 @@ -1986,38 +1596,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato \"básico\" a \"dinámico\" en Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates." -"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se " -"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." +msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2025,9 +1636,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</" -"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" +msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2039,73 +1648,55 @@ msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los " -"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la " -"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser " -"elegidos en los próximos pasos." +msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que " -"contiene la base de la distribución." +msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, " -"es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de " -"código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio " -"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, " -"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." +msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo " -"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este " -"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en " -"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para " -"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para " -"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2116,12 +1707,9 @@ msgstr "Instalación mínima." #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de " -"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2130,21 +1718,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos " -"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o " -"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto " -"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree" -"\"></xref>." +msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá " -"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." +msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2152,37 +1733,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2191,10 +1769,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo " -"del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y " -"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2210,12 +1785,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede " -"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2227,9 +1799,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref " -"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2260,11 +1830,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio " -"<literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2276,25 +1844,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que " -"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta " -"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." +msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una " -"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." +msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2311,9 +1873,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que " -"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." +msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2325,9 +1885,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, " -"trackballs, etc." +msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2337,13 +1895,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger " -"uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta " -"pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." +msgstr "El instalador usa el driver por defecto, si hay alguno. La opción de escoger uno diferente aparece solamente cuando hay más de un driver para su tarjeta pero ninguno es el que viene por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2352,9 +1907,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2364,11 +1919,10 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2387,20 +1941,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores " -"libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el " -"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener " -"activados los repositorios non-free." +msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (nonfree), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para " -"que también la controle." +msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2413,19 +1961,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. " -"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de " -"proxy." +msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los " -"parámetros que debe poner aquí." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2440,12 +1983,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en " -"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada " -"para un uso general." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2462,64 +2002,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos " -"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes " -"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." +msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su " -"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." +msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy " -"peligroso!" +msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer " -"espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2537,243 +2063,261 @@ msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad " -"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de " -"Mageia." +msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Elección del ratón" +msgstr "Seleccione y use una ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medio" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definicion" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 msgid "" "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el archivo ISO sea copiado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Los puede encontar<link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aquí</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" +msgstr "Medio de instalación clásico." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Caracterśticas comunes." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usan el instalador tradicional llamado \"drakx\"." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de lanzamientos previos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " "software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sólo Escritorio Xfce." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) PARA REVISAR!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contiene software no libre" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 msgid "Live media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medio Live" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su disco rígido." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde versiones previas.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ellos contienen software no libre." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sólo idioma Inglés." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sólo 32 bits." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todos los idiomas presentes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 msgid "Boot-only CDs media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Medio CD sólo de arranque" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." -msgstr "" +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." +msgstr "Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar el archivo ISO para continuar y completar la instalación. Estos archivos ISO pueden estar en el disco rígido de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:227 msgid "boot.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software propietario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " "it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para aquellos que lo necesiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:251 @@ -2783,33 +2327,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:254 msgid "Downloading" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Descargando" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2817,11 +2358,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2831,7 +2369,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:285 msgid "Checking the downloaded media integrity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verificar integridad del medio descargado" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:287 @@ -2841,38 +2379,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 msgid "Burn or dump the ISO" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grabar o volcar el ISO" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:311 @@ -2884,21 +2419,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:316 msgid "Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:318 msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:324 msgid "Dump the ISO on a USB stick" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volvar el ISO en un USB" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:326 @@ -2922,15 +2458,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" +msgstr "Usando Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2938,121 +2473,127 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Abrir consola" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -msgstr "" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" +msgstr "(x)=nombre de tu dispositivo ej: /dev/sdc Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:402 msgid "Using Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usando Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "You can try:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puedes probar:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:406 msgid "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US\">Rufus</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:408 msgid "" "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 " "Disk Imager</link>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "- <link ns4:href=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager\">Win32 Disco de Imagenes</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalación mínima." +msgstr "Insatlación de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3060,18 +2601,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3079,19 +2617,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la " -"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que " -"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." +msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros " -"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3100,11 +2633,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, " -"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la " -"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX " -"seguirá su elección real." +msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3115,23 +2644,14 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede " -"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de " -"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas " -"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs " -"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones " -"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que " -"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de " -"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden " -"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3139,10 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede " -"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su " -"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." +msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3152,11 +2669,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3167,9 +2682,7 @@ msgstr "Instalación" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3182,10 +2695,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas " -"en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la " -"última versión." +msgstr "Si tiene una o más versiones de <application>Mageia</application> instaladas en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3193,47 +2703,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia " -"anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión " -"del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya " -"ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación " -"limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Solamente se ha testado la actualización desde una versión de Mageia anterior que <emphasis>todavía está soportada</emphasis> cuando esta versión del instalador se lanzó. Si quiere actualizar una versión de Mageia que ya ha alcanzado su fin de soporte, entonces es mejor hacer una instalación limpia preservando su partición <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " -"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " -"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " -"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " -"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " -"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede " -"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de " -"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</" -"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3245,60 +2739,43 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún " -"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." +msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del " -"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire " -"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. " -"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También " -"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</" -"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</" -"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de " -"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar " -"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la " -"lista completa." +msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3306,10 +2783,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una " -"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas " -"y no latinas." +msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3322,52 +2796,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. " -"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la " -"instalación y para su sistema instalado." +msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, " -"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos " -"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la " -"instalación." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la " -"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección " -"de múltiples idiomas." +msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale " -"también el idioma de su teclado." +msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3375,65 +2835,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " -"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " -"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." +msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " -"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " -"sistema." +msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Elección del ratón" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." +msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 " -"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</" -"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o " -"más botones." +msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3443,13 +2890,10 @@ msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3457,94 +2901,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el " -"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " -"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." +msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " -"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." +msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " -"renombrar completamente." +msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " -"que seleccione otra." +msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " -"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." -"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " -"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, " -"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " -"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." +msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3563,19 +2988,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot " -"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " -"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." +msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " -"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3583,19 +3003,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " -"soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " -"defecto." +msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " -"en la página de resumen durante la instación." +msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3606,25 +3021,18 @@ msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de " -"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de " -"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " -"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " -"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " -"por ejemplo sda7." +msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3635,27 +3043,19 @@ msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar " -"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " -"al instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de " -"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente " -"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que " -"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " -"sistema operativo en cuestión." +msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3666,79 +3066,66 @@ msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</" -"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en " -"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /" -"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " -"libre." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configurando SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos " -"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los " -"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco " -"duro." +msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que " -"tenga." +msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." +msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configurar el sonido" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3746,9 +3133,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido " -"para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." +msgstr "En esta pantalla aparece el nombre del driver que el instalador ha escogido para su tarjeta de sonido, que será el dado por defecto si es que hay alguno." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3758,25 +3143,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras " -"la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie " -"esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la " -"etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en " -"<guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la " -"pantalla." +msgstr "El driver por defecto debería funcionar sin problemas. Sin embargo, si tras la instalación hay problemas, ejecute <command>draksound</command> o inicie esta herramienta vía MCC (Centro de Control de Mageia), escogiendo la etiqueta <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> y haciendo click en <guilabel>Configurar Sonido</guilabel> en la esquina superior derecha de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de " -"draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en " -"<guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil " -"sobre cómo resolver el problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Entonces, en la pantalla de la herramienta de \"Configurar sonido\" de draksound, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y en <guibutton>Solución de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar un consejo útil sobre cómo resolver el problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3789,91 +3165,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la " -"instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios " -"disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." +msgstr "Hacer click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> en esta pantalla, durante la instalación, es útil si no hay un driver por defecto y hay varios disponibles, o si cree que el instalador escogió el driver equivocado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en " -"<guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "In ese caso, puede seleccionar un driver diferente tras hacer click en <guibutton>Escoger un driver</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." +msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar " -"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar " -#~ "opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"installationOptions\"/>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Opciones de instalación" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Esto abrirá la siguiente página de ayuda en texto." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Pantalla de Ayuda de la Instalación" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Opciones del Kernel" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." diff --git a/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b6ce5d72 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/es/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Instalación con DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Febrero 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">Documentación Oficial para Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Instalación con DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Febrero 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá +dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la +licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> + + <para>Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para> + + <para>Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el +<link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Equipo de +Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml index d91b119d..2788f1ea 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -36,9 +37,12 @@ Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/es/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/es/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa2eb24e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/es/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,415 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="es"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Seleccione y use una ISO</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Medio</title> + + <section> + <title>Definicion</title> + + <para>Aquí llamamos medio a un archivo de imagen ISO que permite instalar y/o +actualizar Mageia y por extensión a cualquier soporte físico dónde el +archivo ISO sea copiado.</para> + + <para>Los puede encontar<link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aquí</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Medio de instalación clásico.</title> + + <section> + <title>Caracterśticas comunes.</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Usan el instalador tradicional llamado "drakx".</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Son capaces de hacer una instalación limpia o una actualización de +lanzamientos previos.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Algunas herramientas están disponibles en la pantalla de bienvenida: Sistema +de Rescate, Prueba de Memoria, Herramienta de Detección de Hardware.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Cada DVD contiene todos los entornos de escritorio y lenguajes disponibles.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Se le dará la opción durante la instalación de agregar o no software no +libre.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ambas arquitecturas están presentes en el mismo medio, la ellección se +realiza automáticamente de acuerdo al CPU detectado.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo Escritorio Xfce.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo algunos lenguajes (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, +uk) PARA REVISAR!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Contiene software no libre</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Medio Live</title> + + <section> + <title>Caracterśticas comunes.</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Puede ser utilizado para probar la distribución sin haberla instalado +previamente en un disco rígido y , opcionalmente, instalar Mageia en su +disco rígido.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>El ISO solo contiene un entorno de escritorio (KDE o GNOME)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">las imágenes ISO Vivas sólo pueden ser utilizadas para +crear instalaciones limpias, no pueden utilizarse para actualizar desde +versiones previas.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ellos contienen software no libre.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo idioma Inglés.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo 32 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo idioma Inglés.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo 32 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Sólo entorno de escritorio KDE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Todos los idiomas presentes.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Sólo entorno de escritorio GNOME.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Todos los idiomas presentes.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Medio CD sólo de arranque</title> + + <section> + <title>Caracterśticas comunes.</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Cada una es una imágen pequeña que contiene sólo lo necesario para iniciar +el programa de instalación drakx y encontrar el archivo ISO para continuar y +completar la instalación. Estos archivos ISO pueden estar en el disco rígido +de la PC, en un disco local, en una red local o en Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Medios diferentes para arquitecturas de 32 o 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Sólo idioma Inglés.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contiene sólo software libre, para todos aquellos que rehusan del software +propietario.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contiene software propietario (mayormente drivers, codecs, etc.) para +aquellos que lo necesiten.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Descargando</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Verificar integridad del medio descargado</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Grabar o volcar el ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Grabar el ISO en un CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Volvar el ISO en un USB</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Usando Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Abrir consola</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=nombre de tu dispositivo ej: /dev/sdc Ejemplo: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Introduce el comando: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Desconecta tu pendrive USB, esta echo</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Usando Windows</title> + + <para>Puedes probar:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disco de Imagenes</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Insatlación de Mageia</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml index bf694807..f499e225 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol: <itemizedlist> </listitem> </itemizedlist></para> - <para>Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía + <para>Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de fabricantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg.</para> diff --git a/docs/installer/es/installer.xml b/docs/installer/es/installer.xml index 8fc5809c..382168a3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/es/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="es" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="es"> @@ -38,15 +37,134 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador</title> - </info> <mediaobject> + </info> + + <para>Esta es la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se usa un DVD de +Mageia:</para> + +<mediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" -align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" /> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Desde esta primera pantalla, es posible configurar algunas preferencias +personales:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>El idioma (solo para la instalación, puede que sea diferente del idioma +elegido para el sistema) presionando la tecla F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use las teclas de flechas para elegir el idioma y pulse la tecla Enter.</para> + + <para>Aquí hay un ejemplo, la pantalla de bienvenida en Francés al emplear un +CD/DVD de tipo Live. Note que el menú de dicho DVD/CD no propone: +<guilabel>Sistema de recuperacion</guilabel>, <guilabel>Prueba de +Memoria</guilabel> ni <guilabel>Herramienta de deteccion de +Hardware</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Cambie la resolución de la pantalla pulsando la tecla F3.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Añada algunas opciones al kernel pulsando la tecla F6.</para> + + <para>Si la instalación falla, entonces puede ser necesario intentarlo de nuevo +usando alguna de las opciones extra. El menú que aparece al pulsar F6 +muestra la nueva línea <guilabel>Opciones de arranque</guilabel> y propone +cuatro opciones:</para> + + <para>- Por defecto, no cambia nada en las opciones por defecto.</para> + + <para>- Configuración segura, se da prioridad a las opciones más seguras en +detrimento del rendimiento.</para> + + <para>- Sin ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), la administración +de energía no se tiene en cuenta.</para> + + <para>- Sin Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), se +refiere a las interrupciones de la CPU. Seleccione esta opción si se le +pide.</para> + + <para>Cuando seleccione una de estas entradas, se modifica las opciones por +defecto mostradas en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>.</para> + + <note> + <para>En algunas versiones de Maegia, puede suceder que las opciones seleccionadas +con la tecla F6 no aparezcan en la línea <guilabel>Opciones de +Arranque</guilabel>. Sin embargo, sí se tienen en cuenta.</para> + </note> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> - <para>Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar -opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref -linkend="installationOptions"/>.</para> + <listitem> + <para>Añada más opciones al kernel presionando la tecla F1</para> + + <para>Presionando F1 se abre una nueva ventana con más opciones +disponibles. Seleccione una con las teclas de flechas y pulse Enter para más +detalles, o pulse la tecla Esc para volver a la ventana anterior.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>La vista detallada de la pantalla de opciones. Presione Esc o seleccione +<guilabel>Retornar a las opciones de Arranque</guilabel> para regresar a la +lista de opciones. Estas opciones pueden ser añadidas a mano en la linea de +<guilabel>Opciones de Arranque</guilabel>.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla +F2</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Aqui se encuentra la pantalla de bienvenida por defecto cuando se utiliza un +CD de instalacion basada en Red Alambrica (imagenes Boot.iso o +Boot-Nonfree.iso)</para> + + <para>No se permite cambiar el idioma, las opciones están descritas en la +pantalla. Para mayor información relacionada a como usar el CD de +instalación basada en Red Alámbrica, visite <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">el Wiki de +Mageia</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>La distribución del teclado es la de un teclado Americano</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -75,23 +193,6 @@ pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Opciones de instalación</title> - </info> - - <para>Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una -de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 -(Help)</guibutton>. Vea <xref linkend="dx-welcome"/></para> - - <para>Esto abrirá la siguiente página de ayuda en texto.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Pantalla de Ayuda de la Instalación</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" -format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png" /> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones.</title> @@ -111,12 +212,12 @@ antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una -instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en -modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y -confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra "boot:" -Escriba "text" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo -texto.</para> + <para revision="2">Si el Hardware es un viejo, Tal vez no se posible realizar una instalación +gráfica. En dicho caso, podría intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para +llevar a cabo dicho modo, presione ESC durante la primera pantalla de +bienvenida y confirme presionando ENTER. Una pantalla negra aparecerá con la +palabra "boot". Escriba "text" y presione ENTER. Ahora continúe con la +instalación en modo texto.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -135,7 +236,7 @@ con otras si es necesario.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Opciones del Kernel</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Problema de RAM</title> </info> <para>Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar @@ -144,6 +245,18 @@ manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Particiones dinámicas</title> + </info> + + <para>Si usted convirtió su disco duro de formato "básico" a "dinámico" en +Microsoft Windows, debe saber que será imposible instalar Mageia en este +disco. Para volver a un disco básico vea la documentación de Microsoft: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 103d8582..7a3be8f1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -1,20 +1,22 @@ -# Estonian translation of Mageia Installer Help -# Copyright (C) 2013 Mageia Documentation Team -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer package. -# Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012, 2013, 2014. -# +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. +# +# Translators: +# Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>, 2012-2014 msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 18:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" -"Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" -"Language: et\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Estonian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/et/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: et\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -24,11 +26,9 @@ msgstr "Litsents ja väljalaskemärkmed" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -38,38 +38,31 @@ msgstr "Litsentsileping" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt " -"läbi litsentsi tingimused." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Enne <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamist lugege palun hoolikalt läbi litsentsi tingimused." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> " -"distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Need tingimused kehtivad kogu <application>Mageia</application> distributsioonile ja enne jätkamist tuleb nendega nõustuda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis " -"<guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." +msgstr "Nõustumiseks valige lihtsalt <guilabel>Nõustun</guilabel> ja klõpsake siis <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest. Klõps " -"nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Kui te aga ei ole tingimustega nõus, siis täname teid huvi eest. Klõps nupule <guibutton>Välju</guibutton> taaskäivitab arvuti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -81,10 +74,7 @@ msgstr "Väljalaskemärkmed" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas " -"väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</" -"guibutton>." +msgstr "Kui tunnete huvi, mida on <application>Mageia</application> käesolevas väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -97,31 +87,27 @@ msgstr "et" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust " -"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate " -"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." +msgstr "Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -141,40 +127,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab " -"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja " -"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i " -"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." +msgstr "Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (nonfree) ja piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -186,31 +170,20 @@ msgstr "Administraatori (root) parooli määramine" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav " -"määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt " -"väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti " -"kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt " -"sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool " -"on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool " -"olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti " -"kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes." +msgstr "Kõigi <application>Mageia</application> paigalduste korral on soovitatav määrata administraatori parool (Linuxis kasutatakse selle kohta tavaliselt väljendit <emphasis>root password</emphasis>). Parooli ülemisse kasti kirjutades muutub kilbi värv punasest kollaseks ja roheliseks vastavalt sellele, kui tugevaks parooli hinnatakse. Roheline kilp tähendab, et parool on tugev ja kindel. Sama parool tuleb kirjutada teist korda kohe allpool olevasse kasti: sellega kontrollitakse, et parool sai esimesse kasti õigesti kirjutatud, neid kahte omavahel võrreldes." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja " -"suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja " -"väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke." +msgstr "Kõik paroolid on tõstutundlikud, see tähendab arvestavad väike- ja suurtähti. Parooli tugevuse huvides on mõistlik kasutada nii suur- ja väiketähti kui ka numbreid ja muid märke." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -223,39 +196,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril " -"(root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste " -"kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma " -"arvutis teeb" +msgstr "Siin saab lisada kasutaja. Kasutajal on vähem õigusi kui administraatoril (root), kuid siiski piisavalt internetis liikumiseks, kontoritöörakenduste kasutamiseks, mängimiseks ja kõigeks muuks, mida tavaline kasutaja oma arvutis teeb" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja " -"ikooni." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikoon</guibutton>: sellele nupule klõpsates saab muuta kasutaja ikooni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime." +msgstr "<guilabel>Pärisnimi</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja tegeliku nime." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või " -"lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi. " -"<emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajatunnus</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutajanime või lasta DrakXil pakkuda pärisnimest tuletatud variandi. <emphasis>Kasutajatunnus on tõstutundlik.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -263,30 +226,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. " -"Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"/>)." +msgstr "<guilabel>Parool</guilabel>: siin saab kirja panna kasutaja parooli. Tekstikasti lõpus on kilp, mis näitab parooli tugevust (vt ka <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda " -"kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati " -"ülal asuvasse kasti." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Parool (uuesti)</guilabel>: siia tuleb kirjutada teist korda kasutaja parool ning DrakX kontrollib, kas see on ikka sama, mis kirjutati ülal asuvasse kasti." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile " -"näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud." +msgstr "Kõigi Mageia paigaldamise ajal lisatud kasutajate kodukataloog on kõigile näha (\"loetav\"), kuid siiski kirjutuskaitstud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -294,20 +249,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia " -"juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende " -"kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest." +msgstr "Kui aga uue paigalduse järel lisada kasutaja tööriistaga <emphasis>Mageia juhtimiskeskus - Süsteem - Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>, on nende kasutajate kodukataloog kaitstud nii kirjutamise kui ka lugemise eest." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on " -"soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad " -"alles pärast taaskäivitamist." +msgstr "Kui Te ei soovi, et kodukataloog oleks kellelegi näha ehk loetav, on soovitatav praegu lisada ainult ajutine kasutaja ja tegelikud kasutajad alles pärast taaskäivitamist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -315,11 +264,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, " -"võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal " -"<emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate " -"haldamine</emphasis>." +msgstr "Kui aga Teil pole midagi selle vastu, et kodukataloogid on kõigile näha, võite lisada kõik vajalikud kasutajad juba paigaldamise ajal <emphasis>kokkuvõtte</emphasis> etapil. Valige seal <emphasis>Kasutajate haldamine</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -337,10 +282,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab " -"muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või " -"keelata külaliskonto." +msgstr "Nupule <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> klõpsates ilmub ekraan, kus saab muuta lisatava kasutaja mõningaid seadistusi. Samuti saab siin lubada või keelata külaliskonto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -348,10 +290,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto " -"all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad " -"failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale." +msgstr "Kõik, mida külaline oma vaikimisi <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> külaliskonto all /home-kataloogi salvestab, kustutatakse külalise väljalogimisel. Tähtsad failid peaks külaline salvestama USB-pulgale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -359,11 +298,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või " -"keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat " -"loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise " -"kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad." +msgstr "<guilabel>Külaliskonto (guest) lubamine</guilabel>: siin saab lubada või keelata külaliskonto. See võimaldab külalisel, kellele pole kasutajat loodud, sisse logida ja arvutit kasutada, kuid tema õigused on tavalise kasutajaga võrreldes palju piiratumad." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -371,9 +306,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida " -"kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: selles rippmenüüs saab muuta shelli, mida kasutab eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja. Valikuteks on Bash, Dash ja Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -381,48 +314,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil " -"lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge " -"siia midagi kirjutage." +msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutaja ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata eelmisel ekraanil lisatud kasutaja ID. See on arv. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti " -"arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge " -"siia midagi kirjutage." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Grupi ID</guilabel>: siin saab määrata grupi ID. See on samuti arv, tavaliselt sama kasutaja ID-ga. Kui te ei tea, milleks see hea on, ärge siia midagi kirjutage." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -430,62 +357,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole " -"<application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte " -"muuta." +msgstr "Siin näeb Linuxi partitsioone, mis arvutist leiti. Kui te pole <application>DrakX</application>i ettepanekutega nõus, võite haakepunkte muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles " -"juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>." +msgstr "Kui te ka midagi muudate, kontrollige alati, et teil jääks alles juurpartitsioon (<literal>/)</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", " -"\"Tüüp\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Kõiki partitsioone näidatakse kujul \"Seade\" (\"Suurus\", \"Haakepunkt\", \"Tüüp\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber" -"\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Seade\" koosneb järgmistest elementidest: \"kõvaketas\", [\"kõvakettanumber\"(täht)], \"partitsiooninumber\" (näiteks \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst " -"(näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</" -"literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> " -"partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</" -"literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Kui partitsioone on palju, saab neile haakepunkte valida rippmenüüst (näiteks <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ja <literal>/var)</literal>. Võib ka luua oma haakepunkte, näiteks <literal>/video</literal> partitsioonile, kuhu soovite salvestada filme, või <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> cauldroni paigalduse <literal>/home</literal>-partitsiooni tarbeks." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata " -"jätta." +msgstr "Partitsioonide puhul, mida teil vaja ei lähe, võib haakepunkti määramata jätta." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -493,21 +404,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning " -"märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval " -"ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust." +msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, mida valida, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ning märkige <guilabel>Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda</guilabel>. Ilmuval ekraanil saab partitsioonile klõpsates näha selle tüüpi ja suurust." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</" -"guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida " -"DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Kui olete kindel, et haakepunktid on paigas, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton> ja valige, kas soovite vormindada ainult partitsioonid, mida DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -517,11 +422,9 @@ msgstr "Töölaua valimine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus " -"saab valikut täpsustada." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus saab valikut täpsustada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -529,19 +432,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal " -"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule " -"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." +msgstr "Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule <guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -553,28 +451,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või " -"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja " -"tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile " -"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis " -"paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks " -"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." +msgstr "Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või <application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -583,10 +474,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi " -"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende " -"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." +msgstr "Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -608,90 +496,74 @@ msgstr "Graafiline keskkond." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või " -"eemaldada." +msgstr "Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või eemaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-" -"install\"></xref>." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas " -"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku " -"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili " -"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates " -"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas <guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku (seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos " -"süsteemi alglaadimisega." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos süsteemi alglaadimisega." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi " -"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -703,60 +575,48 @@ msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse " -"kohta." +msgstr "Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse kohta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." +msgstr "Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas " -"ajavööndis teie lähedal." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas ajavööndis teie lähedal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule " -"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik " -"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." +msgstr "Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -766,32 +626,24 @@ msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt " -"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." +msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja " -"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste " -"parameetrite alusel:" +msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -814,10 +666,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel " -"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva " -"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." +msgstr "Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -825,19 +674,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi " -"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, " -"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." +msgstr "Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada " -"ainult käsurida." +msgstr "Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada ainult käsurida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -845,36 +689,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis " -"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi " -"kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." +msgstr "Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda saab teha " -"pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." +msgstr "Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -883,30 +721,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete " -"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, " -"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad " -"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" -"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised " -"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui " -"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui " -"arvate, et valik ei ole õige." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised <acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui arvate, et valik ei ole õige." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse " -"korral loetelust oma kaart." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse korral loetelust oma kaart." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -916,12 +743,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori " -"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</" -"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi " -"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -933,9 +755,7 @@ msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " -"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -943,28 +763,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise " -"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida " -"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, " -"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, " -"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, " -"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, " -"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " -"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -976,9 +787,7 @@ msgstr "Monitori valimine" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt " -"teie monitori õigesti." +msgstr "DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt teie monitori õigesti." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -987,22 +796,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada " -"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast " -"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> " -"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." +msgstr "<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1013,12 +815,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: " -"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1027,11 +827,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise " -"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel " -"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem " -"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." +msgstr "On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1043,9 +839,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride " -"andmebaasi põhjal." +msgstr "See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride andmebaasi põhjal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1057,10 +851,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te " -"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste " -"parameetrite alusel:" +msgstr "Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste parameetrite alusel:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1081,16 +872,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. " -"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei " -"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin " -"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ 60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1100,64 +886,47 @@ msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil " -"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/" -"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei " -"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." +msgstr "Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua " -"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne " -"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." +msgstr "Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, " -"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub " -"olema kolm salvestusseadet." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub olema kolm salvestusseadet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige " -"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige <guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. " -"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta " -"või ka kustutada." +msgstr "Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta või ka kustutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1180,28 +949,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida " -"DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> " -"paigaldamiseks." +msgstr "Sellel ekraanil näete oma kõvaketta või -ketaste sisu ning lahendusi, mida DrakXi partitsioneerimisnõustaja pakub <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja " -"sisust." +msgstr "Pakutavad valikud sõltuvad teie kõvaketaste konkreetsest ülesehitusest ja sisust." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1213,9 +975,7 @@ msgstr "Olemasolevate partitsioonide kasutamine" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning " -"neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks." +msgstr "Kui see on näha, leiti olemasolevad Linuxiga ühilduvad partitsioonid ning neid võib kasutada paigaldamiseks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1225,11 +985,9 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada " -"uuele Mageia paigaldusele." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Kui kõvakettal on kasutamata ruumi, siis selle valikuga saab selle eraldada uuele Mageia paigaldusele." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1239,11 +997,9 @@ msgstr "Vaba ruumi kasutamine Windowsi partitsioonil" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib " -"paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Kui olemasoleval Windowsi partitsioonil on vaba ruumi, võib paigaldusprogramm seda kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1251,10 +1007,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi " -"leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha " -"kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!" +msgstr "See võib olla väga mõistlik valik oma uuele Mageia paigaldusele ruumi leidmiseks, kuid samal ajal on see riskantne, mistõttu tuleks kindlasti teha kõigist olulistest failidest varukoopia!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1265,13 +1018,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. " -"Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel " -"korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, " -"ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia " -"paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi " -"äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." +msgstr "Pange tähele, et sellega kaasneb Windowsi partitsiooni suuruse vähendamine. Partitsioon peab olema \"puhas\", see tähendab Windows peab olema viimasel korral korrektselt suletud. Samuti peab partitsioon olema defragmenteeritud, ehkki see ei garanteeri veel, et kõik failid on alalt, mida Mageia paigaldamiseks kasutatakse, tõepoolest eemaldatud. Sellepärast ongi äärmiselt soovitatav kõik vähegi olulised failid eelnevalt varundada." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1286,9 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "Selle valimisel kasutatakse kogu ketast ainult Mageia jaoks." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge " -"ettevaatlik!" +msgstr "Tähelepanu! Sellega kustutatakse valitud kõvakettalt KÕIK andmed. Olge ettevaatlik!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1296,9 +1041,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba " -"kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." +msgstr "Kui kavatsete kasutada osa kettast millegi muu tarbeks või on teil juba kettal andmeid, mida te ei soovi kaotada, ärge seda võimalust valige." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1308,11 +1051,9 @@ msgstr "Ketta jagamine oma tahtmist mööda" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal " -"või -ketastel paigaldatakse." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "See valik annab täieliku kontrolli määrata, kuidas ja kuhu Mageia kõvakettal või -ketastel paigaldatakse." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1321,17 +1062,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid " -"varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara " -"puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat " -"partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast " -"soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt " -"partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks " -"gparted." +msgstr "Mõned uuemad kettad kasutavad nüüd 4096-baidiseid loogilisi sektoreid varasema standardi, 512-baidiste sektorite asemel. Sobiva riistvara puudumise tõttu ei ole paigaldusprogrammis kasutatavat partitsioneerimistööriista niisuguste ketastega testitud. Seepärast soovitame juhul, kui Teil peaks olema niisugune seade, selle eelnevalt partitsioneerida, kasutades mõnda muud partitsioneerimistööriista, näiteks gparted." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1347,9 +1081,7 @@ msgstr "\"Free space preceding (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks " -"paarisarv." +msgstr "Samuti kontrollige, et kõigi loodud partitsioonide suurus megabaitides oleks paarisarv." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1366,10 +1098,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 @@ -1378,11 +1111,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1392,13 +1122,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " -"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " -"langetatud valikutest." +msgstr "Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus langetatud valikutest." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1409,83 +1136,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " -"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " -"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " -"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Õnnitleme!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja " -"seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti " -"taaskäivitada." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Olete lõpetanud <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise ja seadistamise ning nüüd on turvaline eemaldada paigaldusandmekandja ja arvuti taaskäivitada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava " -"operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Pärast taaskäivitamist saab alglaaduri ekraanil valida käivitatava operatsioonisüsteemi, kui teil peaks neid arvutis üle ühe olema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse " -"automaatselt teie uus Mageia." +msgstr "Kui te ei kohandanud alglaaduri seadistusi, valitakse ja käivitatakse automaatselt teie uus Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1497,54 +1205,43 @@ msgstr "Tundke rõõmu ja nautige!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite " -"anda oma panuse Mageia edusse." +msgstr "Külastage veebilehte www.mageia.org, kui teil on küsimusi või kui soovite anda oma panuse Mageia edusse." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Vormindamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed " -"partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, " -"säilivad." +msgstr "Siin saab valida, millised partitsioonid vormindada. Kõik andmed partitsioonidel, mis <emphasis>ei ole</emphasis> vormindamiseks märgitud, säilivad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud." +msgstr "Üldjuhul on vaja vormindada vähemalt partitsioonid, mille DrakX on valinud." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, " -"millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>" +msgstr "Kui klõpsata <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, saab valida partitsioonid, millel kontrollitakse niinimetatud <emphasis>riknenud plokke.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1553,20 +1250,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake " -"<guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja " -"siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal " -"saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub." +msgstr "Kui te pole kindel, et olete langetanud õige valiku, klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, veel kord <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton> ja siis <guibutton>Kohandatud</guibutton>, et jõuda tagasi peaekraanile. Seal saate uurida, mis partitsioonidel leidub." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</" -"guibutton>." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Kui olete oma valikus kindel, klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1579,19 +1270,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud " -"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või " -"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." +msgstr "Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab " -"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." +msgstr "Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1600,11 +1286,8 @@ msgstr "Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1613,21 +1296,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1644,12 +1322,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1660,18 +1334,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1680,12 +1351,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1694,15 +1361,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, " -"kasutades mõnda lisavõtit, mille nägemiseks tuleb vajutada klahvi " -"<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1747,12 +1410,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1769,12 +1428,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1787,12 +1442,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1811,8 +1462,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1822,13 +1474,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1838,30 +1487,24 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani " -"külgpaneelil." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani külgpaneelil." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp " -"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini " -"vajalikud valikud." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp <guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini vajalikud valikud." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud " -"etappi põhjalikumalt." +msgstr "Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud etappi põhjalikumalt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1871,18 +1514,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " -"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " -"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " -"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " -"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " -"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1894,33 +1529,25 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne " -"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat " -"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." +msgstr "Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik " -"olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage " -"avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER " -"vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\". Kirjutage \"text" -"\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." -"<emphasis/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1935,12 +1562,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi " -"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise " -"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale " -"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste " -"võtmetega." +msgstr "Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale <code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste võtmetega." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1952,13 +1574,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti " -"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada " -"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks " -"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks <code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1971,8 +1589,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1980,28 +1599,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uuendused" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on " -"mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud." +msgstr "Võimalik, et pärast <application>Mageia</application> väljalaske ilmumist on mõningaid pakette uuendatud või parandatud." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2009,10 +1629,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida " -"ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või " -"kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus." +msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Jah</guilabel>, kui soovite sellised paketid alla laadida ja paigaldada, või <guilabel>Ei</guilabel>, kui te seda praegu ei soovi või kui teil puudub parajasti internetiühendus." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2024,73 +1641,55 @@ msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks " -"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. " -"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel " -"etappidel võimalik paigaldada." +msgstr "Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel etappidel võimalik paigaldada." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest " -"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." +msgstr "Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, " -"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise " -"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). " -"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke " -"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." +msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab " -"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa " -"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need " -"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. " -"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud " -"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2101,11 +1700,9 @@ msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset " -"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2114,20 +1711,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks " -"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt " -"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist " -"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." +msgstr "Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2135,37 +1726,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2174,10 +1762,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie " -"valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata " -"ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX langetab teie süsteemi seadistamisel mõistlikud otsused vastavalt Teie valikutele ja tuvastatud riistvarale. Siin saab neid seadistusi üle vaadata ja vajaduse korral muuta, klõpsates <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2193,11 +1778,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ajavöönd</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda " -"muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX määrab vastavalt valitud keelele ajavööndi. Soovi korral saab seda muuta. Vt ka <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2209,9 +1792,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Riik / Piirkond</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. " -"Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Kui Te ei viibi valitud riigis, on väga oluline see siin õigeks parandada. Vt <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2227,9 +1808,7 @@ msgstr "DrakX langetab tavaliselt alglaaduri osas hea ja õige valiku." #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei " -"tasu siin midagi muuta." +msgstr "Kui Te just väga täpselt ei tea, kuidas Grubi ja/või LiLot seadistada, ei tasu siin midagi muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2244,11 +1823,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kasutajate haldamine</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/" -"home</literal> kataloogi." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Siin saab lisada uusi kasutajaid. Nad kõik saavad oma isikliku <literal>/home</literal> kataloogi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2260,18 +1837,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teenused</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal " -"(deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata." +msgstr "Süsteemi teenused tähendavad väikseid programme, mis töötavad taustal (deemonid). See tööriist võimaldab teatavaid ülesandeid lubada või keelata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi " -"arvuti enam korralikult töötada." +msgstr "Enne millegi muutmist tuleks hoolikalt mõelda - eksimuse korral ei pruugi arvuti enam korralikult töötada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2293,9 +1866,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klaviatuur</guilabel>" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud " -"asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist." +msgstr "Siin saab määrata või muuta klaviatuuripaigutust, mis sõltub valitud asukohast, keelest ja klaviatuuritüübist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2307,9 +1878,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hiir</guilabel>" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, " -"puuteplaate jms." +msgstr "Siin saab lisada või seadistada mitmesuguseid osutusseadmeid: hiiri, puuteplaate jms." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2319,13 +1888,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Helikaart</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus " -"valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu " -"draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver." +msgstr "Paigaldusprogramm kasutab vaikimisi draiverit, kui see on olemas. Võimalus valida teist draiverit antakse ainult siis, kui helikaardile on olemas mitu draiverit, aga ükski neist ei ole vaikimisi draiver." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2334,7 +1900,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Graafiline kasutajaliides</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "Siin saab seadistada graafikakaarte ja monitore." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2345,11 +1912,10 @@ msgstr "Täpsemalt kõneleb sellest <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2368,20 +1934,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad " -"mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust " -"<application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud " -"mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist." +msgstr "Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad mittevabasid draivereid, on seda parem teha pärast taaskäivitust <application>Mageia juhtimiskeskuses</application>, kui Te pole veel lubanud mittevaba tarkvara hoidlate kasutamist." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud " -"kaarti jälgitaks." +msgstr "Võrgukaardi lisamisel ärge unustage seadistamast tulemüüri, et ka lisatud kaarti jälgitaks." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2394,18 +1954,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab " -"panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid." +msgstr "Puhverserver on omamoodi vahendaja Teie arvuti ja interneti vahel. Siin saab panna arvuti kasutama puhverservereid." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma " -"süsteemiadministraatoriga." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Vajalike parameetrite täpsustamiseks võib olla vajalik pidada nõu oma süsteemiadministraatoriga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2420,11 +1976,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Turbetase</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks " -"kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Siin saab määrata oma arvuti turbetaseme. Enamasti peaks normaalseks kasutamiseks kõlbama vaikimisi seadistused (valik Standardne)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2441,62 +1995,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tulemüür</guilabel>" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate " -"röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda." +msgstr "Tulemüür on mõeldud tõkkeks Teie tähtsate andmete ja internetis luuravate röövloomade vahel, kes üritavad neid varastada või rikkuda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub " -"mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite." +msgstr "Valige teenused, millel lubate oma süsteemile ligi pääseda. Valik sõltub mõistagi sellest, milleks Te oma arvutit kasutada soovite." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." +msgstr "Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni " -"suuruse muutmine" +msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni suuruse muutmine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi " -"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Turbetase" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2507,24 +2049,19 @@ msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima " -"vaikimisi määratu." +msgstr "Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima vaikimisi määratu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta " -"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." +msgstr "Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Hiire valimine" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2546,15 +2083,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2562,12 +2098,14 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2576,28 +2114,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2609,26 +2151,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2638,27 +2184,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2668,18 +2218,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2689,7 +2242,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2699,7 +2253,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2714,21 +2269,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2736,7 +2293,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2746,7 +2304,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2766,28 +2325,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2795,11 +2351,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2819,33 +2372,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2869,8 +2419,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2900,15 +2451,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2916,77 +2466,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3015,22 +2571,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3038,18 +2594,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3057,19 +2610,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele " -"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale " -"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." +msgstr "Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</" -"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3078,11 +2626,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, " -"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks " -"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX " -"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." +msgstr "Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3093,22 +2637,14 @@ msgstr "Sisestusmeetod" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi " -"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate " -"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi " -"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-" -"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi " -"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised " -"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning " -"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi (nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3116,10 +2652,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha " -"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> " -"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." +msgstr "Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> \"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3129,11 +2662,9 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3144,9 +2675,7 @@ msgstr "Paigaldamine" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> " -"paigaldamise." +msgstr "Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> paigaldamise." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3159,10 +2688,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</" -"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele " -"uuendada." +msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia</application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele uuendada." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3170,50 +2696,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia " -"versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus " -"praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia " -"versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse " -"paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus " -"paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</" -"literal>-partitsioon)." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Põhjalikult testitud on uuendamine ainult selliselt varasemalt Mageia versioonilt, mis oli <emphasis>veel toetatud</emphasis> ajal, mil ilmus praegune paigaldusprogrammi versioon. Kui soovite uuendada Mageia versioonilt, mille ametlik toetamine oli lõppenud juba enne praeguse paigaldusprogrammi ilmumist, siis on mõistlikum võtta ette pigem uus paigaldus (selle juures tasub mõistagi jätta alles oma <literal>home</literal>-partitsioon)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " -"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " -"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " -"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " -"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " -"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või " -"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve " -"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda " -"hilisema paigalduse käigus." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda hilisema paigalduse käigus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3225,58 +2732,43 @@ msgstr "Klaviatuur" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei " -"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." +msgstr "DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu " -"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, " -"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri " -"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti " -"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks " -"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> " -"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud " -"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse " -"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." +msgstr "Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3284,10 +2776,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis " -"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina " -"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." +msgstr "Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3300,51 +2789,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii " -"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." +msgstr "Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. <application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste " -"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</" -"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute " -"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil " -"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." +msgstr "Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik " -"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." +msgstr "Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3352,37 +2828,31 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele " -"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei " -"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." +msgstr "Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia " -"juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." +msgstr "Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Hiire valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3394,20 +2864,16 @@ msgstr "Kui te ei ole rahul oma hiire tööga, saate siit valida mõne teise." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - " -"<guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Tavaliselt on mõistlik valik <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Suvaline PS/2 ja USB hiir</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, " -"et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." +msgstr "Valige <guilabel>Universaalne</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev jõuga</guilabel>, et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3417,13 +2883,10 @@ msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3431,94 +2894,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri " -"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused " -"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." +msgstr "Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge " -"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." +msgstr "Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." +msgstr "Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal " -"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." +msgstr "Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi " -"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te " -"täiesti kindel ei ole." +msgstr "Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te täiesti kindel ei ole." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis " -"paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Kui eelistate teistsuguseid alglaaduri seadistusi kui need, mille valis paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul " -"tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada " -"Mageial luua uus." +msgstr "Teie masinas võib näiteks olla juba mõni operatsioonisüsteem, millisel juhul tuleb teil otsustada, kas lisada Mageia oma senisele alglaadurile või lubada Mageial luua uus." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3537,20 +2981,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi " -"operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia " -"alglaadimismenüüsse." +msgstr "Vaikimisi kirjutab Mageia uue GRUBi alglaaduri teie esimese kõvaketta MBR (Master Boot Record) sektsiooni. Kui teil on juba paigaldatud teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, üritab Mageia lisada need uude Mageia alglaadimismenüüsse." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka " -"uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." +msgstr "Mageia pakub nüüd lisaks vanemale GRUBile ja LiLole võimalust kasutada ka uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3558,19 +2996,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu " -"perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui " -"kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." +msgstr "Linuxi süsteeme, mis kasutavad GRUB2 alglaadurit (nt uusimad Debiani/Ubuntu perekonna liikmed), vanem GRUB praegu ei toeta ega tunne neid ära, kui kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida " -"paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." +msgstr "Sel juhul on parim lahendus kasutada GRUB2 alglaadurit, mille saab valida paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3581,25 +3014,18 @@ msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et " -"teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite " -"alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab " -"muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Kui otsustate kasutada olemasolevat alglaadurit, peate meeles pidama, et teeksite paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel peatuse ning klõpsaksite alglaaduri juures nupule <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton>, mis võimaldab muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR " -"sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal " -"partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." +msgstr "Ärge valige seadet, nt \"sda\", sest nii kirjutate üle olemasoleva MBR sektsiooni. Peate valima juurpartitsiooni, mille valisite varasemal partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3610,28 +3036,19 @@ msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage " -"<literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon " -"(<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi " -"ekraanile." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Minge klahvikombinatsiooniga Ctrl+Alt+F2 tekstiterminali tty2 ja kirjutage <literal>df</literal>, et teada saada, milline on teie juurpartitsioon (<literal>/</literal>). Ctrl+Alt+F7 viib teid tagasi paigaldusprogrammi ekraanile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, " -"väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase " -"alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle " -"automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi " -"dokumentatsiooni." +msgstr "Täpne protseduur, kuidas lisada Mageia süsteem olemasolevale alglaadurile, väljub käesoleva abiteksti raamest, kuid enamasti tähendab see asjakohase alglaaduri paigaldamise programmi käivitamist, mis tuvastab ja lisab selle automaatselt. Uurige selle kohta lähemalt vastava operatsioonisüsteemi dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3642,56 +3059,48 @@ msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle " -"peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</" -"guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal " -"käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Kui teie juurpartitsioonil <literal>/</literal> on väga vähe ruumi ja selle peal asub ka <literal>/tmp</literal>, klõpsake <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI " -"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit " -"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." +msgstr "DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI " -"seadmed teil on." +msgstr "Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI seadmed teil on." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3703,15 +3112,13 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Heli seadistamine" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3719,9 +3126,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie " -"helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver." +msgstr "Siin näeb draiveri nime, mille paigaldusprogramm on välja valinud teie helikaardile ja millest saab vaikimisi draiver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3731,24 +3136,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast " -"paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või " -"käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil " -"<guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal " -"asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>." +msgstr "Vaikimisi draiver peaks töötama probleemideta. Kui siiski esineb pärast paigaldamist probleeme heliga, andke käsk <command>draksound</command> või käivitage sama tööriist Mageia juhtimiskeskuses, valides seal külgpaneelil <guilabel>Riistvara</guilabel> ning klõpsates ilmuvas aknas ülal paremal asuvale ikoonile <guilabel>Heli seadistamine</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule " -"<guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule " -"<guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid " -"soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3761,362 +3158,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise " -"ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu " -"draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale." +msgstr "Klõpsamisest nupule <guibutton>Edasijõudnuile</guibutton> võib paigaldamise ajal abi olla, kui vaikimisi draiverit ei ole, küll on aga saada mitu draiverit ning te arvate, et paigaldusprogramm on valinud neist vale." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule " -"<guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>." +msgstr "Sellisel juhul saate valida mõne muu draiveri, kui klõpsate nupule <guibutton>Suvalise draiveri valimine</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." +msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite " -"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse " -"kõik andmed." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"/> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui paigaldamise ajal tekib probleeme, võib olla vajalik kasutada " -#~ "spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"installationOptions\"/>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Paigaldamisvõtmed" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Paigaldamise abiekraan" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -#~ "format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"/> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Kerneli võtmed" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " -#~ "options selected will work with your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Siin saab täppishäälestada helikaarti. Enamasti peaksid näha olevad " -#~ "seadistused Teie arvutile kenasti sobima." - -#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<application>Mageia</application> jaoks tühjendatava kõvaketta " -#~ "valimine<application/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " -#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Valige kõvaketas, mis tuleb vormindada <application>Mageia</application> " -#~ "paigaldamiseks." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " -#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Valige kindlasti õige kõvaketas. Kõik andmed valitud kettal lähevad " -#~ "kaotsi. Seda sammu ei saa tagasi võtta." - -#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader main options (old page)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " -#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " -#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " -#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " -#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." - -#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " -#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " -#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " -#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " -#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." - -#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" -#~ msgstr "Alglaaduri seadistamine asjatundjatele" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" -#~ "> first." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui te pole seda veel teinud, tasuks kõigepealt läbi lugeda <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"setupBootloader\"/>." - -#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" -#~ msgstr "GRUB2 põhise süsteemi lisamine käsitsi" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "GRUB2 põhise süsteemi saab Mageia alglaadimismenüüsse lisada järgmiselt:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " -#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Laadige kõnealune süsteem. GRUB2 versiooni tuvastamiseks andke terminalis " -#~ "käsk:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" - -#~ msgid "or if that fails try:" -#~ msgstr "või kui see ei peaks tulemust andma:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " -#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " -#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " -#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui see tagastab \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (võib-olla ka kohandatud " -#~ "sufiksiga), siis kasutatakse GRUBi (nimetatud ka GRUB legacy'ks ehk " -#~ "pärand-GRUBiks), mitte GRUB2 ning Mageia peaks paigaldamise ajal süsteemi " -#~ "korrektselt ära tundma ning automaatselt menüüsse lisama." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui see tagastab (GRUB) 1.98 või 1.99 või 2.xx, siis on kasutusel GRUB2." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " -#~ "partition:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jätke versioon meelde või kirjutage üles ning andke juurpartitsiooni " -#~ "tuvastamiseks käsk:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#~ msgid "This will output something like :" -#~ msgstr "Selle väljund on umbes niisugune :" - -#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" - -#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." -#~ msgstr "sdb11 on juurpartitsioon - jätke ka see meelde või märkige üles." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " -#~ "following command:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nüüd kontrollige, kas /boot kataloog on samal partitsioonil, andes käsu:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " -#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." -#~ "lst below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui /boot partitsioon erineb juurpartitsioonist, jätke see meelde või " -#~ "märkige üles ja kasutage /boot partitsiooni real \"root\", kui muudate " -#~ "allpool faili menu.lst." - -#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." -#~ msgstr "Nüüd tuleks süsteem sulgeda ja paigaldada Mageia." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " -#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Avage oma uues töötavas Mageia süsteemis terminal ja muutke " -#~ "administraatorina faili /boot/grub/menu.lst järgmiselt:" - -#~ msgid "To become root use:" -#~ msgstr "Administraatori õiguste saamiseks andke käsk:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" - -#~ msgid "(enter root password)" -#~ msgstr "(sisestage administraatori parool)" - -#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" -#~ msgstr "Faili avamiseks redaktoris andke käsk:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" - -#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" -#~ msgstr "(kirjutage \"kwrite\" asemel \"gedit\", kui kasutate Gnomet)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " -#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " -#~ "its position in the file:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Lisage järgmine kirje oma (nt Ubuntu) süsteemi jaoks näiteks teise " -#~ "lõiguna. Asukoht, kus kirje asub menüüs, sõltub asukohast failis:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " -#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " -#~ "GRUB count from zero." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Teisel real tähendab \"hd1\" teist kõvaketast, \"10\" 11. partitsiooni. " -#~ "Kettaid ja partitsioone arvestatakse Mageia pärand-GRUBis nullist." - -#~ msgid "Therefore:" -#~ msgstr "Seepärast:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" -#~ msgstr "Kui GRUB2 versioon on 2.xx, siis peab viimane rida olema:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" -#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui juba varem on vaja kasutada \"grub2-install\", siis kirjutage " -#~ "viimasel real <literal>\"grub\"</literal> asemele <literal>\"grub2\"</" -#~ "literal>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" -#~ "literal> from the last line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui /boot on eraldi partitsioonil, eemaldage viimaselt realt <literal>\"/" -#~ "boot\"</literal>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " -#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Salvestage fail ja tehke taaskäivitus. Nüüd peaks menüüs olema näha " -#~ "\"Ubuntu\" kirje ja seda peaks olema võimalik ka laadida." - -#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" -#~ msgstr "Olemasoleva GRUB2 alglaaduri kasutamine" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " -#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kui te ei ole veel lugenud üldist abiteksti olemasoleva alglaaduri " -#~ "kasutamise kohta, siis tehke seda nüüd. Vt <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " -#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " -#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " -#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " -#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mõningates Debiani/Ubuntu versioonides esineb GRUB2 paigaldamise ajal OS-" -#~ "i tuvastamise programmis teadaolevalt viga, mis Mageia (või Mandriva) " -#~ "süsteemi lisades loob vigaselt faili grub.cfg. Sellele on lihtne " -#~ "lahendus, mille üksikasjad leiab Mageia foorumist. Otsige seal sõna " -#~ "\"prober\", teema on \"grub problem\" ja vajalik teave leidub 9. " -#~ "postituses." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " -#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." -#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Paranduse muutmiseks püsivaks, et see elaks üle ka Ubuntu kerneli " -#~ "uuenduse, tuleb Mageia kirje lisada faili <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</" -#~ "literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " -#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " -#~ "preferred solution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ja teadmiseks: see viga on parandatud versioonis os-prober-1.53, mis " -#~ "ilmus 8. mail 2012. Niisiis on nüüd eelistatud lahendus versiooni " -#~ "uuendamine GRUB2 süsteemis." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse kõik andmed." diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a199c125 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, +millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus +langetatud valikutest.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 +litsentsile <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco +CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui +soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml index 0dfe258a..d1d02b08 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -37,9 +38,12 @@ ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">dokumentatsioonimeeskon + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f9ea3f12 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/et/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/et/installer.xml b/docs/installer/et/installer.xml index edd143eb..ea29515e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/et/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="et" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="et"> @@ -38,15 +37,127 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Kui paigaldamise ajal tekib probleeme, võib olla vajalik kasutada -spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref -linkend="installationOptions"/>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -76,23 +187,6 @@ F2</guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Paigaldamisvõtmed</title> - </info> - - <para>Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, -kasutades mõnda lisavõtit, mille nägemiseks tuleb vajutada klahvi -<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend="dx-welcome"/></para> - - <para>See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Paigaldamise abiekraan</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata align="center" fileref="../dx-help.png" -format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused</title> @@ -111,12 +205,11 @@ ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik -olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage -avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER -vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga "boot:". Kirjutage "text" -ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise -paigaldamisega.<emphasis/></para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -135,7 +228,7 @@ võtmetega.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Kerneli võtmed</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti @@ -143,6 +236,18 @@ saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks <code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..689338a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/fr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,420 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="fr"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Sélectionner et utiliser les ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Média</title> + + <section> + <title>Définition</title> + + <para>Nous nommons ici "média" un fichier d'image ISO qui permet d'installer et/ou +de mettre à jour Mageia ainsi que par extension tout support physique sur +lequel l'image ISO est copiée.</para> + + <para>Vous pouvez les trouver <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/downloads/">ici</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Média d'installation classique</title> + + <section> + <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ils utilisent l'installeur traditionnel appelé drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ils peuvent réaliser une nouvelle installation ou une mise à jour à partir +de versions précédentes.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Certains outils sont disponibles dans l'écran d'accueil : système de +secours, test de mémoire, outil de détection de matériel.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Chaque DVD contient plusieurs environnements de bureau et langues.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Vous aurez le choix lors de l'installation d'ajouter ou non des logiciels +non-libres.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Les deux architectures sont présentes sur le même média, le choix est +réalisé automatiquement en fonction du processeur détecté.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Bureau Xfce uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Seules certaines langues (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, +sv, uk) sont à cocher !</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Il contient des logiciels non libres.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Média "Live"</title> + + <section> + <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Peut être utilisé pour tester la distribution sans l'installer immédiatement +sur votre disque dur, puis ensuite l'installer éventuellement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>L'ISO contient uniquement un seul environnement de bureau (KDE ou GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Les ISO Live peuvent être utilisées uniquement pour +des installations nouvelles, elles ne peuvent pas l'être pour mettre à +niveau de précédentes versions.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ils contiennent des logiciels non libres.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>CD live KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>En anglais uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>En 32 bits uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>CD live GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>En anglais uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>En 32 bits uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD live KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Environnement de bureau KDE uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Toutes les langues sont présentes.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD Live GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Environnement de bureau GNOME uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Toutes les langues sont présentes.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Média CD de démarrage uniquement</title> + + <section> + <title>Fonctionnalités habituelles</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Chacun d'eux est une petite image qui contient le strict nécessaire pour +démarrer l'installeur drakx et trouver le fichier ISO afin de continuer et +terminer l'installation. Ces fichiers ISO peuvent être sur le disque dur de +l'ordinateur, sur un périphérique local, sur un réseau local ou sur +Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Ces médias sont très légers (moins de 100 Mo) et sont adaptés lorsque le +débit est trop faible pour télécharger un DVD complet, l'ordinateur n'a pas +de lecteur de DVD ou il ne peut pas démarrer sur une clé USB.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Un média différent pour les architectures 32 ou 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>En anglais uniquement.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contient uniquement des logiciels libres, pour les personnes qui refusent +les logiciels non-libres.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contient des logiciels non-libres (pour la plupart des pilotes, codecs,...) +pour les personnes qui en ont besoin.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Téléchargement et vérification du média</title> + + <section> + <title>Téléchargement</title> + + <para>Une fois choisi votre fichier ISO, vous pouvez le télécharger en utilisant +soit HTTP soit BitTorrent. Dans les deux cas, une fenêtre vous fournira +quelques informations, comme le miroir utilisé et la possibilité de le +modifier si le débit est trop faible. Si vous choisissez HTTP, vous pouvez +également voir quelque chose comme</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum et sha1sum sont des outils pour vérifier l'intégrité de votre +ISO. Utilisez seulement l'un d'entre eux. Les deux nombres hexadécimaux ont +été calculés par un algorithme à partir du fichier à télécharger. Si vous +demandez à cet algorithme de calculer à nouveau ce nombre à partir du +fichier téléchargé, soit vous obtiendrez le même nombre et votre fichier est +correct, soit le nombre est différent et vous rencontrez une anomalie. Cette +fenêtre apparaît alors :</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Cochez le bouton radio "Sauvegarder un fichier"</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Vérification de l'intégrité du média téléchargé</title> + + <para>Ouvrir une console, sans être administrateur, et :</para> + + <para>- Pour utiliser md5sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- Pour utiliser sha1sum, taper : [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +chemin/vers/le/fichier/image.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>et comparer le nombre obtenu sur votre ordinateur (cela peut prendre un +certain temps) avec le nombre fourni par Mageia. Exemple :</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Graver ou copier l'ISO</title> + + <para>L'ISO peut désormais être gravée sur un CD ou un DVD ou copiée sur une clé +USB. Ces opérations ne sont pas une simple copie et sont destinées à créer +un média de démarrage.</para> + + <section> + <title>Graver l'ISO sur un CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Utilisez le logiciel de gravure que vous voulez mais assurez-vous que le +graveur est bien paramétré pour <emphasis role="bold">graver une +image</emphasis>, car graver des données ou des fichiers n'est pas correct. +Pour plus d'information, voir <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">le wiki +Mageia</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Copier l'ISO sur une clé USB</title> + + <para>Toutes les ISO Mageia sont hybrides, ce qui signifie que vous pouvez les +copier sur une clé USB et les utiliser pour démarrer et installer le système +d'exploitation.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"Copier" une image sur un équipement de type Flash détruit tout le système +de fichier présent à l'origine sur la partition ; toutes les données seront +perdues et la capacité de la partition sera réduite à la taille de l'image.</para> + </warning> + + <para>Pour récupérer la capacité d'origine, vous devez formater la clé USB.</para> + + <section> + <title>En utilisant Mageia</title> + + <para>Vous pouvez utiliser un outil graphique tel que <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>Vous pouvez également utiliser l'outil dd dans une console :</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ouvrir une console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Devenez administrateur avec la commande <userinput>su -</userinput> +(n'oubliez pas le - final)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Connectez votre clé USB (ne la montez pas, ce qui signifie n'ouvrez pas une +application ou un gestionnaire de fichiers qui la lirait)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Saisissez la commande <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Trouvez le nom de périphérique de votre clé USB (à l'aide de sa taille) ; +par exemple /dev/sdb dans la copie d'écran ci-dessus, il s'agit d'une clé +USB de 8 Go.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=votre nom de périphérique, par ex. : /dev/sdc. Exemple : # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Saisissez la commande : # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Débranchez votre clé USB, c'est terminé.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>En utilisant Windows</title> + + <para>Vous pouvez essayer :</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Installation de Mageia</title> + + <para>Cette étape est détaillée dans <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/fr/doc/">la documentation Mageia</link>.</para> + + <para>Plus d'information est disponible dans <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">le wiki +Mageia</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index d1347ef7..2d0c4834 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -1,24 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013 -# kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014 +# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013 +# Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>, 2013-2014 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-17 07:47+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" -"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" -"language/id/)\n" -"Language: id\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: id\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -29,11 +28,9 @@ msgstr "Lisensi dan Catatan Rilis" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -43,39 +40,31 @@ msgstr "Perjanjian Lisensi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat " -"dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Sebelum menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, silakan baca syarat dan ketentuan lisensi dengan seksama." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</" -"application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Syarat dan ketentuan ini berlaku ke seluruh distribusi <application>Mageia</application> dan harus diterima sebelum Anda melanjutkan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik " -"<guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>." +msgstr "Untuk menerima, pilih <guilabel>Terima</guilabel> lalu klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih " -"karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan " -"menyalakan ulang komputer Anda." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk tidak menerima ketentuan ini, maka terima kasih karena telah melihat-lihat. Mengklik <guibutton>Keluar</guibutton> akan menyalakan ulang komputer Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -87,9 +76,7 @@ msgstr "Catatan Rilis" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, " -"klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>." +msgstr "Untuk melihat apa yang baru di rilis <application>Mageia</application> ini, klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -102,32 +89,27 @@ msgstr "id" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Konfigurasi Media Instalasi Pelengkap)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa " -"menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan " -"sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama " -"langkah-langkah berikutnya." +msgstr "Layar ini memberi Anda daftar repositori yang telah dikenali. Anda bisa menambahkan sumber lain, seperti disk optik atau sumber remote. Pemilihan sumber menentukan paket-paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih selama langkah-langkah berikutnya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -147,40 +129,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih " -"mirror, Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh " -"Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda " -"bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda." +msgstr "Memilih mirror atau menentukan URL (entri paling awal). Dengan memilih mirror, Anda memiliki akses ke semua repositori terpilih yang dikelola oleh Mageia, seperti repositori Nonfree, Tainted dan Update. Dengan URL, Anda bisa menentukan repositori tertentu atau instalasi NFS Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Pengelolaan Pengguna dan Pengguna Super" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -192,30 +172,20 @@ msgstr "Atur Sandi Administrator (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar " -"mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut " -"<emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, " -"warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau " -"tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda " -"menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak " -"di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik " -"sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya." +msgstr "Disarankan untuk semua instalasi <application>Mageia</application> agar mengatur sandi superuser atau administrator, biasanya di Linux disebut <emphasis>sandi root</emphasis>. Saat Anda mengetik sandi pada kotak atas, warna kotak pinggirnya akan berubah dari merah menjadi kuning atau hijau tergantung pada kekuatan sandi. Warna hijau menandakan bahwa Anda menggunakan sandi yang kuat. Anda harus mengulang sandi yang sama pada kotak di bawah kotak sandi pertama, ini memeriksa jika Anda tidak salah mengetik sandi pada sandi pertama dengan membandingkannya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan " -"penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi." +msgstr "Semua sandi berlaku sensitif, akan sangat baik untuk menggunakan penggabungan huruf (besar dan kecil), nomor dan karakter lain sebagai sandi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -228,40 +198,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit " -"dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, " -"menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang " -"biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya" +msgstr "Tambahkan pengguna di sini. Pengguna memiliki hak yang lebih sedikit dibanding superuser (root), tapi cukup untuk menjelajah internet, menggunakan aplikasi perkantoran atau memainkan permainan dan hal lain yang biasa dilakukan pengguna dengan komputernya" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah " -"ikon pengguna." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikon</guibutton>: jika Anda mengklik tombol ini akan mengubah ikon pengguna." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks " -"ini." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nama Asli</guilabel>: Masukkan nama asli pengguna pada kotak teks ini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna " -"atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama " -"login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nama Login</guilabel>: Di sini Anda memasukkan nama login pengguna atau biarkan drakx menggunakan versi dari nama asli pengguna. <emphasis>Nama login berlaku sensitif.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -269,30 +228,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi " -"pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan " -"kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Sandi</guilabel>: Pada kotak teks ini Anda perlu mengetikkan sandi pengguna. Terdapat pelindung pada ujung dari kotak teks yang menandakan kekuatan sandi. (Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak " -"teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-" -"tiap kotak teks." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Sandi (lagi)</guilabel>: Ketik ulang sandi pengguna pada kotak teks ini, drakx akan memeriksa bahwa Anda memiliki sandi yang sama pada tiap-tiap kotak teks." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki " -"direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)." +msgstr "Setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan saat menginstall Mageia akan memiliki direktori home yang terbaca oleh semua (tapi terlindungi dari penulisan)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -300,20 +251,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda " -"tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis> " -"akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan." +msgstr "Akan tetapi, saat menggunakan instalasi baru, setiap pengguna yang Anda tambahkan di <emphasis>MCC - Sistem - Kelola pengguna pada sistem</emphasis> akan memiliki direktori home yang terproteksi pembacaan dan penulisan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan " -"untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang " -"sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer." +msgstr "Jika Anda tidak ingin direktori home bisa dibaca semua orang, disarankan untuk sekarang hanya menambahkan pengguna sementara dan menambahkan yang sebenarnya setelah menyalakan ulang komputer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -321,11 +266,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin " -"ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - " -"Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</" -"emphasis>." +msgstr "Jika Anda lebih suka direktori home bisa dilihat semua orang, Anda mungkin ingin menambahkan pengguna tambahan pada langkah <emphasis>Konfigurasi - Ringkasan</emphasis> saat instalasi. Pilih <emphasis>Pengelolaan pengguna</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -343,10 +284,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah " -"layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda " -"tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu." +msgstr "Jika tombol <guibutton>lanjutan</guibutton> diklik, akan ditampilkan sebuah layar yang memungkinkan Anda mengedit pengaturan pengguna yang Anda tambahkan. Sebagai tambahan, Anda bisa mematikan atau menghidupkan akun tamu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -354,10 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan " -"yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar. Tamu harus " -"menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk." +msgstr "Apapun yang disimpan oleh akun tamu dengan <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> bawaan yang disimpan di direktori /home akan dihapus saat dia keluar. Tamu harus menyimpan file pentingnya ke dalam flashdisk." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -365,11 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau " -"mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan " -"komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna " -"normal." +msgstr "<guilabel>Hidupkan akun tamu</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa menghidupkan atau mematikan akun tamu. Akun tamu memungkinkan tamu masuk dan menggunakan komputer, tapi dia memiliki akses yang lebih terbatas daripada pengguna normal." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -377,10 +308,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah " -"shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar " -"sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Daftar drop down ini memungkinkan Anda mengubah shell yang akan digunakan oleh pengguna yang telah ditambahkan pada layar sebelumnya, pilihannya adalah Bash, Dash dan Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -388,49 +316,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk " -"pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor. " -"Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di " -"sini." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID pengguna</guilabel>: Di sini Anda bisa mengatur ID untuk pengguna yang Anda tambahkan pada layar sebelumnya. Ini adalah nomor. Biarkan ini kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup. Nomor juga, " -"biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui " -"apa yang harus diisikan di sini." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID grup</guilabel>: Ini untuk mengatur ID grup. Nomor juga, biasanya sama dengan pengguna. Biarkan kosong kecuali jika Anda mengetahui apa yang harus diisikan di sini." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Pilih titik kait" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -438,63 +359,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda " -"tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa " -"mengubah titik kaitnya." +msgstr "Di sini Anda melihat partisi Linux yang ditemukan di komputer. Jika Anda tidak setuju dengan saran <application>DrakX</application>, Anda bisa mengubah titik kaitnya." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</" -"literal> (root)." +msgstr "Jika Anda mengubah apapun, pastikan Anda tetap memiliki partisi <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", " -"\"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Setiap partisi ditampilkan sebagai berikut: \"Perangkat\" (\"Kapasitas\", \"Titik kait\", \"Tipe\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], " -"\"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Perangkat\", terdiri dari: \"harddisk\", [\"nomor harddisk\"(huruf)], \"nomor partisi\" (contohnya, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang " -"berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</" -"literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait " -"sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda " -"ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi " -"<literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki banyak partisi, Anda bisa memilih banyak titik kait yang berbeda dari menu drop down, seperti <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> dan <literal>/var</literal>. Anda juga bisa membuat titik kait sendiri, contohnya <literal>/video</literal> untuk partisi di mana Anda ingin menyimpan film, atau <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> untuk partisi <literal>/home</literal> instalasi cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik " -"kait kosong." +msgstr "Untuk partisi yang tidak akan Anda akses, Anda bisa membiarkan kolom titik kait kosong." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -502,21 +406,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih " -"apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar " -"berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya." +msgstr "Pilih <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin akan memilih apa, lalu pilih <guilabel>Pemartisian disk sesuaian</guilabel>. Di layar berikutnya, Anda bisa mengklik partisi untuk melihat tipe dan ukurannya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</" -"guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang " -"disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Jika Anda yakin titik kait sudah benar, klik <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton>, lalu pilih apakah Anda hanya akan memformat partisi yang disarankan Drakx atau yang lainnya juga." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -526,11 +424,9 @@ msgstr "Pemilihan Desktop" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar " -"lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Tergantung pada apa yang dipilih di sini, Anda mungkin akan ditawarkan layar lanjutan untuk menyesuaikan pilihan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -538,19 +434,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi " -"paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol " -"<guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>" +msgstr "Setelah pemilihan langkah, Anda akan melihat tampilan slide selama instalasi paket. Tampilan slide bisa dimatikan dengan menekan tombol <guilabel>Rincian</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -562,30 +453,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop " -"<application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. " -"Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. " -"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya " -"atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan " -"software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</" -"application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang " -"terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall." +msgstr "Pilih apakah Anda lebih suka menggunakan lingkungan desktop <application>KDE</application> atau <application>Gnome</application>. Keduanya disertai dengan seperangkat aplikasi dan peralatan yang berguna. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda tidak ingin memilih keduanya atau memilih keduanya, atau jika Anda menginginkan yang selain pilihan software bawaan dari lingkungan desktop tersebut. Desktop <application>LXDE</application> lebih ringan dari kedua lingkungan desktop sebelumnya, kurang terlihat cantik dan lebih sedikit paket bawaan yang diinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Pemilihan Grup Paket" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -594,11 +476,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk " -"sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi " -"lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat " -"saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut." +msgstr "Paket telah dipilah ke dalam grup, supaya memilih apa yang dibutuhkan untuk sistem Anda lebih mudah. Semua grup dibuat sangat jelas, tapi informasi lebih tentang isi dari tiap grup tersedia dalam tool tip yang akan terlihat saat mouse di arahkan ke grup-grup tersebut." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -620,91 +498,74 @@ msgstr "Lingkungan Grafis" msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah " -"atau menghapus paket secara manual." +msgstr "Pemilihan Paket Individu: Anda bisa menggunakan pilihan ini untuk menambah atau menghapus paket secara manual." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Baca <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> untuk petunjuk bagaimana cara " -"menginstall secara minimal." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Baca <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> untuk petunjuk bagaimana cara menginstall secara minimal." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Pilih Paket Individual" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk " -"menyesuaikan instalasi." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau menghapus paket tambahan apapun untuk menyesuaikan instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</" -"guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga " -"disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall " -"paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat " -"instalasi dan memuatnya." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Setelah selesai memilih, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>ikon floppy</guibutton> di bawah halaman untuk menyimpan pilihan paket (bisa juga disimpan ke flashdisk). Anda bisa menggunakan file ini untuk menginstall paket yang sama pada komputer lain, dengan menekan tombol yang sama saat instalasi dan memuatnya." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfigurasikan Layanan Anda" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat " -"komputer dinyalakan." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa mengatur layanan mana yang (tidak) harus dijalankan saat komputer dinyalakan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan " -"melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Ada empat grup, klik pada segitiga sebelum grup untuk membentangkan dan melihat layanan yang ada di dalamnya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -716,9 +577,7 @@ msgstr "Pengaturan pilihan DrakX biasanya sudah bagus." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan " -"dalam kotak informasi di bawah." +msgstr "Jika Anda menyorot sebuah layanan, informasi tentangnya akan ditampilkan dalam kotak informasi di bawah." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -730,45 +589,36 @@ msgstr "Hanya ubah sesuatu jika Anda sangat mengetahui hal tersebut." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfigurasi Zona Waktu Anda" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat " -"dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Pilih zona waktu Anda dengan memilih negara Anda atau sebuah kota yang dekat dengan Anda dengan zona waktu yang sama." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke " -"waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Pada layar berikutnya Anda bisa memilih untuk mengatur jam hardware Anda ke waktu lokal atau GMT, atau disebut juga UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan " -"semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki lebih dari satu sistem operasi pada komputer, pastikan semua diatur ke waktu lokal, atau semua ke UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -778,31 +628,24 @@ msgstr "Pilih Server X (Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis Anda)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan " -"mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar." +msgstr "DrakX memiliki basis data perangkat video yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengidentifikasi perangkat video Anda dengan benar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda " -"mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:" +msgstr "Jika installer tidak mendeteksi perangkat grafis Anda dengan benar dan Anda mengetahui mana yang Anda punya, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -825,10 +668,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk " -"basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang " -"cocok di kategori Xorg" +msgstr "Jika tidak menemukan perangkat Anda di daftar pabrikan (karena belum masuk basis data atau perangkat lawas) Anda mungkin bisa menemukan driver yang cocok di kategori Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -836,19 +676,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open " -"source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada " -"pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar." +msgstr "Daftaran Xorg menyediakan lebih dari 40 driver perangkat video umum dan open source. Jika masih tidak menemukan driver untuk perangkat Anda, masih ada pilihan untuk menggunakan driver vesa yang menyediakan kemampuan dasar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin " -"hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah." +msgstr "Perhatikan bahwa jika Anda memilih driver yang tidak cocok, Anda mungkin hanya akan bisa mengakses Antarmuka Baris Perintah." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -856,37 +691,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux " -"yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya " -"tersedia di website mereka." +msgstr "Beberapa pabrikan perangkat video menyediakan driver proprietary untuk Linux yang mungkin hanya tersedia dalam repository Nonfree dan mungkin juga hanya tersedia di website mereka." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. " -"Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah " -"komputer dinyalakan ulang." +msgstr "Repository Nonfree harus dihidupkan secara eksplisit untuk mengaksesnya. Jika Anda tidak memilih itu sebelumnya, Anda harus melakukan ini setelah komputer dinyalakan ulang." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Perangkat Grafis dan Monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -895,29 +723,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih " -"dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada " -"sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</" -"acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " -"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa " -"bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. " -"Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak " -"membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Apapun lingkungan grafis (disebut juga lingkungan desktop) yang Anda pilih dalam menginstall <application>Mageia</application>, semua bersandar pada sistem antarmuka pengguna grafis yang disebut <acronym>Sistem Window X</acronym>, atau hanya <acronym>X</acronym>. Agar <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> atau yang lainnya bisa bekerja dengan baik, pengaturan <acronym>X</acronym> berikut harus tepat. Pilih pengaturan yang tepat jika <application>DrakX</application> tidak membuat pilihan, atau jika pilihan salah." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih " -"perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Perangkat Grafis</guibutton></emphasis>: Pilih perangkat Anda dari daftar berikut jika diperlukan." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -927,12 +745,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor " -"dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. " -"Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur " -"refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Anda bisa memilih <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> jika bisa diterapkan, atau pilih monitor dari daftar <guilabel>Pabrikan</guilabel> atau <guilabel>Umum</guilabel>. Pilih <guilabel>Sesuaian</guilabel> jika Anda lebih suka untuk mengatur refresh rate monitor horisontal dan vertikal secara manual." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -944,9 +757,7 @@ msgstr "Refresh rate yang tidak tepat bisa merusak monitor Anda" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan " -"kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolusi</guibutton></emphasis>: Atur resolusi dan kedalaman warna monitor yang diinginkan di sini." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -954,29 +765,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak " -"selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan " -"pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan " -"sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. " -"Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan " -"bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan " -"pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak " -"tersedia</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Coba</guibutton></emphasis>: Tombol untuk mencoba tidak selalu muncul saat instalasi. Jika tombolnya ada, Anda bisa mengendalikan pengaturan dengan menekannya. Jika Anda melihat pertanyaan apakah pengaturan sudah tepat, Anda bisa menjawab \"ya\", dan pengaturan akan dipertahankan. Jika Anda tidak melihat apapun, Anda akan kembali ke layar konfigurasi dan bisa mengkonfigurasi ulang semua sampai hasilnya bagus. <emphasis>Pastikan pengaturan Anda adalah yang teraman jika tombol untuk mencoba tidak tersedia</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa " -"memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Pilihan</guibutton></emphasis>: Di sini Anda bisa memilih untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan berbagai pilihan." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -988,9 +789,7 @@ msgstr "Pemilihan Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali " -"monitor Anda dengan tepat." +msgstr "DrakX memiliki basis data monitor yang lengkap dan biasanya akan mengenali monitor Anda dengan tepat." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -999,22 +798,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak " -"monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak " -"mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi " -"monitor yang Anda miliki" +msgstr "<emphasis>Memilih monitor dengan karakteristik yang berbeda bisa merusak monitor atau perangkat video Anda. Jangan mencoba sesuatu jika Anda tidak mengetahuinya.</emphasis> Jika ragu, sebaiknya Anda membaca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda miliki" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1025,14 +817,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Sesuaian</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate " -"vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa " -"sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan " -"line ditampilkan." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Pilihan ini memungkinkan Anda mengatur dua parameter penting, refresh rate vertikal dan sync rate horisontal. Refresh vertikal menentukan seberapa sering layar disegarkan dan sync horisontal adalah kecepatan di mana scan line ditampilkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1041,11 +829,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor " -"dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika " -"ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda " -"miliki." +msgstr "<emphasis>SANGAT PENTING</emphasis> untuk tidak menentukan tipe monitor dengan jarak sync diluar kemampuan monitor: Anda bisa merusak monitor. Jika ragu, pilih pengaturan sederhana dan baca dokumentasi monitor yang Anda miliki." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1057,9 +841,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari " -"basis data." +msgstr "Ini adalah pilihan bawaan dan mencoba untuk menentukan tipe monitor dari basis data." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1071,10 +853,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Pabrikan</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda " -"mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon " -"dengan memilih:" +msgstr "Jika installer tidak mendeteksi monitor Anda dengan benar dan Anda mengetahui jenis monitor yang Anda miliki, Anda bisa memilihnya dari pohon dengan memilih:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1095,16 +874,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Umum</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz " -"dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali " -"bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa " -"ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan " -"sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "memilih grup ini menampilkan hampir 30 konfigurasi seperti 1024x768 @ 60 Hz dan termasuk layar datar seperti yang digunakan pada laptop. Ini seringkali bagus digunakan untuk memilih monitor jika Anda menggunakan driver Vesa ketika perangkat video Anda tidak bisa ditentukan secara otomatis. Akan sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1114,62 +888,47 @@ msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, " -"pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan " -"enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem " -"Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan." +msgstr "Jika ingin menggunakan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> Anda, pastikan Anda memiliki partisi <literal>/boot</literal> terpisah. Pilihan enkripsi untuk partisi <literal>/boot</literal> JANGAT diatur, atau sistem Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, " -"mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya " -"sebelum Anda memulai." +msgstr "Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya sebelum Anda memulai." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan " -"lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Ada tab untuk setiap hard disk yang terdeteksi atau perangkat penyimpanan lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua " -"partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Tekan <guibutton>Bersihkan semua</guibutton> untuk membersihkan semua partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu " -"tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan." +msgstr "Untuk aksi lainnya: klik pada partisi yang diinginkan terlebih dahulu. Lalu tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1192,28 +951,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang " -"ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</" -"application> akan diinstall." +msgstr "Di layar ini Anda bisa melihat isi perangkat disk dan lihat solusi yang ditemukan pemandu pemartisian DrakX di mana <application>Mageia</application> akan diinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada " -"tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda." +msgstr "Pilihan yang tersedia dari daftar di bawah akan beragam tergantung pada tampilan dan isi perangkat disk Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1225,9 +977,7 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Partisi yang Tersedia" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah " -"ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi." +msgstr "Jika pilihan ini tersedia, artinya partisi yang cocok untuk Linux telah ditemukan dan mungkin bisa digunakan untuk instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1237,11 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan " -"ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada perangkat disk Anda, maka pilihan ini akan menggunakannya untuk menginstall Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1251,11 +999,9 @@ msgstr "Gunakan Ruang Kosong pada Partisi Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, " -"installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang tak terpakai pada partisi Windows yang ada, installer akan menawarkan untuk menggunakannya." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1263,9 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi " -"beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!" +msgstr "Ini cara yang berguna untuk membuat ruang untuk instalasi Mageia, tapi beresiko sehingga Anda harus membuat cadangan file penting Anda!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1276,12 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi " -"harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat " -"terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada " -"jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. " -"Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi." +msgstr "Perhatikan bahwa ini akan mengurangi ukuran dari partisi Windows. Partisi harus \"bersih\", maksudnya, Windows harus dimatikan dengan benar saat terakhir kali digunakan. Juga harus sudah didefrag, walaupun tidak ada jaminan bahwa semua file telah dipindahkan dari area yang akan digunakan. Sangat disarankan untuk membuat cadangan semua file pribadi." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1296,9 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "Pilihan ini akan menggunakan seluruh perangkat untuk Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-" -"hati!" +msgstr "Perhatikan! Ini akan menghapus SEMUA data pada harddisk yang dipilih. Hati-hati!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1306,10 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, " -"atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan " -"gunakan pilihan ini." +msgstr "Jika Anda bermaksud untuk menggunakan sebagian dari disk untuk yang lain, atau Anda memiliki data pada perangkat yang tidak boleh hilang, jangan gunakan pilihan ini." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1319,10 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "Sesuaian" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Ini memberi Anda kendali penuh untuk menempatkan instalasi pada harddisk." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1331,17 +1064,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada " -"standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian " -"yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa " -"perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. " -"Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian " -"alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan " -"berikut:" +msgstr "Beberapa perangkat baru sekarang menggunakan sektor logis 4096 bit, daripada standar sebelumnya 512 bit. Karena keterbatasan hardware, alat pemartisian yang digunakan pada installer belum teruji pada perangkat tersebut. Beberapa perangkat ssd juga menggunakan ukuran blok penghapusan melebihi 1 MB. Disarankan untuk melakukan pemartisian awal menggunakan alat pemartisian alternatif seperti gparted jika Anda memilikinya, dan menggunakan pengaturan berikut:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1374,7 +1100,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1397,13 +1124,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam " -"manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan " -"pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." +msgstr "Tidak seorang pun akan melihat semua layar installer yang Anda lihat dalam manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1414,83 +1138,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Teks dan gambar pada manual ini berada di bawah lisensi CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." -"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Manual ini dibuat dengan bantuan <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">CMS Calenco</link> yang dibangun oleh <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</" -"link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Ini ditulis oleh sukarelawan di waktu senggang mereka. Silakan hubungi <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Selamat" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</" -"application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan " -"menjalankan ulang komputer." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Anda telah selesai menginstall dan mengkonfigurasi <application>Mageia</application> dan sekarang Anda bisa mengeluarkan media instalasi dan menjalankan ulang komputer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih " -"sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Setelah komputer dijalankan ulang, pada layar bootloader, Anda bisa memilih sistem operasi pada komputer Anda (jika ada lebih dari satu)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan " -"otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan." +msgstr "Jika Anda tidak menyesuaikan pengaturan bootloader, instalasi Mageia akan otomatis terpilih dan dijalankan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1502,39 +1207,31 @@ msgstr "Nikmatilah!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin " -"berkontribusi untuk Mageia" +msgstr "Kunjungi www.mageia.org jika Anda memiliki pertanyaan atau ingin berkontribusi untuk Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Pemformatan" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data " -"pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan " -"tetap tersimpan." +msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa memilih partisi mana yang ingin Anda format. Semua data pada partisi yang <emphasis>tidak</emphasis> ditandai untuk diformat akan tetap tersimpan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1546,9 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "Biasanya, setidaknya partisi yang dipilih oleh DrakX perlu diformat" msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin " -"Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>" +msgstr "Klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> untuk memilih partisi yang ingin Anda periksa dari yang disebut <emphasis>blok rusak</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1557,21 +1252,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik " -"<guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> " -"lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama. " -"Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam " -"partisi Anda." +msgstr "Jika Anda tidak yakin telah membuat pilihan yang benar, Anda bisa mengklik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton>, lalu <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> lagi, lalu <guibutton>Sesuaian</guibutton> untuk kembali ke layar utama. Pada layar tersebut, Anda bisa memilih untuk melihat apa yang ada dalam partisi Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</" -"guibutton> untuk melanjutkan." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Jika Anda cukup yakin dengan pilihan Anda, klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1584,19 +1272,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, " -"Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah " -"mungkin." +msgstr "Tidak peduli Anda baru mengenal GNU-Linux atau yang telah berpengalaman, Installer Mageia dibuat untuk membantu instalasi atau upgrade semudah mungkin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan " -"memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan." +msgstr "Layar menu awal memiliki berbagai pilihan, akan tetapi bawaannya akan memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1605,11 +1288,8 @@ msgstr "Layar Selamat Datang untuk Instalasi" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1618,21 +1298,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1649,10 +1324,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1663,16 +1336,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1681,10 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1693,15 +1363,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Jika instalasi gagal, mungkin perlu dicoba lagi dengan menggunakan salah " -"satu pilihan tambahan yang tersedia dengan menekan tombol <guibutton>F1 " -"(Bantuan)</guibutton> lihat <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1746,10 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1766,10 +1430,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1782,10 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1804,8 +1464,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1815,13 +1476,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1831,30 +1489,24 @@ msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada " -"panel samping dari layar." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Proses instalasi terbagi ke dalam beberapa langkah, yang bisa diikuti pada panel samping dari layar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki " -"tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak " -"terlalu dibutuhkan." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Setiap langkah memiliki satu layar atau lebih yang mungkin juga memiliki tombol <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> dengan pilihan tambahan yang tidak terlalu dibutuhkan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi " -"penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani." +msgstr "Kebanyakan layar memiliki tombol <guibutton>Bantuan</guibutton> yang memberi penjelasan lebih tentang langkah yang sedang dijalani." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1864,19 +1516,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan " -"instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali " -"sebelum melakukannya. Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan " -"atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan " -"menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. " -"Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal " -"teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara " -"bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara " -"bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." +msgstr "Jika di manapun saat menginstall Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikan instalasi, komputer bisa dijalankan ulang, tapi harap dipikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah dijalankan atau diinstall, komputer Anda sudah tidak lagi dalam kondisi yang sama dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat sistem komputer Anda tidak stabil. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal teks dengan menekan tiga tombol <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> secara bersamaan. Setelahnya, tekan <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1888,33 +1531,25 @@ msgstr "Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Tidak Ada Antarmuka Grafis" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. " -"Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba " -"menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> " -"pada baris perintah." +msgstr "Setelah layar awal, Anda tidak pernah sampai pada layar pemilihan bahasa. Ini bisa terjadi dengan beberapa perangkat grafis dan komputer lama. Coba menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan <code>vgalo</code> pada baris perintah." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Jika hardware sangat tua, instalasi dengan gambar mungkin tidak bisa. Dalam " -"kasus seperti ini, patut dicoba untuk menginstall dengan mode teks. Untuk " -"menggunakan ini, tekan ESC pada layar selamat datang pertama lalu konfirmasi " -"dengan ENTER. Akan tersaji layar hitam dengan kata \"boot:\". Ketik \"text\" " -"lalu tekan ENTER. Lanjutkan instalasi dengan mode teks.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1929,12 +1564,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian " -"hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu " -"dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</" -"code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan " -"pilihan lain seperlunya." +msgstr "Jika sistem membeku saat instalasi, mungkin ada masalah dengan pendeteksian hardware. Pada kasus seperti ini, pendeteksian otomatis mungkin perlu dilewati untuk ditangani kemudian. Untuk mencobanya, ketik <code>noauto</code> pada baris perintah. Pilihan ini juga bisa dikombinasikan dengan pilihan lain seperlunya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1946,13 +1576,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan " -"RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa " -"menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM " -"yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1965,8 +1591,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1974,29 +1601,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Update" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa " -"paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan." +msgstr "Mulai sejak dirilis <application>Mageia</application> versi ini, beberapa paket akan terus diupdate atau ditingkatkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2004,10 +1631,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan " -"menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin " -"melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet" +msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>ya</guilabel> jika Anda ingin mendownload dan menginstallnya, pilih <guilabel>tidak</guilabel> jika tidak ingin melakukannya sekarang, atau jika Anda tidak terhubung ke internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2019,73 +1643,55 @@ msgstr "Lalu tekan <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> untuk melanjutkan" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Pemilihan Media (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua " -"repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk " -"instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan " -"tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya." +msgstr "Di sini Anda memiliki daftar repository yang tersedia. Tidak semua repository tersedia, mengikuti pada media mana yang digunakan untuk instalasi. Pemilihan repository akan menentukan paket mana yang akan tersedia untuk dipilih pada langkah selanjutnya." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi " -"dasar dari distribusi." +msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Core</emphasis> tidak bisa dimatikan karena berisi dasar dari distribusi." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, " -"misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan " -"sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository " -"ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, " -"firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb." +msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> menyediakan paket-paket yang gratis, misalnya Mageia mungkin menyediakannya, tapi mungkin berisi software dengan sumber tertutup (karenanya dinamakan - Nonfree). Sebagai contoh, repository ini menyediakan driver proprietary untuk perangkat grafis nVidia dan ATI, firmware untuk berbagai perangkat WiFi, dsb." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang " -"dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket " -"ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar " -"hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang " -"diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang " -"diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Repository <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> menyertakan paket-paket yang dikeluarkan di bawah lisensi bebas. Kriteria utama menempatkan paket-paket ke dalam repository ini adalah karena paket-paket ini mungkin akan melanggar hak cipta dan hak paten di beberapa negara, misalnya codec Multimedia yang diperlukan untuk memainkan beragam file audio/video; paket-paket yang diperlukan untuk memainkan video DVD komersial, dsb." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2096,11 +1702,9 @@ msgstr "Instalasi Minimal" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar " -"Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Anda bisa memilih Instalasi Minimal dengan tidak memilih semua pada layar Pemilihan Grup Paket, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2109,21 +1713,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Instalasi Minimal dimaksudkan bagi yang ingin menggunakan " -"<application>Mageia</application> untuk tujuan tertentu, seperti server atau " -"lingkungan kerja khusus. Anda mungkin menggunakan pilihan ini dan " -"dikombinasikan dengan Pemilihan Paket Manual, lihat <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Instalasi Minimal dimaksudkan bagi yang ingin menggunakan <application>Mageia</application> untuk tujuan tertentu, seperti server atau lingkungan kerja khusus. Anda mungkin menggunakan pilihan ini dan dikombinasikan dengan Pemilihan Paket Manual, lihat <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan " -"Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X." +msgstr "Jika Anda memilih instalasi ini, maka layar yang berhubungan akan menawarkan Anda sedikit tambahan untuk diinstall, seperti dokumentasi dan X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2131,37 +1728,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Ringkasan dari berbagai parameter" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2170,11 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada " -"pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. " -"Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan " -"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX membuat pilihan pintar untuk konfigurasi sistem Anda tergantung pada pilihan yang telah Anda buat dan pada hardware yang terdeteksi oleh DrakX. Anda bisa memeriksanya di sini dan mengubahnya jika Anda mau setelah menekan <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2190,11 +1780,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zona Waktu</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa " -"mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX memilih zona waktu tergantung pada bahasa yang Anda pilih. Anda bisa mengubahnya jika perlu. Lihat juga <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2206,9 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Negara / Wilayah</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk " -"memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Jika Anda tidak berada pada negara terpilih, sangat penting untuk memperbaiki pengaturan. Lihat <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2224,9 +1810,7 @@ msgstr "DrakX telah membuat pilihan yang bagus untuk pengaturan bootloader." #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara " -"mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo" +msgstr "Jangan mengubah apapun, kecuali Anda mengetahui bagaimana cara mengkonfigurasi Grub dan/atau Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2241,11 +1825,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Pengelolaan pengguna</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan " -"direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Anda bisa menambah pengguna tambahan di sini. Mereka akan mendapatkan direktori <literal>/home</literal> masing-masing." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2257,19 +1839,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Layanan</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang " -"layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan " -"tugas-tugas tertentu." +msgstr "Layanan sistem yang mengacu pada program kecil yang berjalan di belakang layar (daemon). Alat ini memungkinkan Anda untuk menghidupkan atau mematikan tugas-tugas tertentu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - " -"sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya." +msgstr "Anda harus memeriksa dengan hati-hati sebelum mengubah apapun di sini - sebuah kesalahan bisa menghalangi komputer untuk berjalan dengan semestinya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2291,9 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan " -"tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda." +msgstr "Ini adalah tempat Anda bisa mengatur atau mengubah layout keyboard yang akan tergantung pada lokasi, bahasa atau tipe keyboard Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2305,9 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, " -"tablet, trackball, dsb." +msgstr "Di sini Anda bisa menambah atau mengkonfigurasi perangkat penunjuk lainnya, tablet, trackball, dsb." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2317,13 +1890,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Perangkat suara</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver " -"berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat " -"Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku." +msgstr "Installer menggunakan driver baku, jika ada. Opsi untuk memilih driver berbeda hanya diberikan ketika ada lebih dari satu driver untuk perangkat Anda, tapi tidak satupun merupakan pilihan baku." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2332,9 +1902,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Antarmuka grafis</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi perangkat grafis dan tampilan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2344,11 +1914,10 @@ msgstr "Untuk informasi lebih, lebih <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2367,20 +1936,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan " -"dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan " -"ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika " -"Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree." +msgstr "Anda bisa mengkonfigurasi jaringan di sini, tapi untuk perangkat jaringan dengan driver non-free akan lebih baik jika dilakukan setelah menjalankan ulang komputer, di <application>Pusat Kendali Mageia</application>, jika Anda belum menghidupkan reporitory media Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur " -"firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut." +msgstr "Jika Anda menambahkan perangkat jaringan, jangan lupa untuk mengatur firewall untuk melihat antarmuka jaringan tersebut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2393,19 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan " -"internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi " -"komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy." +msgstr "Server Proxy berfungsi sebagai perantara antara komputer Anda dengan internet yang lebih luas. Bagian ini memungkinkan Anda mengkonfigurasi komputer untuk memanfaatkan layanan proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan " -"parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Anda mungkin perlu bertanya pada administrator sistem untuk mendapatkan parameter yang diperlukan untuk dimasukkan di sini" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2420,11 +1978,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tingkat Keamanan</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan " -"(Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Di sini Anda mengatur tingkat keamanan komputer, biasanya pengaturan bawaan (Standar) adalah yang paling memadai untuk penggunaan umum." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2441,18 +1997,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan " -"para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya." +msgstr "Firewall dimaksudkan untuk menjadi pembatas antara data penting Anda dengan para penjahat di internet yang bermaksud untuk membahayakan atau mencurinya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan " -"tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa." +msgstr "Pilih layanan yang ingin bisa diakses ke sistem komputer Anda. Pilihan akan tergantung pada komputer Anda akan digunakan untuk apa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 @@ -2464,38 +2016,31 @@ msgstr "Ingat bahwa membiarkan semua (tanpa firewall) akan sangat beresiko." msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +msgstr "Ubah ukuran partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan " -"menginstall <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Anda memiliki lebih dari satu partisi <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Pilih yang akan diperkecil untuk digunakan menginstall <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Tingkat Keamanan" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2506,24 +2051,19 @@ msgstr "Anda bisa mengatur penyesuaian tingkat keamanan di sini." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus " -"dipilih." +msgstr "Biarkan tetap pada pengaturan bawaan jika Anda tidak mengerti apa yang harus dipilih." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di " -"bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia." +msgstr "Setelah instalasi, mengatur penyesuaian keamanan tetap bisa dilakukan di bagian <guilabel>Keamanan</guilabel> pada Pusat Kendali Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Pilih mouse" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2545,15 +2085,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2561,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "Langkah-langkah instalasi" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2575,28 +2116,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2608,26 +2153,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2637,27 +2186,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2667,18 +2220,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2688,7 +2244,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2698,7 +2255,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2713,21 +2271,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2735,7 +2295,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2745,7 +2306,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2765,26 +2327,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2792,9 +2353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2814,31 +2374,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2862,8 +2421,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2893,15 +2453,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Gunakan bootloader Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2909,73 +2468,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3004,22 +2573,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalasi Minimal" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3027,18 +2596,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Pilih Negara / Wilayah Anda" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3046,19 +2612,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis " -"pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara " -"yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel." +msgstr "Pilih negara atau wilayah Anda. Ini akan penting untuk semua jenis pengaturan, seperti mata uang dan regulasi domain nirkabel. Mengatur negara yang salah akan membawa pada tidak bisa digunakannya jaringan Nirkabel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara " -"Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Jika negara Anda tidak ada di dalam daftar, klik tombol <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> lalu pilih negara / wilayah Anda di sana." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3067,11 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, " -"setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar " -"pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang " -"sebenarnya." +msgstr "Jika negara Anda hanya dalam daftar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel>, setelah mengklik <guibutton>OK</guibutton> mungkin sebuah negara dari daftar pertama telah terpilih. Abaikan saja, DrakX akan mengikuti pilihan Anda yang sebenarnya." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3082,23 +2639,14 @@ msgstr "Metode masukan" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode " -"input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna " -"memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah " -"metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. " -"Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input " -"bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. " -"Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa " -"yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan " -"paket." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Pada layar <guilabel>Negara Lainnya</guilabel> Anda juga bisa memilih metode input (di bagian bawah dari daftar). Metode input memungkinkan pengguna memasukkan karakter berbagai bahasa (Cina, Jepang, Korea, dsb). IBus adalah metode input bawaan DVD Mageia, LiveCD Afrika/India dan Asia/tanpa-India. Untuk lokalisasi Asia dan Afrika, IBus akan diatur sebagai metode input bawaan sehingga pengguna tidak perlu mengkonfigurasinya secara manual. Metode input lain (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, dsb) juga menyediakan fungsi serupa yang bisa diinstall jika Anda menambahkan media HTTP/FTP sebelum pemilihan paket." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3106,11 +2654,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa " -"mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi " -"Komputer Anda\" -> \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake " -"sebagai root." +msgstr "Jika Anda melewatkan pengaturan metode input saat instalasi, Anda bisa mengaksesnya setelah menjalankan ulang komputer melalui \"Konfigurasi Komputer Anda\" -> \"Sistem\", atau dengan menjalankan localedrake sebagai root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3120,11 +2664,9 @@ msgstr "Install atau Upgrade" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3135,8 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "Install" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru." +msgstr "Gunakan pilihan ini untuk instalasi <application>Mageia</application> baru." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3149,10 +2690,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</" -"application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah " -"satunya." +msgstr "Jika Anda memilihi satu atau lebih instalasi <application>Mageia</application> pada sistem, installer akan memberi pilihan untuk upgrade salah satunya." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3160,48 +2698,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> " -"saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda " -"ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan " -"ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan " -"membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Hanya upgrade dari versi Mageia yang <emphasis>masih didukung</emphasis> saat versi installer ini dirilis, yang telah sepenuhnya diuji. Jika Anda ingin melakukan upgrade versi Mageia yang telah mencapai akhir\tdukungan ketika yang ini dirilis, akan lebih baik untuk melakukan instalasi baru dan membiarkan partisi <literal>/home</literal> Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa " -"menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. " -"Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer " -"Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat " -"komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin " -"menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol " -"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Jika selama instalasi Anda memutuskan untuk menghentikannya, Anda bisa menjalankan ulang komputer, tapi pikir dua kali sebelum melakukannya. Setelah partisi diformat atau update telah mulai diinstall, kondisi komputer Anda sudah tidak sama lagi dan menjalankan ulang komputer bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak bisa digunakan lagi. Jika Anda benar-benar ingin menjalankan ulang komputer, jalankan terminal dengan menekan tiga tombol <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> secara bersamaan. Lalu tekan <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari " -"layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan " -"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan " -"ini saat sedang menginstall." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Jika Anda terlupa untuk memilih bahasa tambahan, Anda bisa kembali dari layar \"Install atau Upgrade\" ke layar pemilihan bahasa dengan menekan <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Jangan</emphasis> melakukan ini saat sedang menginstall." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3213,60 +2734,43 @@ msgstr "Keyboard" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada " -"yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan." +msgstr "DrakX akan memilih keyboard yang sesuai untuk bahasa Anda. Jika tidak ada yang cocok maka layout keyboard US akan digunakan." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak " -"mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, " -"atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang " -"mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Pastikan yang dipilih benar atau pilih layout keyboard lain. Jika Anda tidak mengetahui layout yang dimiliki keyboard Anda, lihat spesifikasi komputer, atau tanya pembuat komputer. Mungkin juga ada label pada keyboard Anda yang mengidentifikasi layout. Anda juga bisa melihat ini: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada " -"<guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih " -"keyboard Anda di sana." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Jika keyboard Anda tidak ada di daftar yang ditampilkan, klik pada <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton> untuk mendapatkan daftar lengkap, lalu pilih keyboard Anda di sana." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda " -"akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya " -"sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan " -"melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di " -"daftar lengkap." +msgstr "Setelah memilih keyboard dari dialog <guibutton>Lainnya</guibutton>, Anda akan kembali ke dialog pilihan keyboard pertama dan walaupun sepertinya sebuah keyboard pada layar tersebut terpilih. Anda bisa mengabaikannya dan melanjutkan instalasi: Keyboar Anda adalah yang dipilih dari yang ada di daftar lengkap." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3274,10 +2778,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan " -"melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan " -"pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin" +msgstr "Jika Anda memilih keyboard yang berbasis karakter bukan latin, Anda akan melihat layar dialog tambahan yang menanyakan bagaimana Anda akan melakukan pergantian layout keyboard di antara Latin dan bukan Latin" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3290,52 +2791,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. " -"<application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama " -"instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall." +msgstr "Pilih bahasa yang Anda sukai dengan membentangkan daftar dari benua Anda. <application>Mageia</application> akan menggunakan pilihan ini selama instalasi dan pada sistem yang sudah terinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, " -"untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak " -"bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk " -"menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Jika sepertinya Anda akan memerlukan beberapa bahasa untuk komputer Anda, untuk Anda sendiri atau orang lain, maka gunakanlah tombol <guibutton>Banyak bahasa</guibutton> untuk menambahkannya sekarang. Akan sulit untuk menambahkan dukungan bahasa tambahan setelah instalasi selesai." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih " -"salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa " -"tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa." +msgstr "Bahkan jika Anda akan memilih lebih dari satu bahasa, Anda harus memilih salah satu sebagai bahasa yang lebih disukai di layar bahasa pertama. Bahasa tersebut juga akan ditandai sudah dipilih di layar banyak bahasa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka " -"disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga." +msgstr "Jika bahasa keyboard tidak sama dengan bahasa yang akan dipilih, maka disarankan untuk menginstall bahasa dari keyboard yang digunakan juga." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3343,65 +2830,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa " -"dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. " -"Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall." +msgstr "Mageia menggunakan dukungan UTF-8 (Unicode) sebagai bawaan. Ini bisa dimatikan di layar \"banyak bahasa\" jika tidak sesuai dengan bahasa Anda. Mematikan UTF-8 akan berpengaruh pada bahasa-bahasa yang diinstall." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat " -"Kendali Mageia -> Sistem -> Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda." +msgstr "Anda bisa mengubah bahasa komputer Anda setelah instalasi selesai di Pusat Kendali Mageia -> Sistem -> Kelola lokalisasi untuk sistem Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Pilih mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse " -"yang berbeda di sini." +msgstr "Jika Anda tidak senang dengan respon mouse Anda, Anda bisa memilih mouse yang berbeda di sini." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan " -"USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Biasanya, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Semua mouse PS/2 dan USB</guilabel> adalah pilihan bagus." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> " -"untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam " -"tombol atau lebih." +msgstr "Pilih <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Paksa evdev</guilabel> untuk mengkonfigurasi tombol yang tidak bekerja pada mouse dengan enam tombol atau lebih." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3411,13 +2885,10 @@ msgstr "Tambah atau Modifikasi Entri Menu Boot" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3425,93 +2896,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan " -"tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan " -"mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya." +msgstr "Anda bisa menambah atau memodifikasi entri yang Anda pilih, dengan menekan tombol yang sesuai di layar <emphasis>Konfigurasi Bootloader</emphasis> dan mengedit layar yang muncul di atasnya." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri " -"dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan." +msgstr "Beberapa hal yang bisa dilakukan tanpa resiko adalah mengubah label entri dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya." +msgstr "Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda " -"tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan." +msgstr "Entri bawaan adalah entri yang dipilih sistem untuk dijalankan jika Anda tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan " -"apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti." +msgstr "Mengedit lainnya bisa membuat komputer Anda tidak berjalan. Jangan lakukan apapun yang Anda tidak mengerti." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih " -"secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Jika Anda lebih suka pengaturan bootloader yang berbeda yang akan dipilih secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana " -"Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, " -"atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya." +msgstr "Anda mungkin sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain pada komputer, yang mana Anda harus memilih untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada, atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3530,20 +2983,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot " -"Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain " -"yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia " -"baru." +msgstr "Bawaannya, Mageia membuat bootloader GRUB (legacy) baru ke MBR (Master Boot Record) dari harddisk pertama. Jika Anda sudah memiliki sistem operasi lain yang terinstall, Mageia akan berusaha menambahkannya ke menu boot Mageia baru." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai " -"tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo." +msgstr "Mageia sekarang juga menawarkan GRUB2 sebagai bootloader pilihan sebagai tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3551,18 +2998,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB " -"(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan." +msgstr "Sistem Linux yang menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 tidak didukung oleh GRUB (legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman " -"Ringkasan selama instalasi." +msgstr "Solusi terbaik adalah menggunakan bootloader GRUB2 yang tersedia di halaman Ringkasan selama instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3573,57 +3016,41 @@ msgstr "Gunakan bootloader yang ada" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda " -"harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol " -"<guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda " -"mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Jika Anda memutuskan untuk menggunakan bootloader yang sudah ada maka Anda harus BERHENTI di halaman ringkasan, lalu klik tombol <guibutton>Konfigurasi</guibutton> Bootloader, yang memungkinkan Anda mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang " -"sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian " -"pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7." +msgstr "Jangan memilih perangkat seperti \"sda\", atau Anda akan menghapus MBR yang sudah ada. Anda harus memilih partisi root yang Anda pilih di bagian pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat " -"tersebut." +msgstr "Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat tersebut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk " -"memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 " -"akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Jalankan tty2 dengan Ctrl+Alt+F2 lalu ketik <literal>df</literal> untuk memeriksa di mana partisi <literal>/</literal> (root) berada. Ctrl+Alt+F7 akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah " -"ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus " -"menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan " -"menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi." +msgstr "Prosedur yang sebenarnya untuk menambahkan Mageia ke bootloader yang sudah ada diluar ruang lingkup bantuan ini, tapi dalam kebanyakan kasus akan harus menjalankan program intalasi bootloader yang sesuai yang akan mendeteksi dan menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3634,56 +3061,48 @@ msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan bootloader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> " -"yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</" -"guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer " -"dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Jika Anda memiliki ruang disk terbatas untuk partisi <literal>/</literal> yang berisi <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik pada <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu centang kotak <guilabel>Bersihkan /tmp setiap komputer dijalankan ulang</guilabel>. Ini akan membantu menjaga ruang kosong." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Pengaturan SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama " -"mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan " -"menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat." +msgstr "DrakX biasanya mendeteksi harddisk dengan benar. Dengan kontroler SCSI lama mungkin tidak akan bisa menentukan driver yang tepat untuk digunakan dan menyebabkan gagal mengenali perangkat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana " -"yang Anda miliki pada Drakx." +msgstr "Jika ini terjadi, Anda harus menentukan secara manual perangkat SCSI mana yang Anda miliki pada Drakx." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3695,15 +3114,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX lalu akan bisa mengkonfigurasi perangkat yang tepat." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi Suara" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3711,9 +3128,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara " -"Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada." +msgstr "Di layar ini, nama driver yang dipilih oleh insaller untuk perangkat suara Anda diberikan, yang akan jadi driver baku jika ada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3723,24 +3138,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi " -"Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan " -"alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab " -"<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</" -"guilabel> di kanan atas layar." +msgstr "Driver baku seharusnya bekerja tanpa masalah. Tetapi, jika setelah instalasi Anda menemukan masalah, jalankan <command>draksound</command> atau jalankan alat ini melalui MCC (Pusat Konfigurasi Mageia), dengan memilih tab <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> lalu mengklik <guilabel>Konfigurasi Suara</guilabel> di kanan atas layar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik " -"<guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</" -"guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi " -"masalah." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Lalu, pada draksound atau layar alat \"Konfigurasi Suara\", klik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> lalu <guibutton>Pemecahan masalah</guibutton> untuk menemukan saran berguna tentang bagaimana cara mengatasi masalah." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3753,93 +3160,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, " -"berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, " -"tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah." +msgstr "Mengklik <guibutton>Lanjutan</guibutton> di layar ini, selama instalasi, berguna jika tidak ada driver baku dan ada beberapa driver yang tersedia, tapi Anda pikir installer memilih yang salah." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik " -"<guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>." +msgstr "Jika seperti itu, Anda bisa memilih driver yang berbeda setelah mengklik <guibutton>Biarkan saya memilih driver</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Konfirmasi harddisk yang akan diformat" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan " -"Anda." +msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Sebelumnya</guibutton> jika Anda tidak yakin dengan pilihan Anda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin " -"menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk " -"tersebut." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jika ada masalah saat instalasi, mungkin perlu menggunakan pilihan " -#~ "instalasi khusus, lihat <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Pilihan instalasi" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Ini akan membuka bantuan berbasis teks berikut." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Layar Bantuan Instalasi" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Pilihan Kernel" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klik pada <guibutton>Selanjutnya</guibutton> jika Anda yakin dan ingin menghapus semua partisi, semua sistem operasi dan semua data pada harddisk tersebut." diff --git a/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml index 17624a19..f1032fc9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -36,9 +37,12 @@ Dokumentasi</link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e29db84 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/id/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/id/installer.xml b/docs/installer/id/installer.xml index 1ba6df08..dc54d4fc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/id/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="id" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="id"> @@ -38,15 +37,127 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to memulai installer, yang normalnya adalah yang Anda inginkan.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Layar Selamat Datang untuk Instalasi</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Jika ada masalah saat instalasi, mungkin perlu menggunakan pilihan instalasi -khusus, lihat <xref linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -77,24 +188,6 @@ secara bersamaan untuk menjalankan ulang.</para> </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Pilihan instalasi</title> - </info> - - <para>Jika instalasi gagal, mungkin perlu dicoba lagi dengan menggunakan salah -satu pilihan tambahan yang tersedia dengan menekan tombol <guibutton>F1 -(Bantuan)</guibutton> lihat <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Ini akan membuka bantuan berbasis teks berikut.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Layar Bantuan Instalasi</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Masalah Instalasi dan Kemungkinan Solusinya</title> @@ -114,11 +207,11 @@ lama. Coba menggunakan resolusi yang lebih rendah dengan mengetikkan </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Jika hardware sangat tua, instalasi dengan gambar mungkin tidak bisa. Dalam -kasus seperti ini, patut dicoba untuk menginstall dengan mode teks. Untuk -menggunakan ini, tekan ESC pada layar selamat datang pertama lalu konfirmasi -dengan ENTER. Akan tersaji layar hitam dengan kata "boot:". Ketik "text" -lalu tekan ENTER. Lanjutkan instalasi dengan mode teks.<emphasis></emphasis></para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -137,7 +230,7 @@ dikombinasikan dengan pilihan lain seperlunya.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Pilihan Kernel</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>Ini jarang diperlukan, tapi dalam beberapa kasus, hardware menginformasikan @@ -145,6 +238,18 @@ RAM yang tersedia tidak benar. Untuk menentukan ini secara manual, Anda bisa menggunakan parameter <code>mem=xxxM</code>, di mana xxx adalah besar RAM yang benar. Misalnya <code>mem=256M</code> untuk menentukan RAM 256MB.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 309337c7..a7d9916b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -1,8 +1,9 @@ -# Dutch translation of the drakx-installer-help help texts +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: +# HanMi, 2014 # Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013 # Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013 msgid "" @@ -10,14 +11,13 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-18 18:49+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" -"nl/)\n" -"Language: nl\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: nl\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -28,11 +28,9 @@ msgstr "Licentie en uitgave-opmerkingen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,40 +40,31 @@ msgstr "Licentie-overeenkomst" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u " -"<application>Mageia</application> installeert." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Lees de voorwaarden van de licentie-overeenkomst aandachtig door voordat u <application>Mageia</application> installeert." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</" -"application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt " -"gaan." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Deze voorwaarden hebben betrekking op de gehele <application>Mageia</application> distributie en moeten aanvaard worden voordat u verder kunt gaan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op " -"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden." +msgstr "Selecteer <guilabel>Accepteren</guilabel> en klik dan op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om ze te aanvaarden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor " -"uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt " -"zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Als u de licentievoorwaarden niet wenst te accepteren, dan danken we u voor uw interesse in Mageia. Wanneer u op <guibutton>Weigeren</guibutton> klikt zal uw computer opnieuw opstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -87,9 +76,7 @@ msgstr "Uitgave-opmerkingen" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er " -"nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -102,32 +89,27 @@ msgstr "nl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere " -"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand. De keuze " -"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen " -"beschikbaar zullen zijn." +msgstr "Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand. De keuze van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen beschikbaar zullen zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -147,40 +129,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze). Door " -"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die " -"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL " -"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie." +msgstr "Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze). Door een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gebruikersbeheer" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -192,31 +172,20 @@ msgstr "Beheerderswachtwoord (root) instellen:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een " -"superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het " -"<emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux. Terwijl u een wachtwoord in " -"het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in " -"groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen " -"schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in " -"het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te " -"sluiten." +msgstr "Voor elke <application>Mageia</application> installatie wordt aanbevolen een superuser- of beheerderswachtwoord in te stellen, gewoonlijk heet dit het <emphasis>root wachtwoord</emphasis> in Linux. Terwijl u een wachtwoord in het bovenste tekstvak typt, zal het schildje ernaast van rood via geel in groen verkleuren, afhankelijk van de sterkte van het wachtwoord. Een groen schild betekent dat u een goed wachtwoord heeft. Herhaal het wachtwoord in het volgende vak. Het wordt vergeleken met het eerste om typefouten uit te sluiten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het " -"beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers " -"en andere tekens." +msgstr "Alle wachtwoorden zijn hoofdlettergevoelig. In een wachtwoord is het is het beste een mengeling te gebruiken van hoofdletters en kleine letters, cijfers en andere tekens." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -229,39 +198,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de " -"superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, " -"kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een " -"normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt." +msgstr "Voeg hier een gebruiker toe. Een gebruiker heeft minder rechten dan de superuser (root), maar genoeg om over internet te surfen, kantoortoepassingen te gebruiken, te gamen en al het andere te doen waar een normaal mens zijn computer voor gebruikt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen." +msgstr "<guibutton>Pictogram</guibutton>: klik op het pictogram om het te veranderen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de " -"gebruiker in." +msgstr "<guilabel>Volledige naam</guilabel>: Voer hier de volledige naam van de gebruiker in." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de " -"gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde " -"volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Aanmeldnaam</guilabel>: Voer hier een aanmeldnaam voor de gebruiker in, of laat DrakX er een kiezen op basis van de ingevoerde volledige naam. <emphasis>De aanmeldnaam is hoofdlettergevoelig.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -269,30 +228,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. " -"Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het " -"wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Wachtwoord</guilabel>: Type hier het wachtwoord van de gebruiker. Aan het eind van het tekstvak is een schild dat de sterkte van het wachtwoord weergeeft. (Zie ook <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord " -"in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Wachtwoord (nogmaals)</guilabel>: Herhaal het gebruikerswachtwoord in dit tekstvak en DrakX zal controleren of beide wachtwoorden gelijk zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de " -"homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen " -"schrijven)." +msgstr "Van elke gebruiker die u toevoegt tijdens het installeren van Mageia, zal de homedirectory door iedereen gelezen kunnen worden (zonder er in te kunnen schrijven)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -300,20 +251,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in " -"<emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> " -"toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is." +msgstr "Echter, terwijl u uw nieuwe installatie gebruikt zal elke gebruiker die u in <emphasis>MCC - Systeem - Gebruikers op het systeem beheren</emphasis> toevoegt, een homedirectory hebben die tegen lezen en schrijven beschermd is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan " -"worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en " -"de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer." +msgstr "Als u voor niemand een homedirectory wilt die door iedereen gelezen kan worden, wordt aangeraden nu alleen een tijdelijke gebruiker toe te voegen en de echte pas na het herstarten van uw computer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -321,11 +266,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle " -"extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - " -"Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies " -"<emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>." +msgstr "Als u graag wilt dat iedereen de homedirectory's kan lezen, dan kunt u alle extra benodigde gebruikers toevoegen in de <emphasis>Configuratie - Overzicht</emphasis>-stap tijdens de installatie. Kies <emphasis>Gebruikersbeheer</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -343,10 +284,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een " -"scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd " -"wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren." +msgstr "Door op de <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> knop te klikken krijgt u een scherm waar u instellingen kunt bewerken voor de gebruiker die toegevoegd wordt. Daarnaast kunt u een gastaccount activeren of deactiveren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -354,10 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount " -"opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn " -"belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten." +msgstr "Alles dat een gast met een standaard <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> gastaccount opslaat in zijn /home map zal gewist worden als hij zich afmeldt. Zijn belangrijke gegevens kan hij het beste op een USB pen zetten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -365,11 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een " -"gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt " -"op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone " -"gebruiker." +msgstr "<guilabel>Activeer het 'gast'-account</guilabel>: Zet hier een vinkje om een gastaccount te maken. Het gastaccount maakt het mogelijk dat een gast inlogt op de pc en hem gebruikt, maar hij heeft beperktere toegang dan een gewone gebruiker." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -377,10 +308,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell " -"veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd " -"wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: In deze drop-down keuzelijst kan de shell veranderd worden voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. De mogelijkheden zijn Bash, Dash and Sh" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -388,48 +316,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de " -"gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat " -"dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikers-ID</guilabel>: Voer hier het gebruikers-ID in voor de gebruiker die in het vorige scherm toegevoegd wordt. Dit is een getal. Laat dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook " -"een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker. Laat dit vak leeg, " -"tenzij u weet wat u doet." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Groep-ID</guilabel>: Hier kan de groep-ID ingevoerd worden, ook een getal, gewoonlijk hetzelfde als voor de gebruiker. Laat dit vak leeg, tenzij u weet wat u doet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Kies de koppelpunten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -437,63 +359,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het " -"niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</" -"application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen." +msgstr "Hier ziet u de Linux-partities die op de computer gevonden zijn. Als u het niet eens bent met de koppelpunten (mount points) die <application>DrakX</application> voorstelt, kunt u ze veranderen." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</" -"literal> (root) partitie heeft." +msgstr "Als u veranderingen aanbrengt, zorg dan dat u tenminste een <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie heeft." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", " -"\"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Elke partitie wordt als volgt weergegeven: \"Apparaat\" (\"Grootte\", \"Koppelpunt\", \"Type\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer" -"\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Apparaat\" is samengesteld uit: \"harde schijf\", [\"harde schijf nummer\"(letter)], \"partitienummer\" (bijvoorbeeld, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen " -"van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en " -"<literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, " -"bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films " -"wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</" -"literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Als u veel partities heeft, kunt u veel verschillende koppelpunten kiezen van het uitvouwmenu, zoals <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> en <literal>/var</literal>. U kunt zelfs uw eigen koppelpunten maken, bijvoorbeeld <literal>/video</literal> voor een partitie waarop u uw films wilt bewaren, of <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> voor de <literal>/home</literal> partitie van een cauldron installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor " -"nodig hebt." +msgstr "U kunt het koppelpuntveld leeg laten voor partities waar u geen toegang voor nodig hebt." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -501,23 +406,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en " -"kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het " -"scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op " -"<guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie " -"staat." +msgstr "Kies <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze en kies dan voor <guilabel>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guilabel>. In het scherm dat volgt kunt u een partitie selecteren en dan rechts op <guibutton>Bekijken</guibutton> klikken om te zien wat er op die partitie staat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op " -"<guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt " -"formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Als u zeker bent dat de koppelpunten goed zijn, klik dan op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> en kies of u enkel de partities wilt formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -527,11 +424,9 @@ msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om " -"uw keuze te verfijnen." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om uw keuze te verfijnen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -539,19 +434,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie " -"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die " -"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken." +msgstr "Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -563,30 +453,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</" -"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set " -"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</" -"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets " -"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De " -"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, " -"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan " -"de twee eerder genoemde." +msgstr "Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De <application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan de twee eerder genoemde." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -595,11 +476,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem " -"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, " -"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen " -"beweegt." +msgstr "De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen beweegt." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -621,92 +498,74 @@ msgstr "Grafische omgeving." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig " -"pakketten toe te voegen." +msgstr "Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig pakketten toe te voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een " -"minimale installatie te doen." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een minimale installatie te doen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Softwarebeheer" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan " -"uw wensen aan te passen." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan uw wensen aan te passen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de " -"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een " -"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om " -"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de " -"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te " -"laden." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de <guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te laden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configureer uw diensten" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem " -"opstart." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem opstart." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te " -"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -718,9 +577,7 @@ msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak " -"beneden." +msgstr "Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak beneden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 @@ -732,45 +589,36 @@ msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in " -"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in dezelfde tijdzone bevindt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te " -"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze " -"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT." +msgstr "Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -780,31 +628,24 @@ msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw " -"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren." +msgstr "DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft " -"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:" +msgstr "Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -827,10 +668,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet " -"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u " -"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie." +msgstr "Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -838,20 +676,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor " -"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart " -"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire " -"mogelijkheden biedt." +msgstr "De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire mogelijkheden biedt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang " -"tot de opdrachtregel-interface." +msgstr "Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang tot de opdrachtregel-interface." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -859,37 +691,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's " -"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in " -"sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant." +msgstr "Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze " -"uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia " -"voor het eerst start." +msgstr "Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia voor het eerst start." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -898,30 +723,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze " -"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een " -"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, " -"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " -"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische " -"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van " -"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt " -"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt " -"dat de keuze verkeerd is." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van <acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt dat de keuze verkeerd is." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw " -"kaart uit de lijst." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw kaart uit de lijst." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -931,12 +745,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van " -"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders " -"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</" -"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de " -"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -948,9 +757,7 @@ msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen." msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste " -"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -958,29 +765,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt " -"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen " -"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling " -"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard " -"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt " -"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw " -"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u " -"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -992,9 +789,7 @@ msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe " -"gewoonlijk correct identificeren." +msgstr "DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe gewoonlijk correct identificeren." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1003,21 +798,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw " -"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u " -"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1028,14 +817,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en " -"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de " -"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele " -"beeld wordt ververst." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele beeld wordt ververst." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1044,11 +829,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt " -"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw " -"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees " -"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel." +msgstr "Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1060,9 +841,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die " -"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren." +msgstr "Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1074,9 +853,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, " -"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:" +msgstr "Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1097,17 +874,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, " -"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte " -"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om " -"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw " -"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend " -"te zijn met uw keuze." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend te zijn met uw keuze." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1117,64 +888,47 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u " -"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De " -"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u " -"uw systeem niet opstarten." +msgstr "Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u uw systeem niet opstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt " -"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een " -"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." +msgstr "Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals " -"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" " -"als er drie zijn." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" als er drie zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het " -"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar " -"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte " -"aan of verwijder haar." +msgstr "Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte aan of verwijder haar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1197,28 +951,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de " -"ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om " -"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." +msgstr "In dit scherm kunt u de inhoud van uw harde schijf of schijven zien en de ruimtes die de DrakX-partitioneringswizard gevonden heeft om <application>Mageia</application> te installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af " -"van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)." +msgstr "Welke opties van de lijst hieronder op uw systeem beschikbaar zijn hangt af van de indeling en de inhoud van uw specifieke harde schijf (schijven)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1230,9 +977,7 @@ msgstr "Huidige partities gebruiken" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities " -"gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren." +msgstr "Als deze optie beschikbaar is, werden bestaande Linux compatibele partities gevonden die gebruikt kunnen worden voor het installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1242,11 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Vrije ruimte gebruiken" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe " -"Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Als u ongebruikte ruimte op uw harde schijf heeft die u voor uw nieuwe Mageia-installatie wilt gebruiken, kies dan deze optie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1256,11 +999,9 @@ msgstr "Gebruik vrije ruimte op een Windows Partitie" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te " -"gebruiken." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "DrakX kan aanbieden de ongebruikte ruimte van een windows partitie te gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1268,10 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia " -"installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u " -"van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!" +msgstr "Dit kan een bruikbare manier zijn om plaats voor uw nieuwe Mageia installatie te maken, maar het is een riskante onderneming dus zorg dat u van al uw belangrijke bestanden een reservekopie heeft!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1282,14 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat " -"niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt " -"dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt " -"werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat " -"alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt " -"staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van " -"uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie." +msgstr "Merk op dat de Windows partitie hiervoor kleiner gemaakt moet worden, wat niet zonder enig risico is. De partitie moet \"schoon\" zijn, wat inhoudt dat Windows correct afgesloten moet zijn toen het voor het laatst gebruikt werd en dat het gedefragmenteerd moet zijn. Dit is echter geen garantie dat alle bestanden op de partitie uit het gebied gehaald zijn dat op het punt staat gebruikt te worden. Het wordt sterk aanbevolen om vooraf een kopie van uw persoonlijke bestanden te maken op een andere schijf of lokatie." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1304,9 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "Met deze optie zal de gehele schijf voor Mageia gebruikt worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf " -"gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!" +msgstr "Let op! Hierdoor zullen ALLE gegevens op de geselecteerde harde schijf gewist worden. Wees voorzichtig!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1314,10 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor " -"iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt " -"verliezen." +msgstr "Gebruik deze optie niet als u van plan bent om een deel van de schijf voor iets anders te gebruiken, of als u er gegevens op hebt staan die u niet wilt verliezen." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1327,11 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op " -"uw harde schijf of schijven." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Hiermee krijgt u volledige controle over het plaatsen van de installatie op uw harde schijf of schijven." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1340,17 +1064,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, " -"in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare " -"hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt " -"wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een " -"erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, " -"bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld " -"gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:" +msgstr "Somige nieuwere gegevensdragers hebben nu logische sectoren van 4096 byte, in plaats van de gebruikelijke 512 byte. Door een gebrek aan beschikbare hardware is de partitioneringstool die tijdens het installeren gebruikt wordt, niet getest met zo'n opslagmedium. Ook gebruiken sommige SSD's een erase block grootte van meer dan 1 MB. Als u zo'n gegevensdrager heeft, bevelen we aan deze vooraf met een alternatief werktuig, bijvoorbeeld gparted, te partitioneren en de volgende instellingen te gebruiken:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1366,9 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "\"Vrije ruimte links (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even " -"aantal megabytes." +msgstr "Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even aantal megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1378,30 +1093,28 @@ msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -msgstr "" +msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 msgid "February 2014" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1411,13 +1124,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken " -"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " -"u tijdens het installeren maakt." +msgstr "U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die u tijdens het installeren maakt." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1428,84 +1138,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de " -"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=" -"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:" -"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact " -"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " -"verbeteren." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gefeliciteerd" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</" -"application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium " -"verwijderen en uw computer herstarten." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "U bent klaar met het installeren en configuren van <application>Mageia</application> en u kunt nu met een gerust hart het installatiemedium verwijderen en uw computer herstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de " -"besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Tijdens het opstarten kunt u in scherm voor de opstartlader kiezen tussen de besturingssystemen op uw computer (als u er meer dan één heeft)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt " -"Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart." +msgstr "Als u de instellingen voor de opstartlader niet aangepast heeft, wordt Mageia automatisch geselecteerd en gestart." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1517,53 +1207,43 @@ msgstr "Veel plezier!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia" +msgstr "Bezoek www.mageia.org als u vragen heeft of als u wilt bijdragen aan Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatteren" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op " -"partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven." +msgstr "Hier kunt u aanvinken welke partititie(s) u wilt formatteren. Gegevens op partities die <emphasis>niet</emphasis> gekozen zijn, zullen bewaard blijven." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, " -"geformatteerd worden." +msgstr "Gewoonlijk moeten tenminste de partities die DrakX selecteerde, geformatteerd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u " -"wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>" +msgstr "Kies <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> om partities te selecteren die u wilt controleren op zogenoemde <emphasis>slechte blokken</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1572,21 +1252,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op " -"<guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste " -"Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</" -"guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in " -"de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken." +msgstr "Als u niet zeker bent dat u de juiste keuze gemaakt heeft, kunt u op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> klikken tot u terug bent in het eerste Partitioneringsscherm en dan op <guibutton>Aangepaste schijfpartitionering</guibutton>. In het volgende scherm kunt u een partitie aanklikken en dan in de rechterkolom kiezen om die te bekijken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van " -"uw keus." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om door te gaan als u zeker bent van uw keus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1599,20 +1272,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk " -"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een " -"ervaren gebruiker bent." +msgstr "DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een ervaren gebruiker bent." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets " -"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u " -"nodig heeft." +msgstr "Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u nodig heeft." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1621,78 +1288,63 @@ msgstr "Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt wordt:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vanuit dit eerste scherm is het mogelijk enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in te stellen:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1701,12 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1715,15 +1363,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Als de installatie misgaat, kan het nodig zijn opnieuw te beginnen en één of " -"meer van de opties te gebruiken die u ziet als u op de F1 (Help) toets " -"klikt, zie <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1768,12 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1790,12 +1430,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1808,12 +1444,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1832,8 +1464,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1843,13 +1476,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1859,30 +1489,24 @@ msgstr "De Installatiestappen" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van " -"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label " -"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder " -"gebruikelijke opties." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label \"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder gebruikelijke opties." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer " -"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." +msgstr "De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1892,19 +1516,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " -"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " -"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " -"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " -"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " -"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " -"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " -"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." +msgstr "Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1916,33 +1531,25 @@ msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Geen grafische interface" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm. Dit kan gebeuren " -"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere " -"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." +msgstr "Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm. Dit kan gebeuren bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Als de hardware erg oud is, kan grafisch installeren zelfs onmogelijk zijn. " -"In dat geval is het de moeite waard een installatie in tekstmodus te doen. " -"Hiertoe dient u op \"Esc\" te drukken in het eerste welkomsscherm. Daarna " -"krijgt u een vraag die u moet bevestigen. Vervolgens krijgt u een zwart " -"scherm met enkel \"boot:\". Type daar: \"text\" (zonder aanhalingstekens) en " -"druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met installeren in textmodus." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1957,12 +1564,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn " -"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van " -"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</" -"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met " -"beide vorige gecombineerd worden." +msgstr "Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met beide vorige gecombineerd worden." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1974,14 +1576,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare " -"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door " -"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste " -"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan " -"RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1994,8 +1591,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2003,29 +1601,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Updates" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, " -"kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn." +msgstr "Sinds deze versie van <application>Mageia</application> werd uitgegeven, kunnen sommige pakketten bijgewerkt of verbeterd zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2033,10 +1631,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies " -"<guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met " -"internet verbonden bent." +msgstr "Kies <guilabel>Ja</guilabel> als u ze wilt ophalen en installeren, kies <guilabel>Nee</guilabel> als u dat niet nu wilt doen, of als u nu niet met internet verbonden bent." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2048,73 +1643,55 @@ msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen. Niet alle bronnen zijn " -"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. " -"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze " -"in de volgende stappen." +msgstr "Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen. Niet alle bronnen zijn beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze in de volgende stappen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze " -"bevat de basis van de distributie." +msgstr "De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze bevat de basis van de distributie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling " -"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-" -"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat " -"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, " -"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d." +msgstr "De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven " -"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze " -"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in " -"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse " -"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. " -"af te spelen." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. af te spelen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2125,12 +1702,9 @@ msgstr "Minimale installatie" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het " -"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2139,21 +1713,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</" -"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of " -"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met " -"de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" -"xref>." +msgstr "Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal " -"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X." +msgstr "Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2161,37 +1728,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Overzicht van diverse instellingen" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2200,11 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk " -"van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de " -"instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op " -"<guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken." +msgstr "DrakX maakte slimme keuzes voor de configuratie van uw systeem, afhankelijk van de keuzes die u maakte en de apparatuur die DrakX aantrof. U kunt de instellingen hier controleren en in indien gewenst veranderen door eerst op <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> te klikken." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2220,11 +1780,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tijdzone</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref " -"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX selecteerde een tijdzone op grond van uw voorkeurstaal. Zie ook <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2236,9 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Land</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat " -"u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Als u zich niet in het geselecteerde land bevindt, is het erg belangrijk dat u deze instelling verandert. Zie <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2248,15 +1804,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader." +msgstr "DrakX heeft goede keuzes gemaakt voor de instellingen voor de opstartlader." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen." +msgstr "Verander niets, tenzij u weet hoe u GRUB en/of Lilo dient in te stellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2271,11 +1825,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gebruikersbeheer</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</" -"literal> mappen krijgen." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Hier kunt u extra gebruikers toevoegen. Ze zullen hun eigen <literal>/home</literal> mappen krijgen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2287,18 +1839,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Diensten</guilabel>" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien " -"(daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren." +msgstr "Systeemdiensten zijn kleine programma's die op de achtergrond draaien (daemons). Hier kunt u bepaalde daemons activeren of deactiveren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat " -"uw computer goed werkt." +msgstr "Wees voorzichting voor u iets verandert- een vergissing kan verhinderen dat uw computer goed werkt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2320,10 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Toetsenbord</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het " -"toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen " -"werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype." +msgstr "Hier kunt u uw toetsenbordinstelling veranderen. De omschrijving van het toetsenbord is afhankelijk van de taal en/of het land waarvoor het ontworpen werd en vaak ook van het toetsenbordtype." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2335,9 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Muis</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals " -"trackballs and touchpads." +msgstr "Hier kunt u ook andere aanwijsapparaten toevoegen of configureren, zoals trackballs and touchpads." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2347,14 +1890,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Geluidskaart</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. " -"De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er " -"meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het " -"standaardstuurprogramma is." +msgstr "Het installatieprogramma kiest het standaardstuurprogramma, als dat bestaat. De optie om een ander stuurprogramma te kiezen, wordt alleen gegeven als er meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw kaart zijn, maar geen daarvan het standaardstuurprogramma is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2363,23 +1902,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafische interface</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "Hier kunt u uw grafische kaart(en) en beelscherm(en) instellen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "Voor meer informatie, zie <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2398,20 +1936,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet " -"ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire " -"stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-" -"configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)." +msgstr "U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet ingeschakeld heeft, kunt u dat voor netwerkkaarten met propriëtaire stuurprogramma's beter achteraf doen. Dat kan dan in het <application>Mageia-configuratiecentrum</application> (MCC)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te " -"stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt." +msgstr "Als u een netwerkkaart toevoegt, vergeet dan niet uw firewall zo in te stellen dat hij deze interface ook bewaakt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2424,19 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het " -"verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij " -"een proxy service gebruikt." +msgstr "Een proxy server werkt als een tussenpersoon tussen uw computer en het verdere internet. In deze sectie kunt u uw computer zo configureren dat hij een proxy service gebruikt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier " -"moet invullen." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Mogelijk moet u uw systeembeheerder vragen om de instellingen die u hier moet invullen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2451,11 +1978,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Beveiligingsniveau</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen " -"is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Stel hier het beveiligingsniveau voor uw computer in, in de meeste gevallen is de standaardinstelling (Standaard) geschikt voor algemeen gebruik." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2472,18 +1997,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de " -"boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen." +msgstr "Een firewall is bedoeld as barrière tussen uw belangrijke gegevens en de boeven daarbuiten op internet die ze zouden willen aantasten of stelen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie " -"hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt." +msgstr "Selecteer de diensten die toegang tot uw systeem mogen hebben. Uw selectie hangt af van waar u uw computer voor gebruikt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 @@ -2495,38 +2016,31 @@ msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn." msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partitie" +msgstr "Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partitie. Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om " -"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitie. Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om <application>Mageia</application> te installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2537,25 +2051,19 @@ msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen " -"moet." +msgstr "Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen moet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in " -"het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-" -"configuratiecentrum (MCC)." +msgstr "Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-configuratiecentrum (MCC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Muiskeuze" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2577,15 +2085,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "De Installatiestappen" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2593,12 +2100,14 @@ msgstr "De Installatiestappen" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2607,28 +2116,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "dvd" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2640,26 +2153,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2669,27 +2186,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2699,18 +2220,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2720,7 +2244,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2730,7 +2255,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2745,21 +2271,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2767,7 +2295,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2777,7 +2306,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2797,28 +2327,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2826,11 +2353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2850,33 +2374,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2900,8 +2421,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2931,15 +2453,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2947,77 +2468,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3046,22 +2573,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimale installatie" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3069,18 +2596,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecteer uw land" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3088,19 +2612,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de " -"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land " -"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken." +msgstr "Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</" -"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3109,11 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan " -"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van " -"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze " -"volgen." +msgstr "Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze volgen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3124,23 +2639,14 @@ msgstr "Invoermethode" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een " -"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen " -"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). " -"IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India " -"en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor " -"Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te " -"configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben " -"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP " -"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3148,11 +2654,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt " -"u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via " -"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of " -"terminal localedrake als root te starten." +msgstr "Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via \"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of terminal localedrake als root te starten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3162,11 +2664,9 @@ msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3190,9 +2690,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw " -"systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave." +msgstr "Als u één of meer <application>Mageia</application>-installaties heeft op uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste uitgave." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3200,50 +2698,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog " -"ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma " -"werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt " -"opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan " -"is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</" -"literal> partitie bewaart." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Uitsluitend opwaarderen vanaf een eerdere Mageia versie die <emphasis>nog ondersteund werd</emphasis> toen deze versie van het installatieprogramma werd uitgegeven, is uitgebreid getest. Als u een Mageia versie wilt opwaarderen die al niet meer ondersteund werd toen deze werd uitgegeven, dan is het beter een schone installatie te doen waarbij u uw <literal>/home</literal> partitie bewaart." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " -"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " -"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " -"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " -"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " -"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " -"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " -"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten" +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het " -"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door " -"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. " -"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het \"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3255,60 +2734,43 @@ msgstr "Toetsenbord" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als " -"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)." +msgstr "DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet " -"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die " -"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label " -"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier " -"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op " -"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer " -"uw toetsenbord daar." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer uw toetsenbord daar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, " -"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof " -"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een " -"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling " -"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos." +msgstr "Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3316,10 +2778,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, " -"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen " -"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling." +msgstr "Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3332,53 +2791,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te " -"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken " -"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw " -"computer." +msgstr "Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw computer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor " -"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om " -"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra " -"talen toe te voegen." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra talen toe te voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal " -"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het " -"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ." +msgstr "Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring " -"later tijdens de installatie." +msgstr "Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring later tijdens de installatie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3386,68 +2830,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. " -"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij " -"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude " -"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde " -"talen." +msgstr "Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde talen." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere " -"geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -> " -"Regionaal -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"." +msgstr "U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -> Regionaal -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Muiskeuze" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere " -"kiezen." +msgstr "Als u niet gelukkig bent met hoe uw muis reageert, kunt u hier een andere kiezen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB " -"muis</guilabel> een goede keuze." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Doorgaans is <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Iedere PS/2 en USB muis</guilabel> een goede keuze." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</" -"guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes " -"of meer knoppen." +msgstr "Selecteer <guilabel>Universeel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Evdev afdwingen</guilabel> om de niet werkende knoppen te configureren van een muis met zes of meer knoppen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3457,13 +2885,10 @@ msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3471,96 +2896,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een " -"selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het " -"<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de " -"gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent." +msgstr "U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het <emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam " -"van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de " -"standaard ingang wordt." +msgstr "Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de standaard ingang wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal " -"hernoemen." +msgstr "U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal hernoemen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze " -"maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." +msgstr "De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer " -"kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet." +msgstr "Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze " -"hier veranderen." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Als u liever andere opstartladerinstellingen heeft dan DrakX koos, kunt u ze hier veranderen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval " -"moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, " -"of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren." +msgstr "Misschien heeft u al een ander besturingssysteem op uw machine, in dat geval moet u besluiten of u Mageia aan uw bestaande opstartlader wilt toevoegen, of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3579,19 +2983,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master " -"Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen " -"heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen." +msgstr "Standaard schrijft Mageia een nieuwe GRUB-opstartlader in de MBR (Master Boot Record) van uw eerste harde schijf. Als u al andere besturingssystemen heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als " -"opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan." +msgstr "Mageia biedt nu, naast de mogelijkheid om GRUB legacy of Lilo als opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3599,19 +2998,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB " -"legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB " -"opstartlader gebruikt wordt." +msgstr "Linux systemen die de GRUB2 opstartlader gebruiken worden nog niet door GRUB legacy ondersteund en zullen niet herkend worden als de standaard GRUB opstartlader gebruikt wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die " -"tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is." +msgstr "De beste oplossing hiervoor is de GRUB2 opstartlader te gebruiken, die tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3622,25 +3016,18 @@ msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de " -"installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de " -"Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u " -"de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Als u besluit een bestaande opstartlader te gebruiken, moet u er tijdens de installatie aan denken te STOPPEN in de overzichtspagina en op de Opstartlader <guibutton>Configureren</guibutton> knop te klikken, waarna u de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U " -"moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, " -"bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"." +msgstr "Kies geen apparaat zoals \"sda\", anders overschrijft u uw bestaande MBR. U moet de root partitie selecteren die u eerder tijdens de installatie koos, bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3651,27 +3038,19 @@ msgstr "Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren " -"waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug " -"naar het installatiescherm." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ga naar tty2 met Ctrl+Alt+F2 en type <literal>df</literal> om te controleren waar uw <literal>/</literal> (root) partitie is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 brengt u terug naar het installatiescherm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te " -"voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is " -"het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te " -"gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de " -"documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem." +msgstr "De precieze procedure om Mageia aan een bestaande opstartlader toe te voegen, valt buiten het bereik van dit document. In de meeste gevallen is het nodig het installatieprogramma van de betreffende opstartlader te gebruiken, dat Mageia automatisch zou moeten zien en toevoegen. Raadpleeg de documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3682,55 +3061,48 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie " -"met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> " -"en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</" -"guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Als u zeer weinig schijfruimte heeft voor de <literal>/</literal> partitie met <literal>/tmp</literal>, klik dan op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Harde schijf detectie" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij " -"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de " -"benodigde drivers te installeren." +msgstr "DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de benodigde drivers te installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft." +msgstr "Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3742,15 +3114,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Geluidsconfiguratie" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3758,9 +3128,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw " -"geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben." +msgstr "In dit scherm ziet u de naam van het stuurprogramma dat DrakX koos voor uw geluidskaart. Het is het standaardstuurprogramma als we dat hebben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3770,23 +3138,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de " -"installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of " -"start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</" -"guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven " -"in het scherm." +msgstr "Het standaardstuurprogramma zou zonder problemen moeten werken. Komt u na de installatie toch problemen tegen, start dan <command>draksound</command> of start MCC (Mageia Configuratiecentrum), klik op de <guilabel>Apparatuur</guilabel> tab en dan op <guilabel>Audioconfiguratie</guilabel> rechts boven in het scherm." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op " -"<guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</" -"guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Klik vervolgens in het draksound- of \"Audioconfiguratie\"-scherm op <guibutton>Gevanceerd</guibutton> en dan op <guibutton>Probleemaanpak</guibutton> voor zeer bruikbaar advies om het probleem op te lossen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3799,93 +3160,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> " -"klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere " -"stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is." +msgstr "Tijdens installatie, in dit scherm, op <guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton> klikken is zinvol als er geen standaardstuurprogramma is en er meerdere stuurprogramma's beschikbaar zijn, maar u denkt dat de verkeerde gekozen is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op " -"<guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>." +msgstr "In dat geval kunt u een ander stuurprogramma selecteren door te klikken op <guibutton>Een stuurprogramma uitzoeken</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze." +msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke " -"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt " -"wissen." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als er tijdens het installeren problemen zijn, kan het nodig zijn " -#~ "speciale installatie-opties te gebruiken, zie <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"installationOptions\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Installatie-opties" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Het volgende tekstscherm wordt dan zichtbaar." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Eerste installatiehulpscherm" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Kernelopties" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt wissen." diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41392b66 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Installeren met DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Februari 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">De Officiële Documentatie voor Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Installeren met DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Februari 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken +worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die +u tijdens het installeren maakt.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de +CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link></para> + + <para>Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link></para> + + <para>Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact +op met het <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentatie +Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml index 8caa1545..7f984bc4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nl/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te verbeteren.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/nl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..91f3ac23 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/nl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>dvd</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml b/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml index b90fe11f..eb7ee264 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/nl/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="nl"> @@ -39,16 +38,129 @@ verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u nodig heeft.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Dit is het default verwelkomingsscherm wanneer een Mageia-dvd gebruikt +wordt:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>Vanuit dit eerste scherm is het mogelijk enkele persoonlijke voorkeuren in +te stellen:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>De taal (enkel voor de installatie, deze kan verschillen van de gekozen taal +voor het systeem) door op de F2-toets te drukken</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Selecteer een taal met de pijltoetsen en druk Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Als er tijdens het installeren problemen zijn, kan het nodig zijn speciale -installatie-opties te gebruiken, zie <xref -linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -79,24 +191,6 @@ op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten.</para> </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Installatie-opties</title> - </info> - - <para>Als de installatie misgaat, kan het nodig zijn opnieuw te beginnen en één of -meer van de opties te gebruiken die u ziet als u op de F1 (Help) toets -klikt, zie <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Het volgende tekstscherm wordt dan zichtbaar.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Eerste installatiehulpscherm</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen</title> @@ -115,13 +209,11 @@ resolutie te gebruiken door "vgalo" te typen bij de "boot:"-prompt.</para> </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Als de hardware erg oud is, kan grafisch installeren zelfs onmogelijk -zijn. In dat geval is het de moeite waard een installatie in tekstmodus te -doen. Hiertoe dient u op "Esc" te drukken in het eerste -welkomsscherm. Daarna krijgt u een vraag die u moet bevestigen. Vervolgens -krijgt u een zwart scherm met enkel "boot:". Type daar: "text" (zonder -aanhalingstekens) en druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met -installeren in textmodus.</para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -140,7 +232,7 @@ zonodig met beide vorige gecombineerd worden.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Kernelopties</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare @@ -149,6 +241,18 @@ de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. "<literal>mem=256M</literal>" betekent 256MB aan RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 474f1632..abcec836 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -1,24 +1,23 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: -# Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013. +# Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>, 2013 +# mrzysko <m.rzysko@gmail.com>, 2014 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-19 12:07+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" -"Language: pl\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"pl/)\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " -"|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Language: pl\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -28,11 +27,9 @@ msgstr "Licencja oraz informacje o wydaniu" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -42,40 +39,31 @@ msgstr "Umowa licencyjna" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać " -"uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Przed instalacją <application>Mageia</application>, proszę przeczytać uważnie warunki umowy licencyjnej." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji " -"<application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed " -"kontynuacją instalacji." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Warunki umowy licencyjnej odnoszą się do całej dystrybucji <application>Mageia</application> i muszą być zaakceptowane przed kontynuacją instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij " -"<guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." +msgstr "Aby zaakceptować po prostu wybierz <guilabel>Akceptuj</guilabel> i kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za " -"zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne " -"uruchomienie komputera." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Jeśli zdecydujesz że nie zgadzasz się na warunki licencji, dziękujemy za zainteresowanie. Kliknięcie <guibutton>Zakończ</guibutton> spowoduje ponowne uruchomienie komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -87,9 +75,7 @@ msgstr "Informacje o wydaniu" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, " -"Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." +msgstr "Aby zobaczyć co nowego w tym wydaniu <application>Mageia</application>, Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -102,32 +88,27 @@ msgstr "pl" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (konfiguracja dodatkowych nośników instalacyjnych)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki " -"instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł " -"(nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas " -"następnych kroków." +msgstr "Ten ekran pokazuje listę znalezionych nośników. Możesz dodać inne nośniki instalacyjne, jak dysk cd/dvd lub zdalny serwer sieciowy. Wybór źródeł (nośników) decyduje o tym jakie pakiety będą mogły zostać wybrane podczas następnych kroków." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -137,9 +118,7 @@ msgstr "Dla nośników sieciowych, wymagane są dwa kroki:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało " -"ustanowione." +msgstr "Wybór i aktywacja połączenia sieciowego, jeśli jeszcze nie zostało ustanowione." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 @@ -149,40 +128,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do " -"wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted " -"oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub " -"swój własny mirror np. NFS." +msgstr "Wybór mirrora lub podanie adresu URL. Wybierając mirror masz dostęp do wszystkich repozytoriów udostępnianych przez Mageię, jak Nonfree, Tainted oraz Updates. Za pomocą URL możesz określić jakiekolwiek repozytorium lub swój własny mirror np. NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie użytkownikami" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -194,8 +171,8 @@ msgstr "Ustawienie hasła administratora (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " @@ -227,29 +204,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ikona</guibutton>: użycie tego przycisku zmieni ikonę użytkownika." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego " -"pola tekstowego" +msgstr "<guilabel>Imię i nazwisko</guilabel>: Wpisz swoje imię i nazwisko do tego pola tekstowego" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - " -"będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator " -"wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter " -"ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Nazwa użytkownika</guilabel>: Tutaj wpisz nazwę użytkownika - będzie ona używana podczas logowania. Możesz też pozwolić, aby instalator wygenerował nazwę na podstawie imienia i nazwiska. <emphasis>Wielkość liter ma znaczenie.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -257,30 +227,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w " -"nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=" -"\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło</guilabel>: W tym polu wpisz hasło użytkownika. Pojawi się w nim ikonka tarczy, która oznacza siłę hasła (Zobacz również <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w " -"tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Hasło (powtórnie)</guilabel>: Wpisz powtórnie hasło użytkownika w tym polu, instalator sprawdzi czy hasła się zgadzają." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli " -"katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla " -"danego użytkownika)" +msgstr "Wszyscy użytkownicy, których dodasz podczas instalacji Magei, będą mieli katalogi domowe (dostępne do odczytu dla każdego, ale do zapisu tylko dla danego użytkownika)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -308,7 +270,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -359,8 +321,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -368,27 +330,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Wybierz punkty montowania" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -408,8 +370,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -422,12 +384,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -448,9 +410,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -461,8 +423,8 @@ msgstr "Wybór pulpitu" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -478,9 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -499,15 +459,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Wybór grup pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -543,8 +502,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -552,30 +511,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Samodzielny wybór pakietów" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -583,30 +542,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguracja usług" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -631,33 +588,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguruj strefę czasową" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w " -"pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Wybierz swoją strefę czasową poprzez wybranie swojego kraju lub miasta w pobliżu w tej samej strefie czasowej." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -675,13 +627,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 @@ -741,37 +690,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki " -"dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w " -"niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." +msgstr "Niektórzy producenci kart graficznych udostępniają własnościowe sterowniki dla Linuksa, które mogą być umieszczone jedynie w repozytorium Nonfree, w niektórych przypadkach są one dostępne jedynie na stronie producenta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie " -"włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym " -"uruchomieniu komputera." +msgstr "Aby je zainstalować musi być włączone repozytorium Nonfree. Jeśli nie włączono tego repozytorium wcześniej, należy je włączyć po ponownym uruchomieniu komputera." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -780,11 +722,11 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -792,9 +734,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją " -"kartę graficzną z listy." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Karta graficzna</guibutton></emphasis>: Wybierz swoją kartę graficzną z listy." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -824,11 +764,11 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -862,13 +802,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -879,9 +816,9 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Własny</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -936,10 +873,10 @@ msgstr "" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -950,41 +887,39 @@ msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1027,11 +962,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1053,8 +986,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1065,8 +998,8 @@ msgstr "Wykorzystaj wolne miejsce na partycji Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1119,8 +1052,8 @@ msgstr "Własne" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1130,8 +1063,8 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" msgstr "" @@ -1166,10 +1099,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mageia 4" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 @@ -1178,11 +1112,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 @@ -1192,8 +1123,8 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" @@ -1206,24 +1137,24 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1231,37 +1162,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Gratulacje" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została " -"zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić " -"komputer ponownie." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Instalacja i konfiguracja <application>Magei</application>została zakończona, teraz można bezpiecznie usunąć nośnik instalacyjny i uruchomić komputer ponownie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1281,39 +1206,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - " -"odwiedź www.mageia.org" +msgstr "Jeśli masz jakieś pytania, bądź chciał(a)byś dołączyć do pojektu Mageia - odwiedź www.mageia.org" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatowanie" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na " -"partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną " -"zachowane." +msgstr "Tutaj możesz wybrać, które partycje chcesz sformatować. Wszystkie dane na partycjach <emphasis>nie</emphasis> zaznaczonych do formatowania zostaną zachowane." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1339,8 +1256,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1354,20 +1271,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-" -"Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub " -"aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " +msgstr "Niezależnie czy jesteś początkującym, czy zaawansowanym użytkownikiem GNU-Linuxa, instalator Magei jest zaprojektowany tak, aby uczynić instalację lub aktualizację łatwą i przyjemną. " #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona " -"domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego " -"potrzebujesz." +msgstr "Pierwszy ekran instalatora zawiera różne opcje,jednak opcja zaznaczona domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1376,11 +1287,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:33 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 @@ -1389,21 +1297,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 -#, fuzzy msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:46 @@ -1420,12 +1323,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1436,18 +1335,15 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1456,12 +1352,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1470,15 +1362,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" msgstr "" -"Jeśli instalacja się nie powiedzie, może być konieczne rozpoczęcie od " -"początku i użycie dodatkowych opcji dostępnych pod klawiszem <guibutton>F1 " -"(Pomoc)</guibutton> zobacz <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1523,12 +1411,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1545,12 +1429,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1563,12 +1443,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1587,8 +1463,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -1598,13 +1475,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1614,31 +1488,24 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po " -"lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Proces instalacji jest podzielony na kilka etapów, możesz je śledzić po lewej stronie ekranu instalatora." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk " -"<guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej " -"używanych opcji." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Każdy etap zawiera jeden lub więcej ekranów, które mogą także mieć przycisk <guibutton>Zaawansowane</guibutton>, który umożliwia dostęp do rzadziej używanych opcji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który " -"pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu " -"instalacji." +msgstr "Większość ekranów posiada przycisk <guibutton>Pomoc</guibutton>, który pozwala na zapoznanie się z wyjaśnieniami dotyczącymi aktualnego etapu instalacji." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1648,19 +1515,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje " -"możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie " -"zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła " -"się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak " -"wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, " -"że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz " -"ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego " -"wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie " -"zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." +msgstr "Jeśli w którymś momencie instalacji zdecydujesz się ją przerwać, istnieje możliwość ponownego uruchomienia komputera, lecz należy sie nad tym poważnie zastanowić. W chwili gdy partycje zostały już sformatowane lub rozpoczęła się instalacja pakietów, twój komputer nie jest już w takim samym stanie jak wcześniej, ponowne uruchomienie w tym momencie najprawdopodobniej spowoduje, że system nie będzie zdatny do użytku. Jeśli masz pewność, że chcesz ponownie uruchomić komputer, możesz przejśc do terminala tekstowego wciskając jednocześnie klawisze<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Następnie zrebootuj komputer za pomocą klawiszy <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1672,32 +1530,25 @@ msgstr "Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Brak graficznego interfejsu" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się " -"zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj " -"użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." +msgstr "Po ekranie powitalnym nie wyświetla się ekran wyboru języka. To może się zdarzyć dla niektórych kart graficznych lub starszych komputerów. Spróbuj użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." msgstr "" -"Jeśli sprzęt jest bardzo stary, użycie graficznego instalatora może być " -"niemożliwe. W tym przypadku warto wypróbować instalację w trybie tekstowym. " -"Aby ją uruchomić wciśnij ESC i zatwierdź klawiszem ENTER. Zobaczysz czarny " -"ekran z napisem \"boot:\". Wpisz \"text\" i wciśnij ENTER. Teraz możesz " -"kontynuować instalację w trybie tekstowym." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1712,11 +1563,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z " -"detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać " -"pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być " -"łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." +msgstr "Jeśli system zawiesi się podczas instalacji, może to oznaczać problem z detekcją sprzętu. W tym przypadku automatyczna detekcja sprzętu może zostać pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być łączona z innymi opcjami jeśli zajdzie taka potrzeba." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1728,13 +1575,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza " -"niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz " -"parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej " -"pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1747,8 +1590,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1756,29 +1600,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualizacje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została " -"udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." +msgstr "Od czasu gdy ta wersja <application>Magei</application> została udostępniona, niektóre pakiety zostały zaktualizowane lub poprawione." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -1786,10 +1630,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, " -"wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli " -"nie masz połączenia z Internetem" +msgstr "Wybierz <guilabel>tak</guilabel> jeśli chcesz je pobrać i zainstalować, wybierz <guilabel>nie</guilabel> jeśli nie chcesz tego teraz robić lub jeśli nie masz połączenia z Internetem" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1801,72 +1642,55 @@ msgstr "Kliknij <guibutton>Dalej</guibutton> aby kontynuować" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Wybór nośników (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są " -"dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór " -"repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w " -"następnych krokach." +msgstr "Tutaj jest lista dostępnych repozytoriów. Nie wszystkie repozytoria są dostępne, zależy to od nośników jakie wykorzystujesz do instalacji. Wybór repozytoriów ma wpływ na to jakie pakiety będzie można zainstalować w następnych krokach." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ " -"zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Core</emphasis> nie może zostać wyłączone ponieważ zawiera ono podstawowe pakiety dystrybucji." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, " -"które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do " -"którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium " -"zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, " -"firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wolne od opłat, które mogą być udostępniane przez Mageię, lecz zawierają oprogramowanie do którego źródła nie są dostępne (stąd nazwa - Nonfree). To repozytorium zawiera np. własnościowe sterowniki do kart graficznych nVidia oraz ATI, firmware dla niektórych kart WIFI, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych " -"licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium " -"jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. " -"kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt " -"DVD, itp." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "Repozytorium <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> zawiera pakiety wydane na wolnych licencjach. Głównym powodem umieszczenia tych pakietów w tym repozytorium jest fakt, że mogą one naruszać prawa patentowe w niektórych krajach, np. kodeki multimedialne, pakiety potrzebne do odtwarzania komercyjnych płyt DVD, itp." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1877,8 +1701,8 @@ msgstr "Minimalna instalacja" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1903,37 +1727,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -1958,8 +1779,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Strefa czasowa</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2003,8 +1824,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2068,8 +1889,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Karta dźwiękowa</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" @@ -2080,7 +1901,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2091,11 +1913,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2139,14 +1960,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:199 @@ -2156,8 +1977,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2199,28 +2020,26 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poziom bezpieczeństwa" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2242,9 +2061,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Wybierz mysz" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2266,15 +2084,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Etapy instalacji" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2282,12 +2099,14 @@ msgstr "Etapy instalacji" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2296,28 +2115,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2329,26 +2152,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2358,27 +2185,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2388,18 +2219,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2409,7 +2243,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2419,7 +2254,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2434,21 +2270,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2456,7 +2294,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2466,7 +2305,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2486,28 +2326,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2515,11 +2352,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2539,33 +2373,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2589,8 +2420,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2626,8 +2458,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2635,77 +2467,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -2734,22 +2572,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Minimalna instalacja" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2757,18 +2595,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -2781,8 +2616,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -2803,13 +2638,13 @@ msgstr "" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -2828,11 +2663,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -2864,30 +2697,30 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2905,36 +2738,35 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" @@ -2958,52 +2790,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. " -"<application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno " -"podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." +msgstr "Wybierz preferowany język, najpierw rozwijając listę dla swojego kontynentu. <application>Mageia</application> będzie używać wybranego języka zarówno podczas instalacji jak i w zainstalowanym systemie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie " -"lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</" -"guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Jeśli potrzebujesz mieć kilka języków zainstalowanych w systemie, dla siebie lub innych użytkowników, możesz użyć przycisku <guibutton>Więcej języków</guibutton> aby je teraz dodać. " #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw " -"wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on " -"również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." +msgstr "Nawet jeśli chcesz zainstalować więcej niż jeden język, musisz najpierw wybrać jeden z nich jako domyślny w głównym oknie wyboru języka. Będzie on również zaznaczony jako domyślny w oknie wyboru wielu języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz " -"jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej " -"klawiatury." +msgstr "Jeśli język twojej klawiatury nie jest taki sam jak język, który wybierasz jako domyślny, należy zainstalować także język odpowiedni do twojej klawiatury." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3011,38 +2829,31 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to " -"kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie " -"dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich " -"zainstalowanych języków." +msgstr "Mageia używa domyślnie kodowania UTF-8 (Unikod). Jeśli wiesz, że to kodowanie nie jest odpowiednie dla twojego języka, możesz wyłączyć wsparcie dla UTF-8 w oknie \"więcej języków\". Będzie to dotyczyć wszystkich zainstalowanych języków." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą " -"Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" +msgstr "Po instalacji możesz zmienic domyslny język uzywany w systemie za pomocą Centrum Sterowania Mageia -> System -> Zarządzanie lokalizacją systemu" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Wybierz mysz" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 @@ -3054,8 +2865,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3073,13 +2884,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3092,13 +2900,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 @@ -3130,33 +2935,33 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" @@ -3210,16 +3015,16 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" @@ -3232,8 +3037,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3241,8 +3046,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" @@ -3255,9 +3060,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3265,28 +3070,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" @@ -3307,15 +3113,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja dźwięku" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3339,8 +3143,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3368,20 +3173,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 @@ -3393,42 +3197,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Jeśli napotkasz na jakieś problemy podczas instalacji, może się jednak " -#~ "okazać, że będzie potrzebne skorzystanie ze specjalnych opcji instalacji, " -#~ "zobacz <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Opcje instalatora" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Zostanie wyświetlony następujący ekran z pomocą." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Opcje jądra" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8c9ad0d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Instalacja za pomocą DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Instalacja za pomocą DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which +screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make +while installing.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA +3.0 license <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link +ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation +Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml index 96481d0b..99debe8e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -37,9 +38,12 @@ Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2fa97c59 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/pl/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml index 44065098..64cacdb1 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/addUser.xml @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot.</para> extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>.</para> - <para>The access permissions can also be changed after the install.</para> + <para>Ustawienia dostępu mogą być również zmienione po instalacji.</para> </note> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/installer.xml b/docs/installer/pl/installer.xml index 2bd10e9e..2935a64a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl"> @@ -39,16 +38,127 @@ domyślnie rozpoczyna instalację i zazwyczaj będzie to wszystko czego potrzebujesz.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Installation Welcome Screen</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen +language for the system) by pressing the key F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter.</para> + + <para>Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live +DVD/CD. Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue +System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware +Detection Tool</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Change the screen resolution by pressing the F3 key.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key.</para> + + <para>If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one +of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called +<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:</para> + + <para>- Default, it doesn't alter anything in the default options.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of +performances.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management +isn't taken into account.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is +about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for.</para> + + <para>When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options +displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <note> + <para>In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the +key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, +however, they are really taken into account.</para> + </note> - <para>Jeśli napotkasz na jakieś problemy podczas instalacji, może się jednak -okazać, że będzie potrzebne skorzystanie ze specjalnych opcji instalacji, -zobacz <xref linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1</para> + + <para>Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with +the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to +go back to the welcome screen.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>The detailed view about the option splash. Press Esc or select +<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options +list. These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot +options</guilabel> line.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based +Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):</para> + + <para>It does not allow to change the language, the available options are +described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired +Network-based Installation CD, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">the Mageia +Wiki</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>The keyboard layout is the American one.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -81,24 +191,6 @@ Delete</guibutton>.</para> </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Opcje instalatora</title> - </info> - - <para>Jeśli instalacja się nie powiedzie, może być konieczne rozpoczęcie od -początku i użycie dodatkowych opcji dostępnych pod klawiszem <guibutton>F1 -(Pomoc)</guibutton> zobacz <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Zostanie wyświetlony następujący ekran z pomocą.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Installation Help Screen</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Problemy z instalacją oraz możliwe rozwiązania</title> @@ -117,11 +209,11 @@ użyć niskiej rozdzielczości wpisując w linii komend <code>vgalo</code>.</par </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Jeśli sprzęt jest bardzo stary, użycie graficznego instalatora może być -niemożliwe. W tym przypadku warto wypróbować instalację w trybie -tekstowym. Aby ją uruchomić wciśnij ESC i zatwierdź klawiszem -ENTER. Zobaczysz czarny ekran z napisem "boot:". Wpisz "text" i wciśnij -ENTER. Teraz możesz kontynuować instalację w trybie tekstowym.</para> + <para revision="2">If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be +possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use +this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be +presented with a black screen with the word "boot:". Type "text" and hit +ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -139,7 +231,7 @@ pominięta. Wpisz w linii komend <code>noauto</code>. Ta opcja może być <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Opcje jądra</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM problem</title> </info> <para>To są rzadkie przypadki, jednak czasem zdarza się, że system zgłasza @@ -147,6 +239,18 @@ niepoprawnie ilość dostępnej pamięci RAM. Aby określić ją manualnie wpisz parametr <code>mem=xxxM</code>, gdzie xxx jest poprawną ilością dostępnej pamięci RAM wyrażoną w MB, np. <code>mem=256M</code> oznacza 256MB.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml index 94e14ebc..e8357da9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/misc-params.xml @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ need to enter here</para> <section xml:id="misc-params-security"> <info> - <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Security</title> + <title xml:id="misc-params-security-ti5">Bezpieczeństwo</title> </info> <itemizedlist> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml b/docs/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml index dda30cba..bf04fc9f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/securityLevel.xml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ <info> - <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Security Level</title> + <title xml:id="securityLevel-ti1">Poziom bezpieczeństwa</title> </info> diff --git a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml index f8787887..fd73bb17 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pl/setupBootloader.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="pl" xml:id="setupBootloader"> <info> - <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Bootloader main options</title> + <title xml:id="setupBootloader-ti1">Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego</title> </info> diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 2c6019cd..757c8035 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. -# +# # Translators: # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 # Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>, 2013 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 15:16+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-22 01:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" -"mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: pt_BR\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -28,12 +28,9 @@ msgstr "Licenças e Notas de Lançamento" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -43,38 +40,31 @@ msgstr "Acordo de Licença" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os " -"termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Antes de instalar a <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, leia os termos e condições da licença cuidadosamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</" -"application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Estes termos e condições aplicam-se à distribuição <application>Mageia</application> toda e deve ser aceita antes para que você possa continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, " -"clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para aceitar, basta selecionar <guilabel>Aceitar</guilabel> e, em seguida, clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. " -"Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Se você decidir não aceitar essas condições, então agradecemos a procura. Clicando <guibutton>Sair</guibutton> irá reiniciar seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +76,7 @@ msgstr "Notas de Lançamento" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " -"clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +msgstr "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -101,32 +89,27 @@ msgstr "pt_BR" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " -"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " -"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " -"durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -146,41 +129,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " -"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " -"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " -"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " -"NFS de instalação." +msgstr "selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento NFS de instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gerenciador de Usuário e Superusuário" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -192,31 +172,20 @@ msgstr "Definir senha do administrador (root):" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> " -"definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a " -"<emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma " -"senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para " -"amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que " -"você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na " -"caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver " -"digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." +msgstr "É aconselhável para todas as instalações <application>Mageia</application> definir um superusuário e a senha do administrador, normalmente chamado a <emphasis>senha de root</emphasis> no Linux. A medida que você digite uma senha na caixa de cima, a cor de seu escudo vai mudar de vermelho para amarelo para verde, dependendo da força da senha. Um escudo verde mostra que você está usando uma senha forte. Você precisa repetir a mesma senha na caixa logo abaixo da primeira caixa de senha, verificando se você não tiver digitado corretamente a primeira senha, comparando-as." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas " -"e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e " -"minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." +msgstr "Todas as senhas são \"case sensitive\" (diferenciam entre letras maiúsculas e minusculas), o melhor é usar uma mistura de letras (maiúsculas e minúsculas), números e outros caracteres em uma senha." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -229,40 +198,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o " -"superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar " -"aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o " -"usuário médio faz com o seu computador." +msgstr "Adicionar um usuário aqui. Um usuário tem menos direitos do que o superusuário (root), mas o suficiente para navegar na internet, usar aplicativos de escritório ou jogar jogos e qualquer outra coisa que o usuário médio faz com o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone " -"de usuários." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ícone</guibutton>: se você clicar neste botão irá mudar o ícone de usuários." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de " -"texto." +msgstr "<guilabel>Nome real</guilabel>: Insira o nome de usuários reais na caixa de texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do " -"usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de " -"login é \"case sensitive\"." +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>nome de Login</guilabel>: Aqui você digita o nome de login do usuário ou deixe DrakX usar uma versão do nome do usuário real. O nome de login é \"case sensitive\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -270,30 +228,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha " -"do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força " -"da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Senha</guilabel>: Nesta caixa de texto você deve digitar a senha do usuário. Existe um escudo no final da caixa de texto que indica a força da senha. (Veja também <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa " -"de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das " -"caixas de texto de senha do usuário." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Senha (novamente)</guilabel>: Redigite a senha do usuário na caixa de texto e Drakx irá verificar se você digitou a mesma senha em cada uma das caixas de texto de senha do usuário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo " -"legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." +msgstr "Qualquer usuário que você acrescenta instalando Mageia, terá um mundo legível (estará protegido) o diretório de home." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -301,20 +251,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário " -"adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </" -"emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." +msgstr "No entanto, durante a utilização da nova instalação, qualquer usuário adicionar em <emphasis> MCC - Sistema - Gerenciar usuários no sistema </emphasis> terá um diretório que é ler e escrever protegidos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-" -"se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a " -"reinicialização." +msgstr "Se você não quer um diretório home legível do mundo para alguém, aconselha-se apenas adicionar um usuário temporário agora e adicione o (s) real após a reinicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -322,17 +266,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer " -"acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - " -"Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador " -"de Usuário </emphasis>." +msgstr "Se você prefere diretórios home legíveis mundiais, você pode querer acrescentar todos os usuários necessários extra <emphasis>Configuração - Sumário</emphasis> passo durante instalar. Escolha <emphasis>o gerênciador de Usuário </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." +msgstr "As permissões de acesso também podem ser modificadas depois de instalar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -345,11 +284,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma " -"tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está " -"adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de " -"convidado." +msgstr "Se o botão <guibutton>avançado</guibutton> é clicado, é oferecido a você uma tela que permite que você edite as configurações do usuário que você está adicionando. Além disso, você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -357,11 +292,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão " -"<emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> " -"será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos " -"importantes em um pendrive USB." +msgstr "Qualquer coisa que um convidado com uma conta de convidado padrão <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> salva em seu diretório <literal>/home</literal> será apagada quando ele sair. O usuário convidado deve salvar seus arquivos importantes em um pendrive USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -369,11 +300,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou " -"desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um " -"convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os " -"usuários normais." +msgstr "<guilabel>Ativar conta de convidado</guilabel>: Aqui você pode ativar ou desativar uma conta de convidado. A conta de convidado permite que um convidado acessar e usar o PC, mas ele tem acesso mais restrito do que os usuários normais." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -381,10 +308,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o " -"shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as " -"opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta lista suspensa permite que você altere o shell usado pelo usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior, as opções são Bash, Dash e Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -392,48 +316,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário " -"para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. " -"Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuário</guilabel>: Aqui você pode definir o ID de usuário para o usuário que você está adicionando na tela anterior. Este é um número. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do " -"grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em " -"branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>ID de Grupo</guilabel>: Isso permite que você defina o ID do grupo. Também um número, normalmente o mesmo que para o utilizador. Deixe em branco se você não sabe o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Escolha os pontos de montagem" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountpoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -441,64 +359,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se " -"você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você " -"pode alterar os pontos de montagem." +msgstr "Aqui você vê as partições Linux que foram encontrados em seu computador. Se você não concorda com as sugestões do <application>DrakX</application>, você pode alterar os pontos de montagem." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição " -"<literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgstr "Se você mudar alguma coisa, certifique-se de ainda ter uma partição <literal>/</literal> (root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", " -"\"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Cada partição é mostrada como segue: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidade\", \"Ponto de montagem\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido" -"\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", é composto de: \"disco rígido\", [\"número do disco rígido\" (letra)], \"número da partição\" (por exemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem " -"diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo " -"pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</" -"literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou " -"<literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> " -"de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Se você tiver várias partições, você pode escolher vários pontos de montagem diferentes a partir de um menu rolante (drop-down), como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> e <literal>/var</literal>. Você mesmo pode fazer seus próprios pontos de montagem, por exemplo <literal>/video</literal> para uma partição onde você deseja armazenar seus filmes, ou <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> para a partição <literal>/home</literal> de uma instalação caldeirão (versão da Mageia em desenvolvimento)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do " -"ponto de montagem em branco." +msgstr "Para partições que você não precisa ter acesso, você pode deixar o campo do ponto de montagem em branco." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -506,22 +406,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do " -"que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do " -"particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em " -"uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." +msgstr "Escolha a opção <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tiver certeza do que escolher, e em seguida, assinale o <guilabel>Personalização do particionamento de disco</guilabel>. Na tela seguinte você pode clicar em uma partição para ver seu tipo e tamanho." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em " -"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) " -"partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Se você tiver certeza que os pontos de montagem estão corretos, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> e escolha se você só quiser formatar a(s) partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -531,11 +424,9 @@ msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " -"para ajustar as suas escolhas." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -543,19 +434,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " -"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " -"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." +msgstr "Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -567,29 +453,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" -"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " -"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" -"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " -"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " -"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " -"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." +msgstr "Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -598,12 +476,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " -"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " -"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " -"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " -"mouse é passado sobre eles." +msgstr "Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o mouse é passado sobre eles." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -625,91 +498,74 @@ msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " -"remover pacotes manualmente." +msgstr "Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou remover pacotes manualmente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " -"personalizar a instalação." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para personalizar a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " -"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " -"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " -"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " -"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do <guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " -"inicializar seu sistema." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você inicializar seu sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " -"ver todos os serviços nele." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e ver todos os serviços nele." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -721,61 +577,48 @@ msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " -"na caixa de informações abaixo." +msgstr "Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas na caixa de informações abaixo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." +msgstr "Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " -"no mesmo fuso horário." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você no mesmo fuso horário." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " -"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" -"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" -"GMT." +msgstr "Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -785,31 +628,24 @@ msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " -"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." +msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " -"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -832,10 +668,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " -"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " -"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" +msgstr "Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -843,19 +676,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " -"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " -"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." +msgstr "A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " -"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." +msgstr "Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -863,37 +691,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " -"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " -"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." +msgstr "Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. " -"Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os " -"seus primeiros reiniciam." +msgstr "O repositório Nonfree tem de ser explicitamente permitido para acessá-los. Se você não o selecionou anteriormente, você deve fazer isto depois que os seus primeiros reiniciam." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -902,31 +723,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " -"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" -"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " -"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " -"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " -"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " -"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " -"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " -"a escolha é incorreta." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente <acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o <application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " -"placa da lista, se necessário.." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -936,13 +745,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " -"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " -"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " -"vertical do seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou <guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e vertical do seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -954,9 +757,7 @@ msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " -"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -964,29 +765,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " -"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " -"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " -"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " -"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " -"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " -"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " -"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. <emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " -"ativar ou desativar várias opções." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -998,9 +789,7 @@ msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " -"identificará corretamente o seu." +msgstr "DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente identificará corretamente o seu." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1009,22 +798,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " -"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " -"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " -"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1035,14 +817,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " -"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " -"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " -"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1051,11 +829,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " -"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " -"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " -"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." +msgstr "É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1067,8 +841,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." +msgstr "É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1080,9 +853,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " -"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" +msgstr "Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1103,17 +874,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " -"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " -"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " -"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " -"seleções." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como 1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1123,64 +888,47 @@ msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " -"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +msgstr "Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " -"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " -"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +msgstr "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " -"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " -"deles." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " -"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " -"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " -"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." +msgstr "Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1203,28 +951,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as " -"soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde " -"instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Nesta tela você pode ver o conteúdo do seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s) e ver as soluções que o assistente de particionamento DrakX encontrou para onde instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do " -"conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." +msgstr "As opções disponíveis na lista abaixo irão variar, dependendo do layout e do conteúdo específicos do(s) seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" -"\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1236,9 +977,7 @@ msgstr "Utilizar as partições existentes" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com " -"o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." +msgstr "Se esta opção estiver disponível, então partições existentes compatíveis com o Linux foram encontrados e podem ser utilizadas para a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1248,11 +987,9 @@ msgstr "Usar o espaço livre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá " -"usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em seu disco rígido, então esta opção irá usá-lo para a sua nova instalação da Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1262,11 +999,9 @@ msgstr "Use o espaço livre na partição do Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o " -"instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço não utilizado em uma partição existente do Windows, o instalador pode oferecer para usá-lo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1274,10 +1009,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da " -"Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de " -"ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" +msgstr "Esta pode ser uma maneira útil de obter espaço para a sua nova instalação da Mageia, mas é uma operação arriscada, por isso você deve ter a certeza de ter um backup de todos os arquivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1288,13 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A " -"partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado " -"corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido " -"desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos " -"da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É " -"altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." +msgstr "Note que isto envolve a redução do tamanho da partição do Windows. A partição deve ser \"limpa\", o que significa que o Windows deve ter fechado corretamente na última vez que foi usado. Deve também ter sido desfragmentado, embora isto não seja uma garantia de que todos os arquivos da partição foram movidos para fora da área que está prestes a ser usada. É altamente recomendável fazer backup de seus arquivos pessoais." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1309,9 +1035,7 @@ msgstr "Esta opção utilizará a unidade completa para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. " -"Tenha cuidado!" +msgstr "Atenção! Esta operação apagará todos os dados do disco rígido selecionado. Tenha cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1319,10 +1043,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já " -"tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta " -"opção." +msgstr "Se você pretende utilizar parte do disco rígido para finalidade, ou você já tem dados na unidade que você não deseja perder, então não utilize esta opção." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1332,11 +1053,9 @@ msgstr "Personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) " -"rígido(s)." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Isso lhe dará total controle sobre o local da instalação em seu(s) disco(s) rígido(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1345,17 +1064,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao " -"invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de " -"hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi " -"testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um " -"erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos " -"o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento " -"alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" +msgstr "Alguns discos mais recentes, estão usando setores lógicos de 4096 bytes, ao invés do padrão anterior de 512 bytes. Em razão da indisponibilidade de hardware, o programa de particionamento usado na instalação, ainda não foi testado com discos deste tipo. Também alguns discos ssd agora utilizam um erase block com mais de 1 MB. Se você possui um disco deste tipo, sugerimos o pré-particionamento do disco, usando um programa de particionamento alternativo, tipo o gparted, e use a seguinte configuração:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1371,9 +1083,7 @@ msgstr "\"Espaço livre Antes (MiB)\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " -"número par de megabytes." +msgstr "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1390,7 +1100,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1413,13 +1124,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " -"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " -"durante a instalação." +msgstr "Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1430,83 +1138,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " -"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." -"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " -"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Parabéns" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e " -"agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Você terminou de instalar e configurar a <application>Mageia</application> e agora é seguro remover a mídia de instalação e reiniciar o seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de " -"inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador " -"(se você tiver mais de um)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Depois de reiniciar, você poderá escolher, na tela do gerenciador de inicialização, entre os sistemas operacionais instalados no seu computador (se você tiver mais de um)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua " -"instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." +msgstr "Se você não ajustar as configurações no Gerenciador de Inicialização, sua instalação Mageia será automaticamente selecionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1518,55 +1207,43 @@ msgstr "Divirta-se!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para " -"a Mageia." +msgstr "Visite o site www.mageia.org se você tiver dúvidas ou quiser contribuir para a Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatação" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer " -"dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão " -"salvos." +msgstr "Aqui você pode escolher qual(s) partição(s) que deseja formatar. Quaisquer dados nas partições marcadas para formatação <emphasis>não</emphasis> serão salvos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser " -"formatadas." +msgstr "Normalmente, pelo menos as partições DrakX selecionados precisam ser formatadas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que " -"você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> para escolher as partições que você deseja verificar os chamados <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1575,21 +1252,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em " -"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</" -"guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à " -"tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas " -"partições." +msgstr "Se você não tem certeza de ter feito a escolha certa, você pode clicar em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, novamente em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> e, em seguida, <guibutton>Personalizar</guibutton> para voltar à tela principal. Nessa tela você pode escolher para ver o que está em suas partições." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em " -"<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Quando você estiver confiante em relação a seleção, clique em <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1602,19 +1272,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " -"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " -"possível." +msgstr "Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando possível." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " -"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +msgstr "A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1634,11 +1299,10 @@ msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um DVD Mageia:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1649,25 +1313,19 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" #: en/installer.xml:46 msgid "" "From this first screen, it is possible to set some personal preferences:" -msgstr "" -"A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências " -"pessoais:" +msgstr "A partir desta primeira tela, é possível definir algumas preferências pessoais:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:51 msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua " -"escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" +msgstr "A língua (para apenas a instalação, pode ser diferente, que a língua escolhida para o sistema), pressionando a tecla F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1678,20 +1336,15 @@ msgstr "Use as setas para selecionar o idioma e pressione a tecla Enter." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/" -"CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de " -"Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> " -"ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Aqui está, por exemplo, a tela de boas-vindas francês ao usar um DVD Live/CD. Note que o menu do Live DVD / CD não propõe: <guilabel>Resgate de Sistema</guilabel>, <guilabel>teste de memória</guilabel> e <guilabel> ferramenta de detecção de Hardware</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1700,10 +1353,8 @@ msgstr "Alterar a resolução da tela, pressionando a tecla F3." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1716,11 +1367,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando " -"uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha " -"chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro " -"entradas:" +msgstr "Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo utilizando uma das opções adicionais. O menu chamado por F6 exibe uma nova linha chamada <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> e propor quatro entradas:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1732,36 +1379,28 @@ msgstr "- Padrão, ele não altera nada nas opções padrão." msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em " -"detrimento de performances." +msgstr "- Configurações Seguras, é dada prioridade às opções mais seguras, em detrimento de performances." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de " -"energia não é levado em conta." +msgstr "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), gerenciamento de energia não é levado em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), " -"trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." +msgstr "- No APIC local (Local avançada Controlador de interrupção programável), trata-se de interrupções de CPU, selecione essa opção se você pediu." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão " -"exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "Quando você seleciona uma destas entradas, ele modifica as opções padrão exibido nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1769,17 +1408,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas " -"com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</" -"guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." +msgstr "Em alguns lançamentos Mageia, pode acontecer que as entradas selecionadas com a tecla F6 não aparecer nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha, no entanto, eles são realmente levados em conta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1792,17 +1426,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um " -"com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione " -"a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." +msgstr "Pressionando F1 abre uma nova janela com opções mais disponíveis. Escolha um com as teclas de seta e pressione Enter para ter mais detalhes ou pressione a tecla Esc para voltar para a tela de boas-vindas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1811,18 +1440,12 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione " -"<guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista " -"de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de " -"inicialização</guilabel> linha." +msgstr "A visão detalhada sobre a opção inicial. Pressione Esc ou selecione <guilabel>Voltar as opções de inicialização</guilabel> para voltar à lista de opções. Essas opções podem por adicionados à mão nas <guilabel>opções de inicialização</guilabel> linha." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1834,22 +1457,17 @@ msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em " -"rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" +msgstr "Aqui é a tela de boas-vindas padrão ao usar um CD de instalação baseado em rede com fio (boot.iso ou Boot-Nonfree.iso imagens):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos " -"na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em " -"rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Ele não permite a alteração da língua, as opções disponíveis estão descritos na tela. Para mais informações sobre o uso de um CD de instalação baseada em rede com fio, consulte <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\"> o Mageia Wiki</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1859,11 +1477,9 @@ msgstr "O layout do teclado é o americano." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1873,30 +1489,24 @@ msgstr "As etapas de instalação" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " -"seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser seguido no painel lateral da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " -"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " -"necessárias." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões <guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente necessárias." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " -"explicações sobre a etapa atual." +msgstr "A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém explicações sobre a etapa atual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1906,19 +1516,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " -"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " -"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " -"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " -"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " -"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " -"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" -"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " -"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." +msgstr "Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1930,32 +1531,25 @@ msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " -"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " -"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" -"texto)." +msgstr "Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-texto)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " -"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar " -"este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você " -"será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto" -"\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo texto. Para utilizar este bateu ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. Você será presenteado com uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Digite \"texto\" e pressione ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo texto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1970,12 +1564,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " -"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " -"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " -"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " -"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +msgstr "Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle <code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1987,19 +1576,14 @@ msgstr "problema RAM" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " -"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " -"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " -"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " -"especificar 256MB de RAM." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 msgid "Dynamic partitions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "partições dinâmicas" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:272 @@ -2007,38 +1591,39 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." -msgstr "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +msgstr "Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato \"básico\" para formato \"dinâmico\" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a documentação da Microsoft: <link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, " -"alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." +msgstr "Desde que esta versão da <application>Mageia</application> foi lançada, alguns pacotes foram atualizados ou melhorados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2046,10 +1631,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-" -"los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, " -"ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." +msgstr "Escolha <guilabel>sim</guilabel> se você deseja fazer o download e instalá-los, selecione <guilabel>não</guilabel> se você não quer fazer isso agora, ou se você não estiver conectado à Internet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2061,73 +1643,55 @@ msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " -"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " -"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " -"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." +msgstr "Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " -"que ele contém a base da distribuição." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez que ele contém a base da distribuição." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " -"gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software " -"de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório " -"inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware " -"de vários cartões WiFi, etc." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são gratuitos, isto é. O Mageia pode redistribui-los, mas eles contêm o software de closed-source (daqui o nome - Não-gratuito). Por exemplo este repositório inclui nVidia e o cartão de gráficos ATI motoristas proprietários, firmware de vários cartões WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " -"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " -"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " -"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " -"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " -"comercial, etc." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo comercial, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2138,12 +1702,9 @@ msgstr "Instalação Mínima" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " -"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" -"\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2152,22 +1713,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " -"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " -"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " -"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " -"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " -"documentação e o X." +msgstr "Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a documentação e o X." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2175,37 +1728,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2214,11 +1764,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, " -"dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo " -"DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você " -"quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX fez escolhas inteligentes para a configuração do seu sistema, dependendo das escolhas que você fez e sobre o hardware detectado pelo DrakX. Você pode verificar as configurações aqui e alterá-las se você quiser, depois de pressionar <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2234,12 +1780,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fuso horário</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma " -"preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX seleciona um fuso horário para você, dependendo de seu idioma preferido. Você pode mudá-lo se necessário. ver também <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2251,9 +1794,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Região</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a " -"configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" +msgstr "Se você não está no país selecionado, é muito importante que você corrija a configuração. Ver <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2263,21 +1804,18 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciador de Inicialização</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:69 msgid "DrakX has made good choices for the bootloader setting." -msgstr "" -"DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." +msgstr "DrakX fez boas opções para a configuração do gerenciador de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" +msgstr "Não altere nada, a menos que você saiba como configurar o Grub e/ou o Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" +msgstr "Para mais informações, consulte <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2287,11 +1825,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Gerenciamento de usuário</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus " -"próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar usuários extras aqui. Cada um deles irão receber seus próprios diretórios na pasta <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2303,19 +1839,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Serviços</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no " -"background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar " -"certas tarefas." +msgstr "Serviços do sistema referem-se aos pequenos programas que rodam no background (daemons). Esta ferramenta permite habilitar ou desabilitar certas tarefas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um " -"erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." +msgstr "Você deve verificar cuidadosamente antes de alterar qualquer coisa aqui - um erro pode impedir o seu computador de funcionar corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2337,9 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender " -"do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." +msgstr "Isto é onde você configura ou altera o layout do teclado, que vai depender do seu Idioma, localização ou tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2351,9 +1880,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, " -"tablets, trackballs, etc" +msgstr "Aqui você pode adicionar ou configurar outros dispositivos apontadores, tablets, trackballs, etc" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2363,13 +1890,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Placa de Som</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar " -"um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, " -"mas nenhum deles é o padrão." +msgstr "O instalador usa o driver padrão, se há um padrão. A opção para selecionar um driver diferente só é dado quando há mais de um driver para a sua placa, mas nenhum deles é o padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2378,25 +1902,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interface Gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Esta secção permite-lhe configurar sua placa(s) de vídeo(s) e monitores." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." +msgstr "Para mais informação, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2415,20 +1936,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias " -"non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de " -"Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os " -"repositórios de mídia Nonfree." +msgstr "Você pode configurar a sua rede aqui, mas para cartões de rede com mídias non-free é melhor fazer isto depois que reiniciam, <application>em Centro de Controle Mageia</application>, se você ainda não tiver ativado os repositórios de mídia Nonfree." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu " -"firewall para ver aquela interface também." +msgstr "Quando você adiciona uma placa de rede, não se esqueça de configurar o seu firewall para ver aquela interface também." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2441,19 +1956,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a " -"Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um " -"serviço proxy." +msgstr "Um Servidor Proxy atua como um intermediário entre o computador e a Internet. Esta secção permite-lhe configurar o computador para utilizar um serviço proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os " -"parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Você pode precisar consultar o seu administrador de sistemas para obter os parâmetros que você precisa inserir aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2468,11 +1978,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nível de Segurança</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos " -"casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Aqui você define o Nível de Segurança para seu computador, na maioria dos casos, a configuração padrão (Standard) é adequada para uso geral." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2489,62 +1997,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os " -"patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." +msgstr "Um firewall pretende ser uma barreira entre seus dados importantes e os patifes lá fora, na internet, que possam comprometer ou roubar eles." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas " -"opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." +msgstr "Selecione os serviços que você deseja que tenha acesso ao seu sistema. Suas opções vão depender de para que você usa seu computador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." +msgstr "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partição" +msgstr "Redimensionar <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partição" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar " -"espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Você tem mais de uma partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser feita menor para dar espaço para a instalação do <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2555,66 +2051,63 @@ msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +msgstr "Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " -"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +msgstr "Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Selecione o mouse" +msgstr "Selecionar e usar ISOs" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "mídia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:11 msgid "Definition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "definição" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:13 msgid "" "We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update " "Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO é copiado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." -msgstr "" +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." +msgstr "Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4: href=\"http: //www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">aqui</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "As etapas de instalação" +msgstr "Classical installation media" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:199 msgid "Common features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "características comuns" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2623,28 +2116,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2654,128 +2151,143 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desktop XFCE." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" -msgstr "" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" +msgstr "Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém software non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:89 msgid "Live media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mídia Live" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões anteriores.</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contém software non free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:123 msgid "Live CD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Idioma Inglês apenas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "32 bits apenas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live CD GNOME" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ambiente destop GNOME apenas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD KDE" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Todas as línguas estão presente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:177 msgid "Live DVD GNOME" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Live DVD GNOME" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:196 msgid "Boot-only CDs media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boot-somente, mídia CDs" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2783,7 +2295,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2793,7 +2306,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2813,27 +2327,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2841,10 +2353,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2864,32 +2374,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2913,8 +2421,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2944,15 +2453,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Usando o Gerenciador de Inicialização da Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2960,74 +2468,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3056,22 +2573,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Instalação Mínima" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3079,18 +2596,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3098,19 +2612,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " -"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " -"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +msgstr "Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" -"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3119,11 +2628,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " -"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " -"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " -"escolha real." +msgstr "Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua escolha real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3134,23 +2639,14 @@ msgstr "Método de entrada" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " -"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " -"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " -"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" -"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " -"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " -"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " -"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " -"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3158,11 +2654,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " -"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " -"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " -"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." +msgstr "Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando \"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake (gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3172,11 +2664,9 @@ msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3187,9 +2677,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" -"application>. ." +msgstr "Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</application>. ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3202,10 +2690,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em " -"seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a " -"versão mais recente." +msgstr "Se você tiver um ou mais <application>Mageia</application> instalações em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize um deles para a versão mais recente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3213,50 +2698,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda " -"suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi " -"exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já " -"tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor " -"fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</" -"literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Só atualizando a partir de uma versão anterior que Mageia<emphasis>ainda suportado</emphasis> quando a versão deste instalador foi lançado, foi exaustivamente testado. Se você deseja atualizar uma versão Mageia que já tinha chegado ao fim\tof da vida quando este foi lançado, então é melhor fazer uma instalação limpa, preservando o sua partição <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " -"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " -"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " -"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " -"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " -"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " -"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " -"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " -"reiniciar." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " -"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " -"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3268,59 +2734,43 @@ msgstr "Teclado" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " -"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +msgstr "DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " -"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " -"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " -"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " -"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " -"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " -"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " -"escolheu da lista completa." +msgstr "Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você escolheu da lista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3328,10 +2778,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " -"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " -"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +msgstr "Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3344,52 +2791,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " -"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " -"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +msgstr "Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " -"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " -"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " -"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão <guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " -"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " -"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +msgstr "Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " -"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +msgstr "Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3397,66 +2830,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " -"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " -"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +msgstr "A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela \"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " -"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." +msgstr "Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Selecione o mouse" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"selectMouse-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode " -"selecionar um diferente aqui." +msgstr "Se você não está feliz com a forma como o mouse responde, você pode selecionar um diferente aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 " -"ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Geralmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - Qualquer <guilabel>mouse PS/2 ou USB</guilabel> é uma boa escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> " -"para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais " -"botões." +msgstr "Selecione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> para configurar os botões que não funcionam em um mouse com seis ou mais botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3466,13 +2885,10 @@ msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3480,95 +2896,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " -"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " -"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " -"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." +msgstr "Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " -"completamente." +msgstr "Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " -"durante a inicialização." +msgstr "A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " -"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." +msgstr "Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização " -"(bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo " -"instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Se você preferir que as configurações do gerenciador de inicialização (bootloader) sejam diferentes daquelas escolhidas automaticamente pelo instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você " -"precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de " -"inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." +msgstr "Você pode já ter outro sistema operacional em sua máquina, neste caso, você precisa decidir se deseja adicionar a Mageia no seu gerenciador de inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3587,20 +2983,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) " -"GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já " -"tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los " -"ao seu novo menu de inicialização." +msgstr "Por padrão a Mageia grava um novo gerenciador de inicialização (bootlader) GRUB no MBR (Master Boot Record) do seu primeiro disco rígido. Se você já tem outros sistemas operacionais instalados, a Mageia tentará adicioná-los ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização " -"opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." +msgstr "A Mageia agora oferece também o GRUB2 como gerenciador de inicialização opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3608,19 +2998,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, " -"atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos " -"se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." +msgstr "Os sistemas Linux que utilizam o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2, atualmente não são suportados pelo GRUB (original) e não serão reconhecidos se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 " -"que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." +msgstr "A melhor solução neste caso é utilizar o gerenciador de inicialização GRUB2 que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3631,26 +3016,18 @@ msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você " -"precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e " -"clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de " -"Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do " -"Gerenciador de Inicialização." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Se você decidir usar um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, então você precisa se lembrar de PARAR na página de resumo durante a instalação e clicar no botão <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton> \"Gerenciador de Inicialização\", o que permitirá que você mude o local de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir " -"sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante " -"a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." +msgstr "Não selecione um dispositivo, por exemplo, \"sda\", ou você irá substituir sua MBR existente. Você deve selecionar a partição que você escolheu durante a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3661,28 +3038,19 @@ msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar " -"onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de " -"volta para a tela do instalador." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ir para tty2 com Ctrl+Alt+F2 e tecle <literal>df</literal> para verificar onde a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) está. Ctrl+Alt+F7 leva você de volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de " -"Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na " -"maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de " -"instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-" -"lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em " -"questão." +msgstr "O procedimento exato para adicionar o seu sistema Mageia ao Gerenciador de Inicialização existente, está além do escopo desta ajuda, no entanto, na maioria dos casos irá envolver a execução adequado de um programa de instalação do Gerenciador de Inicialização, que deve detectá-lo e adicioná-lo automaticamente. Consulte a documentação para o sistema operacional em questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3693,78 +3061,66 @@ msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</" -"literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em " -"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a " -"cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " -"adicional." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Se você tiver espaço em disco muito limitado para a partição <literal>/</literal> (raiz) que contém <literal>/tmp</literal>, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e marque a caixa <guilabel>Limpar /tmp a cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre adicional." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " -"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " -"instalar os drivers necessários." +msgstr "O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " -"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +msgstr "Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +msgstr "O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuração de Som" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3772,9 +3128,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som " -"foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." +msgstr "Nesta tela o nome do driver que instalador escolheu para sua placa de som foi dado, que será o driver padrão, se temos um padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3784,25 +3138,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a " -"instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar " -"<command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de " -"Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar " -"em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da " -"tela." +msgstr "O driver padrão deve funcionar sem problemas. No entanto, se após a instalação você encontrar problemas, em seguida, executar <command>draksound</command> ou iniciar esta ferramenta via CCM (Centro de Configuração Mageia), escolhendo o <guilabel> Hardware</guilabel> e clicar em <guilabel>configuração de Som</guilabel> no canto superior direito da tela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em " -"<guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de " -"problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como " -"resolver o problema." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Em seguida, no draksound ou \"Configuração de Som\", ferramentas, clique em <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> e, em seguida, em <guibutton>Solução de problemas</guibutton> para encontrar conselhos muito úteis sobre como resolver o problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3815,55 +3160,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é " -"útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers " -"disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." +msgstr "Clicando <guibutton>Avançado</guibutton> nesta tela, durante a instalação, é útil se não houver nenhum driver padrão também existem vários drivers disponíveis, quando achar que o instalador escolheu errado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no " -"<guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" +msgstr "Nesse caso, você pode selecionar um driver diferente após clicar no <guibutton>Deixe-me escolher qualquer driver</guibutton>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " -"escolha." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " -"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " -"rígido." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco rígido." diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml index bf64ab99..1af000ae 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -37,9 +38,12 @@ Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..82477c67 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="pt_BR"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Selecionar e usar ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>mídia</title> + + <section> + <title>definição</title> + + <para>Chamamos a mídia aqui um arquivo de imagem ISO que permite instalar ou +atualizar Mageia e, por extensão qualquer suporte físico onde o arquivo ISO +é copiado.</para> + + <para>Você pode encontrá-los <link ns4: href="http: +//www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">aqui</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>características comuns</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Desktop XFCE.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Apenas algumas línguas (BE, BG, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, PL, PT, PT-BR, +ru, sv, Reino Unido) e SER VERIFICADO!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Contém software non free.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mídia Live</title> + + <section> + <title>características comuns</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Pode ser usado para visualizar a distribuição sem antes de instalá-lo em um +disco rígido, e, opcionalmente, instalar Mageia no seu disco rígido.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Contém ISO apenas para um ambiente de desktop (KDE ou GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs só pode ser usado para criar instalações +limpas, elas não podem ser usadas para atualizar a partir de versões +anteriores.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Contém software non free.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Idioma Inglês apenas.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits apenas.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ambiente destop GNOME apenas.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Idioma Inglês apenas.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits apenas.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ambiente de desktop KDE apenas.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Todas as línguas estão presente.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Ambiente destop GNOME apenas.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Todas as línguas estão presente.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-somente, mídia CDs</title> + + <section> + <title>características comuns</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Idioma Inglês apenas.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml b/docs/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml index 198cf775..5bd81774 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR/installer.xml @@ -242,6 +242,18 @@ manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá especificar 256MB de RAM.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">partições dinâmicas</title> + </info> + + <para>Se você converteu seu disco rígido a partir de formato "básico" para formato +"dinâmico" no Microsoft Windows, você deve saber que é impossível instalar +Mageia neste disco. Para voltar para um disco básico, consulte a +documentação da Microsoft: <link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index f0ba45df..5ace5ed7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -1,23 +1,26 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# -# Valentin Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>, 2013. -# AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013. -# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. +# +# Translators: +# a <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>, 2013 +# angry_snake <inactive+angry_snake@transifex.com>, 2014 +# Анатолий Валерианович <ffox909@mail.ru>, 2014 +# Valentin XliN Saikov <saikov.vb@gmail.com>, 2013 +# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-05 14:38+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Russian <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" -"Language: ru\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" +"Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/ru/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"Language: ru\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -27,11 +30,9 @@ msgstr "Условия лицензирования и заметки о вып #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -41,40 +42,31 @@ msgstr "Лицензионное соглашение" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями " -"лицензирования." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "Перед установкой <application>Mageia</application> ознакомьтесь с условиями лицензирования." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</" -"application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет " -"невозможна." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Эти условия лицензирования касаются всего дистрибутива <application>Mageia</application>. Вам следует принять эти условия, иначе установка будет невозможна." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, " -"а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." +msgstr "Чтобы согласиться с условиями, отметьте пункт <guilabel>Принять</guilabel>, а потом нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем " -"благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия " -"кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Если вы не согласны с условиями лицензионного соглашения, мы будем благодарны за то, что вы обратили внимание на наш дистрибутив. После нажатия кнопки <guibutton>Выйти</guibutton> ваш компьютер будет перезагружен." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -86,9 +78,7 @@ msgstr "Заметки о выпуске" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</" -"application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>." +msgstr "Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -99,41 +89,34 @@ msgstr "ru" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" +msgstr "Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. " -"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический " -"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, " -"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." +msgstr "На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:" +msgstr "Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 @@ -148,42 +131,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора " -"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются " -"в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию " -"пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С " -"помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов " -"или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." +msgstr "Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору всех репозиториев, которые используются в Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию пакетов с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С помощью URL-адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов или развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Управление учётными записями пользователя и администратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -195,29 +174,20 @@ msgstr "Восстановление пароля администратора ( msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует " -"определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux " -"обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет " -"отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на " -"зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует " -"достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, " -"расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок." +msgstr "В каждой установленной системе <application>Mageia</application> следует определить пароль суперпользователя или администратора. Такой пароль в Linux обычно называется <emphasis>пароль root</emphasis>. При вводе пароля цвет отметки защищенности должны меняться с красного на жёлтый, а затем на зелёный в зависимости от сложности пароля. Зелёный цвет соответствует достаточно сложным паролям. Вам также следует повторить ввод пароля в поле, расположенном ниже, чтобы удостовериться, что пароль был введён без ошибок." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле " -"смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы." +msgstr "Все пароли следует указывать с учетом регистра. Лучше использовать в пароле смесь букв (большие и маленькие), цифры и другие символы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -230,41 +200,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь " -"имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно " -"прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и " -"любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером." +msgstr "С помощью этой панели вы можете добавить пользователей. Каждый пользователь имеет меньшие права доступа, чем суперпользователь (root), но достаточно прав для просмотра интернета, пользования офисными программами, для игр и любых других задач, которые выполняются обычным пользователем за компьютером." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок " -"пользователя." +msgstr "<guibutton>Иконка</guibutton>: с помощью этой кнопки можно изменить значок пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя " -"пользователя." +msgstr "<guilabel>Имя</guilabel>: в этом поле следует указать настоящее имя пользователя." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести " -"регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx " -"использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя " -"пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Имя пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете ввести регистрационное имя пользователя или предоставить возможность drakx использовать определенную версию настоящего имени. <emphasis>Имя пользователя чувствительно к регистру.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -272,31 +230,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет " -"отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также " -"<xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль</guilabel>: в этом поле вам следует указать пароль. Цвет отметки защищенности рядом с полем соответствует сложности пароля (см. также <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. " -"DrakX проверит, совпадает ли введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным " -"вариантом." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Пароль (еще раз)</guilabel>: повторите ввод пароля в этом поле. DrakX проверит, совпадает ли введенный повторно пароль с его первоначальным вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых " -"будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не " -"записывать в эти каталоги данные)." +msgstr "Содержание домашних каталогов всех пользователей, учетные записи которых будут созданы при установке Mageia, сможет читать любой пользователь (но не записывать в эти каталоги данные)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -304,22 +253,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи " -"которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - " -"Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и " -"от записи." +msgstr "Впрочем, после установки домашние каталоги пользователей, учетные записи которых будут добавлены через <emphasis> Центр управления Mageia - Система - Управление пользователями </emphasis>, будут защищены как от чтения, так и от записи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного " -"пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного " -"пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и " -"перезагрузки системы." +msgstr "Если вы хотите защитить ваш домашний каталог от чтения для конкретного пользователя, то вам стоит на этапе установки создать временного пользователя, а настоящего создать уже после завершения установки и перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -327,19 +268,12 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых " -"будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих " -"пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при " -"установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление " -"пользователями </emphasis>." +msgstr "Если вы предпочитаете домашние каталоги пользователей, содержание которых будет доступно всем другим пользователям, то вам стоит добавить всех будущих пользователей системы на шаге <emphasis> Настройки - Резюме </emphasis> при установке системы. Для управления записями выберите <emphasis> Управление пользователями </emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 msgid "The access permissions can also be changed after the install." -msgstr "" -"Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после " -"завершения установки системы." +msgstr "Права доступа к домашним каталогам, конечно же, можно изменить и после завершения установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:116 @@ -352,11 +286,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа " -"откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры " -"учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого " -"диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт." +msgstr "Если вы нажмете кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, то программа откроет диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете изменить параметры учетной записи, которую вы добавляете. Кроме того, с помощью этого диалогового окна можно отключить или включить гостевой аккаунт." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -364,11 +294,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</" -"emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из " -"системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении " -"важных файлов на портативный носитель данных." +msgstr "Любые данные, которые будут записаны с гостевого аккаунта <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> в соответствующий каталог в /home, будут потеряны при выходе из системы. Пользователю гостевого аккаунта следует позаботиться о сохранении важных файлов на портативный носитель данных." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -376,11 +302,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно " -"включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта " -"сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь " -"ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями." +msgstr "<guilabel>Включить гостевой аккаунт</guilabel>: с помощью этого пункта можно включить или отключить гостевой аккаунт. Пользователь гостевого аккаунта сможет войти в систему, пользоваться компьютером, но будет иметь ограниченные права доступа даже по сравнению с обычными пользователями." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -388,10 +310,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося " -"списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться " -"для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." +msgstr "<guilabel>Командная оболочка</guilabel>: с помощью этого раскрывающегося списка вы можете изменить командную оболочку, которая будет использоваться для работы пользователя. Возможны следующие варианты: Bash, Dash и Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -399,50 +318,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код " -"(идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью " -"предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, " -"если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий." +msgstr "<guilabel>Код пользователя</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) пользователя, имя которого было добавлено с помощью предыдущего окна. Следует указать номер аккаунта. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код " -"(идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, " -"что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам " -"неизвестны последствия ваших действий." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Код группы</guilabel>: здесь вы можете установить код (идентификатор) группы пользователя. Следует указать номер, обычно тот же, что и для учетной записи пользователя. Не заполняйте это поле, если вам неизвестны последствия ваших действий." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Выберете точки монтированния" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -450,64 +361,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем " -"компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</" -"application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть список разделов Linux на вашем компьютере. Если вы не согласны с предложениями <application>DrakX</application>, вы можете заменить точки монтирования." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно " -"должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>." +msgstr "В случае внесения изменений не забудьте, что среди разделов обязательно должен быть корневой раздел <literal>/</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: " -"«Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Для каждого из разделов будут показаны такие данные: «Устройство» («Ёмкость», «Точка монтированния», «Тип»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер " -"жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)." +msgstr "Для пункта «Устройство» будет показано следующее: «жесткий диск», [«номер жесткого диска» (буква)], «номер раздела» (например, «sda5»)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать " -"для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, " -"<literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете " -"создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> " -"раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-" -"home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой " -"версии (cauldron)." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Если в системе много разделов, с помощью выпадающего меню вы сможете выбрать для них разные точки монтирования, в частности такие: <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> и <literal>/var</literal>. Кроме того, вы можете создать собственные точки монтирования, например <literal>/video</literal> раздела, на котором будут храниться ваши видео файлы или <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> для раздела <literal>/home</literal> установленной тестовой версии (cauldron)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет " -"осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования." +msgstr "Для разделов, доступ к которым в установленной системе не будет осуществляться, вы можете не указывать точку монтирования." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -515,23 +408,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. " -"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, " -"которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы " -"просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела." +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены с выбором. Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Специальное разбиение диска</guilabel>. В окне, которое будет открыто в ответ, вы сможете выбрать область раздела, чтобы просмотреть данные по типу и размеру раздела." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку " -"<guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только " -"форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить " -"дополнительные действия." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Если вы уверены, что точки монтирования определены правильно, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton> и определитесь с тем, следует ли только форматировать разделы согласно предложению DrakX или следует выполнить дополнительные действия." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -541,12 +426,9 @@ msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, " -"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные " -"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -554,18 +436,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить " -"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>." +msgstr "После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -577,30 +455,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> " -"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные " -"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" -"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены " -"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного " -"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> " -"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит " -"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ." +msgstr "Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -609,11 +478,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. " -"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить " -"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши " -"на пункт группы в списке." +msgstr "Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши на пункт группы в списке." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -635,92 +500,74 @@ msgstr "Графическая среда." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления " -"или удаления пакетов вручную." +msgstr "Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления или удаления пакетов вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где " -"изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые " -"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью " -"типового набора." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты, являющиеся частью типового набора." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</" -"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные " -"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно " -"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно " -"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут " -"запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы будут запускаться, а какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, " -"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -732,63 +579,48 @@ msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настр msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о " -"службе на панели под списком." +msgstr "После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о службе на панели под списком." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий." +msgstr "Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или " -"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был " -"расположен в том же часовом поясе." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был расположен в том же часовом поясе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов " -"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), " -"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что " -"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/" -"GMT)." +msgstr "Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/GMT)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -798,32 +630,24 @@ msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, " -"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." +msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую " -"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из " -"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" +msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -846,10 +670,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не " -"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти " -"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." +msgstr "Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -857,20 +678,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых " -"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти " -"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот " -"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." +msgstr "В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить " -"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." +msgstr "Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -878,36 +693,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) " -"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью " -"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт." +msgstr "Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним " -"доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы." +msgstr "Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним доступ. Сделать это можно и позднее - после первой перезагрузки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -916,31 +725,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во " -"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на " -"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</" -"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</" -"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая " -"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы " -"сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять " -"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</" -"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор " -"является ошибочным." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы сервера <acronym>X</acronym> должны быть определены правильно. Изменять значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор является ошибочным." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, " -"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -950,29 +747,19 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или " -"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> " -"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" -"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по " -"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к " -"повреждению монитора." +msgstr "Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к повреждению монитора." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " -"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -980,30 +767,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при " -"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете " -"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности " -"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. " -"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет " -"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, " -"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки " -"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные " -"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " -"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -1015,9 +791,7 @@ msgstr "Выбор монитора" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа " -"может правильно определить ваш монитор." +msgstr "В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа может правильно определить ваш монитор." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -1026,22 +800,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может " -"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте " -"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к " -"документации вашего монитора." +msgstr "<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к документации вашего монитора." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1052,15 +819,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических " -"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты " -"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется " -"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой " -"будут показаны линии изображения." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой будут показаны линии изображения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1069,11 +831,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности " -"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. " -"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь " -"с документацией к вашему монитору." +msgstr "<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь с документацией к вашему монитору." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1085,9 +843,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по " -"базе данных мониторов." +msgstr "Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по базе данных мониторов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1099,10 +855,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам " -"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического " -"списка по следующим критериям:" +msgstr "Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1123,17 +876,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых " -"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры " -"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит " -"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» " -"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить " -"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "Если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1143,80 +890,57 @@ msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с по #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться " -"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на " -"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, " -"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." +msgstr "Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее " -"помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на " -"разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до " -"внесения изменений." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до внесения изменений." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в " -"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, " -"если будет обнаружено три диска." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, если будет обнаружено три диска." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на " -"выбранном носителе данных были очищены." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на выбранном носителе данных были очищены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область " -"соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его " -"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все " -"разделы." +msgstr "Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все разделы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не " -"станет так, как вы хотите." +msgstr "Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не станет так, как вы хотите." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:51 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут " -"завершены." +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут завершены." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1229,28 +953,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков " -"компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX " -"о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете просмотреть содержимое всех дисков компьютера и ознакомиться с предложениями мастера разбиения на разделы DrakX о месте установки <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации " -"компьютера и содержимого дисков." +msgstr "Перечень пунктов в приведённом ниже списке зависит от комплектации компьютера и содержимого дисков." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1262,10 +979,7 @@ msgstr "Использовать существующие разделы" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены " -"совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки " -"системы." +msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на диске будут обнаружены совместимые с Linux разделы, которыми можно воспользоваться для установки системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1275,11 +989,9 @@ msgstr "Использовать свободное место" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть " -"свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на вашем диске есть свободное место, достаточное для установки новой системы Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1289,11 +1001,9 @@ msgstr "Использовать свободное место на раздел #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах " -"Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Этим вариантом можно будет воспользоваться, если на уже созданных разделах Windows достаточно свободного места для установки новой операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1301,10 +1011,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в " -"случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует " -"предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!" +msgstr "Этот вариант получения места для установки Mageia может быть полезным, но в случае его использования вы рискуете потерей данных, поэтому вам следует предварительно создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1315,14 +1022,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть " -"«очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во " -"время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. " -"Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не " -"гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, " -"который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам " -"создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов." +msgstr "Заметьте, что размер раздела Windows будет уменьшен. Раздел должен быть «очищен», то есть работа Windows должна быть завершена в штатном режиме во время последнего сеанса, когда вы пользовались этой операционной системой. Кроме того, раздел должен быть дефрагментирован, хотя дефрагментация и не гарантирует полного передвижения файлов с одного места на другое на диске, который будет использован для Mageia. Мы настоятельно рекомендуем вам создать резервные копии важных для вас файлов." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1332,16 +1032,12 @@ msgstr "Стереть и использовать весь диск" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:87 msgid "This option will use the complete drive for Mageia." -msgstr "" -"При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь " -"диск." +msgstr "При использовании этого варианта для установки Mageia будет использован весь диск." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте " -"осторожны!" +msgstr "Замечание: все данные на диске будут в таком случае уничтожены. Будьте осторожны!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1349,10 +1045,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то " -"данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим " -"вариантом." +msgstr "Если часть диска будет впоследствии использована для хранения каких-то данных или на диске уже хранятся какие-то важные данные, не пользуйтесь этим вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1362,11 +1055,9 @@ msgstr "Вручную" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению " -"разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "С помощью этого варианта вы можете получить полный доступ к расположению разделов на вашем диске в соответствии с вашими предпочтениями." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1375,17 +1066,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо " -"предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у " -"разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, " -"надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких " -"дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на " -"разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например " -"gparted с такими параметрами:" +msgstr "В некоторых новых дисках используются логические сектора в 4096 байт вместо предыдущего стандарта в 512 байт на логический сектор. Так как у разработчиков нет достаточного доступа к соответствующему оборудованию, надлежащее тестирование программы для разделения диска на разделы на таких дисках не выполнялось. Советуем вам выполнить разделение такого диска на разделы с помощью альтернативной специализированной программы, например gparted с такими параметрами:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1418,7 +1102,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Февраль 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1441,13 +1126,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор " -"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " -"выбранного вами варианта установки." +msgstr "Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и выбранного вами варианта установки." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1458,85 +1140,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с " -"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. " -"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь " -"улучшить данное руководство." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь улучшить данное руководство." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Поздравляем" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно " -"извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "Теперь <application>Mageia</application> установлена и настроена, можно извлекать носитель для установки системы и перезагружать компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из " -"операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено " -"несколько систем)." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "После перезагрузки с помощью экрана загрузки вы сможете выбрать одну из операционных систем, установленных на вашем компьютере (если установлено несколько систем)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически " -"запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia." +msgstr "Если вы не скорректируете параметры загрузчика, тогда автоматически запустится установленная вами операционная система Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1548,55 +1209,43 @@ msgstr "Приятной работы!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе " -"Mageia" +msgstr "Посетите www.mageia.org, если хотите узнать больше об участии в сообществе Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматирование" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует " -"форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> " -"отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете определиться с тем, какие разделы следует форматировать. Все данные на разделах, которые <emphasis>не</emphasis> отмечены для форматирования, будут сохранены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX." +msgstr "Обычно форматирование нужно по крайней мере для разделов, выбранных DrakX." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, " -"которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</" -"emphasis>." +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, чтобы выбрать разделы, которые следует проверить на так называемые <emphasis>поврежденные блоки</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1605,20 +1254,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку " -"<guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом " -"кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. " -"С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов." +msgstr "Если вы не уверены в правильности своего выбора, вы можете нажать кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, еще раз <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, а потом кнопку <guibutton>Вручную</guibutton>, чтобы вернуться к основной странице. С помощью основной страницы можно просмотреть текущие параметры разделов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, " -"чтобы продолжить работу с программой." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Если вы уверены в своем выборе, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1631,20 +1274,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для " -"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы установка или обновление " -"системы прошло как можно проще для вас." +msgstr "Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы установка или обновление системы прошло как можно проще для вас." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. " -"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это " -"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен." +msgstr "На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это именно тот пункт, который вам нужен." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1664,11 +1301,10 @@ msgstr "Ниже приведено типичное окно приветств #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1686,42 +1322,31 @@ msgstr "С помощью первой страницы можно указат msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) " -"можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2" +msgstr "Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 msgid "Use the arrow keys to select the language and press the key Enter." -msgstr "" -"Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и " -"нажмите клавишу Enter." +msgstr "Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и нажмите клавишу Enter." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню " -"Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, " -"<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</" -"guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, <guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска оборудования</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1730,16 +1355,13 @@ msgstr "Изменить разрешение экрана можно с пом #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 msgid "Add some kernel options by pressing the F6 key." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6." +msgstr "Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:94 @@ -1747,12 +1369,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным " -"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными " -"возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет " -"показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры " -"загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:" +msgstr "Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1764,37 +1381,28 @@ msgstr "- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности " -"над быстродействием." +msgstr "- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности над быстродействием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не " -"принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием." +msgstr "- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с " -"возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы " -"центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки." +msgstr "- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по " -"умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." +msgstr "Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1802,23 +1410,17 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются " -"в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры " -"будут учтены при загрузке." +msgstr "В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры будут учтены при загрузке." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1" -msgstr "" -"Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1" +msgstr "Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:132 @@ -1826,18 +1428,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из " -"пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы " -"получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну " -"приветствия." +msgstr "Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну приветствия." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1846,48 +1442,34 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия " -"системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</" -"guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку " -"параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку " -"<guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." +msgstr "Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к списку параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в строку <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." -msgstr "" -"Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия " -"клавиши F2." +msgstr "Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F2." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:166 msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети " -"(названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):" +msgstr "Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети (названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. " -"Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в " -"<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</" -"link>" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на экране. Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети приведено в <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Вики Mageia</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1897,11 +1479,9 @@ msgstr "Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует ам #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1911,32 +1491,24 @@ msgstr "Шаги установки" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет " -"показан на боковой панели экрана." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет показан на боковой панели экрана." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы " -"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой " -"кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми " -"пользуются не так часто, как основными." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>. С помощью этой кнопки осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми пользуются не так часто, как основными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</" -"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения " -"относительно текущего шага." +msgstr "На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения относительно текущего шага." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1946,19 +1518,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы " -"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " -"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " -"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " -"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " -"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " -"терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> " -"одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." +msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1970,33 +1533,25 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может " -"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших " -"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого " -"впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." +msgstr "После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого впишите <code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме " -"может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым " -"режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда " -"будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия " -"нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", " -"и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку \"boot:\", и нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -2011,13 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, " -"возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае " -"можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и " -"выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в " -"соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. " -"При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." +msgstr "Если при установке система перестает отвечать на ваши запросы, вероятно, возникла проблема с определением характеристик оборудования. В таком случае можно обойти автоматическое определение характеристик оборудования и выполнить его настройку позже. Чтобы перевести установку системы в соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса команду <code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с вышеуказанными командами." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -2029,15 +1578,9 @@ msgstr "Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых " -"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно " -"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, " -"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение " -"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ " -"оперативной памяти." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ оперативной памяти." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -2050,8 +1593,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2059,29 +1603,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Обновления" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые " -"пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены." +msgstr "Со времени выпуска этой версии <application>Mageia</application> некоторые пакеты могли быть обновлены или улучшены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2089,92 +1633,67 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить " -"эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать " -"этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету." +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Да</guilabel>, если вы хотите получить и установить эти пакеты, или выберите <guilabel>нет</guilabel>, если вы не хотите делать этого сейчас или ваш компьютер не подключен к интернету." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" -msgstr "" -"Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, " -"чтобы продолжить работу с программой." +msgstr "Как только выбор будет сделан, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, чтобы продолжить работу с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/media_selection.xml:3 msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. " -"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы " -"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из " -"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." +msgstr "Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем " -"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива." +msgstr "Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются " -"бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится " -"программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В " -"этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к " -"графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п." +msgstr "В репозиторий <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые являются бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них содержится программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - Nonfree). В этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов к графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi и т. п." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в " -"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием " -"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение " -"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных " -"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены " -"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и " -"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD " -"и т. п." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD и т. п." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2185,12 +1704,9 @@ msgstr "Минимальная установка" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в " -"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" -"\"></xref>." +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2199,22 +1715,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать " -"<application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в " -"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Этим вариантом " -"следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать <application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Этим вариантом следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам " -"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности " -"документацию и графический сервер." +msgstr "Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности документацию и графический сервер." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2222,37 +1730,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2261,11 +1766,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно " -"сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете " -"ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого " -"достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>." +msgstr "DrakX пытается правильно определить настройки вашей системы согласно сделанного вами выбора и выявленного через DrakX оборудования. Вы можете ознакомиться с выбранными параметрами и, если нужно, изменить: для этого достаточно нажать кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2281,12 +1782,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Часовой пояс</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При " -"необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX выбирает часовой пояс на основе указанного вами желаемого языка. При необходимости вы можете изменить часовой пояс. См. также <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2298,10 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Страна / Регион</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, " -"очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend=" -"\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Если вы находитесь не в той стране, которая была выбрана автоматически, очень важно исправить значение этого параметра. См. <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2317,15 +1812,12 @@ msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответству #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках " -"Grub и/или Lilo" +msgstr "Не вносите никаких изменений, если вы не являетесь знатоком в настройках Grub и/или Lilo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" +msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:80 @@ -2335,11 +1827,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Управление учетными записями</guilab #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У " -"каждого пользователя будет свой каталог <literal>/home</literal>." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете добавить учетные записи пользователей. У каждого пользователя будет свой каталог <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2351,26 +1841,19 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Службы</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в " -"фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете " -"включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб." +msgstr "Системными службами называются те небольшие программы, которые работают в фоновом режиме (фоновые службы). С помощью этого инструмента вы сможете включить или отключить некоторые из этих служб." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению " -"работы компьютера." +msgstr "Вам следует быть осторожными в выборе: ошибки могут привести к ухудшению работы компьютера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices" -"\"/>." +msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -2387,10 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Клавиатура</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, " -"параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа " -"клавиатуры." +msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить или изменить раскладку клавиатуры, параметры которой будут зависеть от места вашего расположения, языка и типа клавиатуры." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2402,9 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Мышь</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, " -"шаровые манипуляторы и т.д." +msgstr "С помощью этого раздела можно настроить координатные устройства, планшеты, шаровые манипуляторы и т.д." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2414,14 +1892,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Звуковая плата</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом " -"дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас " -"более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является " -"дефолтным." +msgstr "Инсталлятор использует драйвер по умолчанию, если он всего один и при этом дефолтный. Опция выбора другого драйвера предоставлена только когда у вас более одного драйвера для вашей карты, но ни один из них не является дефолтным." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2430,26 +1904,22 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Графический интерфейс</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших " -"графических карт и дисплеев." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить параметры работы ваших графических карт и дисплеев." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser" -"\"/>." +msgstr "Чтобы узнать больше, обратитесь к разделу <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2468,21 +1938,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете " -"закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после " -"установки системы в <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, " -"после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали " -"это на предыдущем шаге." +msgstr "В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем, если вы используете закрытые драйвера для сетевой карты, то лучше сделать настройку после установки системы в <application>Центре управления Mageia</application>, после включения репозиториев закрытых (nonfree) пакетов, если вы не сделали это на предыдущем шаге." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр " -"(сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом." +msgstr "При добавлении сетевой карты не забудьте вместе с ней настроить брандмауэр (сетевой экран), который будет следить за соответствующим интерфейсом." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2495,19 +1958,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. " -"С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб " -"прокси-сервера." +msgstr "Прокси-сервер является промежуточным звеном между компьютером и интернетом. С помощью этого раздела вы можете настроить компьютер на использование служб прокси-сервера." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать " -"больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе." +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Вам стоит посоветоваться с вашим системным администратором, чтобы узнать больше о значении параметров, которые следует указать в этом разделе." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2522,19 +1980,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Уровень безопасности</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего " -"компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему " -"компьютеру достаточную защиту." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "С помощью этого раздела вы можете определить уровень защиты вашего компьютера. В основном, дефолтный вариант (Стандартный) предоставит вашему компьютеру достаточную защиту." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 msgid "Check the option which best suits your usage." -msgstr "" -"Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу " -"использования системы." +msgstr "Выберите тот из вариантов, который лучше всего соответствует вашему образу использования системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:211 @@ -2546,95 +1999,73 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Файервол</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные " -"от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и " -"воспользоваться этими данными." +msgstr "Файервол или сетевой экран является барьером, который защищает важные данные от доступа к ним мошенников из интернета, пытающихся похитить и воспользоваться этими данными." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор " -"служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная " -"система." +msgstr "Выберите службы, которым доступ к вашей системе должен быть разрешен. Выбор служб зависит от назначения компьютера, на котором работает операционная система." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может " -"значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы." +msgstr "Помните, что включение доступа без ограничений (выключение файервола) может значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +msgstr "Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует " -"уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки " +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " "<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Уровень безопасности" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы." +msgstr "С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их " -"дефолтные значения." +msgstr "Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их дефолтные значения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля " -"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." +msgstr "После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля <guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2656,15 +2087,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Шаги установки" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2672,12 +2102,14 @@ msgstr "Шаги установки" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2686,28 +2118,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2719,26 +2155,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2748,27 +2188,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2778,18 +2222,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." msgstr "" @@ -2799,7 +2246,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "" @@ -2809,7 +2257,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2824,21 +2273,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2846,7 +2297,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2856,7 +2308,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2876,27 +2329,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2904,10 +2355,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2927,32 +2376,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2976,8 +2423,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -3007,15 +2455,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -3023,74 +2470,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3119,22 +2575,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "Минимальная установка" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3142,18 +2598,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3161,20 +2614,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров " -"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления " -"беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности " -"использования беспроводной связи." +msgstr "Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности использования беспроводной связи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</" -"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3183,11 +2630,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</" -"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. " -"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный " -"выбор." +msgstr "Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный выбор." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3198,24 +2641,14 @@ msgstr "Способ ввода" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ " -"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность " -"пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, " -"японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и " -"портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей " -"азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, " -"следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие " -"способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям " -"подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были " -"добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3223,11 +2656,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить " -"доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить " -"компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя " -"root." +msgstr "Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3237,11 +2666,9 @@ msgstr "Установка или обновление" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3252,9 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "Установка" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить " -"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля." +msgstr "Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить <application>Mageia</application> с нуля." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3267,10 +2692,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Если на компьютере установлена одна или несколько предыдущих версий " -"<application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам " -"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии." +msgstr "Если на компьютере установлена одна или несколько предыдущих версий <application>Mageia</application>, то программа установки предоставит вам возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3278,49 +2700,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, " -"которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия " -"инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая " -"уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, " -"сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Было тщательно проверено только обновление с предыдущей версии Mageia, которая <emphasis>всё ещё поддерживалась</emphasis>, когда эта версия инсталлятора была выпущена. Если вы хотите обновить версию Mageia, которая уже больше не поддерживается,\t то лучше выполнить чистую установку, сохранив только раздел <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы " -"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " -"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " -"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " -"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " -"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " -"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы " -"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора " -"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3332,63 +2736,43 @@ msgstr "Клавиатура" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с " -"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, " -"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US." +msgstr "DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, будет использована типичная американская раскладка US." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую " -"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам " -"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос " -"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, " -"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным " -"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</" -"link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, " -"нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, " -"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</" -"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в " -"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: " -"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из " -"полного списка." +msgstr "После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из полного списка." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3396,10 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет " -"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться " -"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой." +msgstr "Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3412,53 +2793,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список " -"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет " -"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе." +msgstr "Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими " -"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, " -"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно " -"сложно." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно сложно." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать " -"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот " -"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков." +msgstr "Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для " -"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, " -"связанные с выбранной раскладкой." +msgstr "Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, связанные с выбранной раскладкой." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3466,83 +2832,65 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку " -"можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, " -"что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех " -"установленных языков." +msgstr "По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех установленных языков." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра " -"управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы." +msgstr "Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Выбор драйвера мыши" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать " -"другой драйвер для мыши." +msgstr "Если у вас возникают проблемы с управлением курсором мыши, вы можете выбрать другой драйвер для мыши." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или " -"USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Обычно, <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Любая мышь PS/2 или USB</guilabel> является неплохим вариантом." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать " -"evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с " -"шестью или более кнопками." +msgstr "Выберете пункт <guilabel>Универсальная</guilabel> — <guilabel>Задействовать evdev</guilabel>, чтобы настроить кнопки, которые не работают для мыши с шестью или более кнопками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "" -"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты" +msgstr "Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3550,96 +2898,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите " -"соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</" -"emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования." +msgstr "Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите соответствующую кнопку на странице <emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. В ответ будет показано окно редактирования." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям " -"относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." +msgstr "Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить " -"название записи." +msgstr "Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить название записи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если " -"пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." +msgstr "Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. " -"Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно " -"неизвестно их назначение." +msgstr "Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно неизвестно их назначение." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были " -"выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить " -"их с помощью этой страницы." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Если вам нужны другие параметры работы загрузчика, чем те, которые были выбраны автоматически программой для установки системы, вы можете изменить их с помощью этой страницы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. " -"Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia " -"к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик." +msgstr "Вероятно, вы уже пользовались какой-то операционной системой на компьютере. Если это так, вам следует определиться, должен ли быть добавлен пункт Mageia к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3658,20 +2985,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в " -"MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске " -"уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты " -"этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia." +msgstr "По умолчанию Mageia записывает новый загрузчик GRUB (устаревшую версию) в MBR (основную загрузочную запись) первого диска компьютера. Если на диске уже были установлены операционные системы, Mageia попытается добавить пункты этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в " -"дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo." +msgstr "В новой версии Mageia вы сможете воспользоваться загрузчиком GRUB2 в дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3679,20 +3000,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в " -"текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком " -"GRUB (устаревшей версии)." +msgstr "Операционные системы Linux, в которых используется загрузчик GRUB2, в текущей версии не распознаются и не поддерживаются дефолтным загрузчиком GRUB (устаревшей версии)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе " -"использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке " -"операционной системы." +msgstr "Лучшим решением является использование загрузчика GRUB2. Приказать системе использовать именно этот загрузчик можно на странице «Резюме» при установке операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3703,25 +3018,18 @@ msgstr "Использование уже установленного загр #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте " -"остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе " -"«Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы " -"сможете изменить место установки загрузчика." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Если вы решите воспользоваться уже установленным загрузчиком, не забудьте остановиться на странице «Резюме» при установке и нажать в разделе «Загрузчик» кнопку <guibutton>Настроить</guibutton>, с помощью которой вы сможете изменить место установки загрузчика." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR " -"будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на " -"шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»." +msgstr "Не выбирайте устройство, например «sda», иначе уже созданная запись MBR будет перезаписана. Вам следует выбрать корневой раздел, который выбран на шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 @@ -3732,29 +3040,19 @@ msgstr "Если быть точным, sda - это устройство, а sd #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду " -"<literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/" -"</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с " -"помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Перейдите на tty2 нажатием комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F2 и отдайте команду <literal>df</literal> чтобы определить расположение вашего раздела <literal>/</literal> (корневого каталога). Вернуться к окну инсталлятора можно с помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного " -"загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в " -"основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки " -"загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом " -"режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации " -"другой операционной системы." +msgstr "Полный перечень шагов добавления пункта ОС Mageia в меню уже установленного загрузчика не является предметом этой справочной страницы. Впрочем, в основном, эти шаги связаны с запуском соответствующей программы установки загрузчика, которая должна выявить и добавить пункт системы в автоматическом режиме. Соответствующие пояснения должны быть приведены в документации другой операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3765,78 +3063,66 @@ msgstr "Дополнительные параметры загрузчика" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог " -"<literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку " -"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp " -"при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "Если объем на диске с разделом <literal>/</literal>, содержащий каталог <literal>/tmp</literal>, является очень ограниченным, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Настройка SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете " -"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых " -"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов." +msgstr "Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить " -"DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело." +msgstr "Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить DrakX, с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" -"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным " -"образом." +msgstr "После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным образом." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:11 msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Настройка звука" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3844,10 +3130,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой " -"карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется " -"только один дефолтный." +msgstr "На этом экране указан драйвер, который инсталлятор выбрал для вашей звуковой карты из имеющихся и который будет драйвером по умолчанию, если имеется только один дефолтный." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3857,24 +3140,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после " -"установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</" -"command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав " -"вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</" -"guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна." +msgstr "Драйвер по умолчанию должен работать без проблем. Однако, если после установки вы столкнётесь с проблемами, то запустите <command>draksound</command> или запустите эту утилиту из MCC (Центр Управления Mageia), выбрав вкладку <guilabel>Оборудование</guilabel> и нажав <guilabel>Настройка звука</guilabel> в верхнем правом углу окна." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на " -"<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение " -"неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить " -"эту проблему." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Затем в draksound или в окне утилиты \"Настройка звука\" щёлкните на <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и потом на <guibutton>Устранение неполадок</guibutton>, чтобы найти очень полезные советы о том, как решить эту проблему." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3887,377 +3162,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки " -"полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных " -"драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер." +msgstr "Нажатие <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> в этом окне во время установки полезно, если нет драйвера по умолчанию и есть несколько доступных драйверов, но вы считаете, что инсталлятор выбрал неверный драйвер." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на " -"<guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>." +msgstr "В этом случае вы можете выбрать другой драйвер после нажатия на <guibutton>Позволить мне выбрать любой драйвер</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном " -"выборе." +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном выборе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите " -"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, " -"хранящиеся на этом диске." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если при установке у вас возникнут проблемы, вам придется воспользоваться " -#~ "особыми параметрами установке см. <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Параметры установки" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "В ответ на нажатие этой клавиши будет открыто текстовое окно справочных " -#~ "данных." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Справочное окно инсталлятора" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Параметры ядра" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " -#~ "options selected will work with your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "С помощью этого раздела вы можете выполнить точную настройку звуковой " -#~ "подсистемы компьютера. В основном, можно довольствоваться дефолтными " -#~ "параметрами настройки." - -#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Выбор диска для очистки с целью установки <application>Mageia</" -#~ "application>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " -#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Выберите жесткий диск, который следует отформатировать для установки " -#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " -#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Убедитесь, что именно тот жесткий диск. Все данные на выбранном диске " -#~ "будут потеряны. Восстановить данные после очистки будет очень трудно (я " -#~ "бы сказал не реально)." - -#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика (устаревшая страница)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " -#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " -#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Страница была перемещена на <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref>." - -#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Настройка графического сервера, графической карты и монитора (устаревшая " -#~ "страница)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " -#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " -#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Страница была перемещена на <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref>" - -#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" -#~ msgstr "Дополнительные возможности управления загрузчиком" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" -#~ "> first." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если вы еще этого не сделали, сначала ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref " -#~ "linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/>." - -#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" -#~ msgstr "Добавление записи основанной на GRUB2 системы вручную" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Чтобы добавить основанную на GRUB2 систему в меню загрузки Mageia, " -#~ "выполните следующие действия:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " -#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Скачать другую операционную систему. С целью определения версии GRUB2 " -#~ "выполните в терминале следующую команду:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" - -#~ msgid "or if that fails try:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если никаких полезных данных не будет выведено, попробуйте такую команду:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " -#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " -#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " -#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если в ответ будет возвращен «GNU GRUB version 0.97» (возможно с каким-то " -#~ "дополнительным суффиксом), в системе используется GRUB (который еще " -#~ "называют устаревшим GRUB), а не GRUB2. Итак, ваша система должным образом " -#~ "выявлена средствами Mageia при установке, а ее пункт будет добавлен в " -#~ "меню загрузки." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если будет возвращена строка с (GRUB) 1.98, 1.99 или 2.xx, то " -#~ "используется GRUB2." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " -#~ "partition:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Запишите номер версии и выполните следующую команду с целью определения " -#~ "названия корневого раздела:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#~ msgid "This will output something like :" -#~ msgstr "В ответ будет выведено что-то такое:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" - -#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." -#~ msgstr "sdb11 — корневой раздел, - запомните его название." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " -#~ "following command:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "После этого проверьте, сохраняется ли папка /boot на том же разделе, с " -#~ "помощью команды:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " -#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." -#~ "lst below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если раздел каталога /boot не совпадает с корневым разделом, запишите " -#~ "название раздела /boot и используйте ее в строке «root» при " -#~ "редактировании файла menu.lst, описанного ниже." - -#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." -#~ msgstr "Теперь можно завершить работу системы и перейти к установке Mageia." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " -#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "В запущенной системе Mageia откройте окно терминала и от имени " -#~ "администратора (root) откройте для редактирования файл /boot/grub/menu." -#~ "lst. Добавьте в файл указанные ниже записи:" - -#~ msgid "To become root use:" -#~ msgstr "Чтобы получить права доступа root, выполните следующие команды:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" - -#~ msgid "(enter root password)" -#~ msgstr "(введите пароль root)" - -#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Чтобы открыть файл в текстовом редакторе, воспользуйтесь такой командой:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" - -#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" -#~ msgstr "(замените «kwrite» на «gedit», если вы пользуетесь Gnome)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " -#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " -#~ "its position in the file:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Добавьте следующую запись для вашей операционной системы (например " -#~ "Ubuntu). Расположения пункта в меню будет зависеть от расположения записи " -#~ "в файле" - -#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " -#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " -#~ "GRUB count from zero." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Во второй строке «hd1» означает второй диск, а «10» соответствует " -#~ "одиннадцатому разделу. Отсчет дисков и разделов в устаревшем GRUB Mageia " -#~ "выполняется от нуля." - -#~ msgid "Therefore:" -#~ msgstr "Поэтому:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если имеется GRUB2 версии 2.xx, то измените последнюю строку на такую:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" -#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если раньше вы использовали «grub2-install», измените <literal>«grub»</" -#~ "literal> на <literal>«grub2»</literal> в последней строке." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" -#~ "literal> from the last line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если /boot расположен на отдельном разделе, удалите <literal>«/boot»</" -#~ "literal> из последней строки." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " -#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Сохраните файл и перезагрузите компьютер. Теперь в меню должен быть пункт " -#~ "«Ubuntu», с помощью которого можно будет загрузить соответствующую " -#~ "систему." - -#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" -#~ msgstr "Использование существующего загрузчика GRUB2" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " -#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Если вы еще не ознакомились с общей частью по уже установленному " -#~ "загрузчику, сделайте это сейчас. См. <xref linkend=" -#~ "\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " -#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " -#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " -#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " -#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "В некоторых версиях Debian/Ubuntu имеется известный недостаток, связанный " -#~ "с методом определения операционных систем при установке GRUB2. Из-за " -#~ "этого недостатка ошибочно создается grub.cfg при добавлении записей " -#~ "операционных систем Mageia (или Mandriva). Обойти этот недостаток " -#~ "довольно просто. Подробности можно найти на форуме Mageia. Выполните " -#~ "поиск по ключевому слову «prober». Тема ветки - «grub problem». Решение " -#~ "приведены в сообщении 9." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " -#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." -#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Чтобы эти исправления не были устранены при обновлении ядра Ubuntu, " -#~ "следует добавить запись Mageia в файл <literal>/etc/grub.d/40_custom</" -#~ "literal>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " -#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " -#~ "preferred solution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Замечание: этот недостаток исправлен в os-prober-1.53, выпущенного 8 мая " -#~ "2012 года. Итак, теперь стоит отдать предпочтение обновлению до новой " -#~ "версии GRUB2 в вашей системе." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, хранящиеся на этом диске." diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml index 700296e9..8abbbdb2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команды + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a59ea144 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/ru/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Classical installation media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xfce desktop only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>32 bits only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>GNOME desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>English language only.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/ru/installer.xml b/docs/installer/ru/installer.xml index bfbbc3f9..16deef38 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/ru/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="ru"> @@ -39,16 +38,133 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to системы. Обычно, это именно тот пункт, который вам нужен.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Приветственное окно программы установки</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Ниже приведено типичное окно приветствия Mageia DVD:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>С помощью первой страницы можно указать некоторые личные предпочтения:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Язык (на время установки, в системе может быть выбран совсем другой язык) +можно выбрать после нажатия клавиши F2</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Используйте клавиши со стрелками, чтобы выбрать нужный вам пункт в списке, и +нажмите клавишу Enter.</para> + + <para>Ниже приведён пример окна приветствия в Live DVD/CD. Заметьте, что в меню +Live DVD/CD нет таких пунктов: <guilabel>Восстановление системы</guilabel>, +<guilabel>Тест памяти</guilabel> и <guilabel>Инструмент поиска +оборудования</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Изменить разрешение экрана можно с помощью нажатия клавиши F3.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Некоторые параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F6.</para> + + <para>Если программе установки не удаётся выполнить свое назначение должным +образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными +возможностями. В меню, которое можно вызвать нажатием клавиши F6, будет +показан новый пункт, <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> (<guilabel>Параметры +загрузки</guilabel>) с такими четырьмя подпунктами:</para> + + <para>- Default (по умолчанию), не менять ничего в параметрах по умолчанию.</para> + + <para>- Safe Settings (безопасные параметры), преимущество параметров безопасности +над быстродействием.</para> + + <para>- No ACPI (без расширенного интерфейса настройки и управления питанием), не +принимать во внимание параметры управления питанием.</para> + + <para>- No Local APIC (без локального расширенного контроллера прерываний с +возможностью программирования), этот вариант связан с прерываниями работы +центрального процессора, выберите его, если есть соответствующие установки.</para> + + <para>Выбор одного из пунктов приводит к внесению изменений в параметры по +умолчанию, показанные в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>.</para> + + <note> + <para>В некоторых релизах Mageia параметры, выбранные с помощью F6, не появляются +в строке <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>. Однако, эти параметры +будут учтены при загрузке.</para> + </note> - <para>Если при установке у вас возникнут проблемы, вам придется воспользоваться -особыми параметрами установке см. <xref -linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Дополнительные параметры работы ядра можно указать после нажатия клавиши F1</para> + + <para>Нажатие клавиши F1 открывает новое окно со списком пунктов. Выберите один из +пунктов с помощью клавиш со стрелками и нажмите клавишу Enter, чтобы +получить подробную справку, или нажмите клавишу Esc, чтобы вернуться к окну +приветствия.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>Ниже приведён снимок окна с подробным описанием параметров окна приветствия +системы. Нажмите клавишу Esc или выберите <guilabel>Return to Boot +Options</guilabel> (Вернуться к Параметрам загрузки), чтобы вернуться к +списку параметров. Описанные в окне параметры можно добавить вручную в +строку <guilabel>Параметры загрузки</guilabel>.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия +клавиши F2.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Ниже приведено окно приветствия по умолчанию образа для установки по сети +(названия - Boot.iso или Boot-Nonfree.iso):</para> + + <para>Здесь нельзя изменить язык. Список доступных параметров приведён на +экране. Подробное описание использования образа для установки по сети +приведено в <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Вики Mageia</link></para> + + <warning> + <para>Раскладка клавиатуры соответствует американскому английскому.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -81,26 +197,6 @@ Delete</guibutton> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузит </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Параметры установки</title> - </info> - - <para>Если программе установки не удается выполнить свое назначение должным -образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными -вариантами, описание которых можно получить после нажатия клавиши -<guibutton>F1 (Справка)</guibutton> см. <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref>.</para> - - <para>В ответ на нажатие этой клавиши будет открыто текстовое окно справочных -данных.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Справочное окно инсталлятора</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения</title> @@ -120,12 +216,12 @@ align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> </listitem> <listitem> - <para revision="2">Если компьютер очень старый, установка в графическом режиме может быть -просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться установкой в -текстовом режиме. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, -когда будет показан первый пригласительный экран, и подтвердите выполнение -действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code> и нажмите клавишу -Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме.<emphasis></emphasis></para> + <para revision="2">Если компьютер является очень старым, то установка в графическом режиме +может быть просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться текстовым +режимом. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, когда +будет показан первый экран приветствия, и подтвердите выполнение действия +нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code>, увидев строку "boot:", и +нажмите клавишу Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -146,7 +242,7 @@ Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Параметры ядра</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Проблемы с RAM (оперативной памятью)</title> </info> <para>Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых @@ -156,6 +252,18 @@ Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ оперативной памяти.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index de6286fe..7bbd1eb9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -1,22 +1,26 @@ -# Turkish translation of Mageia Installer Help -# Copyright (C) 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer package. -# Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013, 2014. -# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Installer Help package. +# +# Translators: +# Atilla Öntaş <tarakbumba@gmail.com>, 2013-2014 +# Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>, 2014 +# Murat Bişkin <murat@muratbiskin.com.tr>, 2013 +# Murat Bişkin <murat@muratbiskin.com.tr>, 2013 +# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2013 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-03 21:10+0300\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-01 01:53+0300\n" -"Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" -"Language: tr\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-21 16:51+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Fırat Kutlu <firatkutlu@gmail.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/tr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Virtaal 0.7.1\n" +"Language: tr\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:32 @@ -26,11 +30,9 @@ msgstr "Lisans ve Sürüm Notları" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -40,39 +42,31 @@ msgstr "Lisans Sözleşmesi" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 msgid "" -"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " -"terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "" -"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans " -"koşullarını dikkatle okuyun." +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license" +" terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumuna başlamadan önce lütfen lisans koşullarını dikkatle okuyun." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 msgid "" -"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" -"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "" -"Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır " -"ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir." +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire " +"<application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before " +"you can continue." +msgstr "Bu koşullar <application>Mageia</application> dağıtımının tamamına uygulanır ve devam edilmeden önce mutlaka kabul edilmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 msgid "" "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " "<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve " -"<guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "Kabul etmek için basitçe <guilabel>Onayla</guilabel> kutucuğunu seçin ve <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " -"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "" -"Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür " -"ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı " -"yeniden başlatacaktır." +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking." +" Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "Bu koşulları reddetmeye karar verdiyseniz, incelediğiniz için teşekkür ederiz. <guibutton>Çık</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -84,9 +78,7 @@ msgstr "Sürüm Notları" msgid "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "" -"<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu " -"görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>'nın bu sürümünde nelerin yeni olduğunu görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 @@ -99,31 +91,27 @@ msgstr "tr" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Ek Kurulum Kaynağı Yapılandırın)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the +#. same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ +#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 msgid "" "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The" +" source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik " -"disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, " -"ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir." +msgstr "Bu ekran önceden tanımlanmış depoların listesini verir. Paketler için, optik disk veya uzak kaynak gibi başka kaynaklar ekleyebilirsiniz. Kaynak seçimi, ilerki adımlarda hangi paketlerin erişilebilir olacağını belirleyecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 @@ -143,40 +131,38 @@ msgid "" "Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " "the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " "installation." -msgstr "" -"Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek " -"Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları " -"ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli " -"bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz." +msgstr "Bir yansı veya bir URL bağlantısı seçmek (ilk girdi). Bir yansı seçerek Mageia tarafından yönetilen tüm depolara, mesela Nonfree, Tainted depoları ile Updates deposuna, erişim sağlarsınız. URL bağlantısı ile ise, belirli bir depoyu veya kendi NFS kurulumunuzu belirtirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kullanıcı ve Süper Kullanıcı Yönetimi" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, +#. but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only +#. thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to +#. enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the +#. previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't +#. understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " "format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -188,31 +174,20 @@ msgstr "Yönetici (kök) Parolasını Ayarlayın:" msgid "" "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " "set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " -"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " -"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the" +" top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " "depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " "using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " "just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " "the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "" -"Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta " -"<emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya " -"yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya " -"başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında " -"kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola " -"kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı " -"parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın yanlış yazılmadığı " -"denetlenir." +msgstr "Tüm <application>Mageia</application> kurulumları için Linux' ta <emphasis>kök parolası</emphasis> olarak bilinen bir süper kullanıcı veya yönetici parolası belirlemeniz önerilir. Üstteki kutucuğa parolayı yazmaya başladığınızda kutucuktaki kalkan rengi, parolanızın gücü oranında kırmızıdan sarıya ve yeşile döner. Yeşil kalkan güçlü bir parola kullandığınızı gösterir. İlk parola kutucuğunun altındaki kutucuğa aynı parolayı yeniden girmelisiniz. Bu sayede ilk parolanın yanlış yazılmadığı denetlenir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 msgid "" "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " "(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "" -"Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük " -"harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması " -"en iyisidir." +msgstr "Tüm parolalar büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır. Harflerin (büyük harf ve küçük harf), rakamların ve diğer karakterlerin bir parolada karışık kullanılması en iyisidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -225,41 +200,29 @@ msgid "" "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " "enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " "anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "" -"Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha " -"az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını " -"kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının " -"bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi yapmaya yetkisi olur" +msgstr "Buraya bir kullanıcı ekleyin. Bir kullanıcı, süper kullanıcıdan (kök) daha az yetkiye sahiptir; ancak internette gezinmeye, ofis uygulamalarını kullanmaya veya oyunları oynamaya ve ortalama bir kullanıcının bilgisayarında yaptığı diğer her şeyi yapmaya yetkisi olur" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 msgid "" "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " "users icon." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "<guibutton>Simge</guibutton>: bu düğmeye tıklarsanız kullanıcının simgesini değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 msgid "" "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " "box." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna " -"girin." +msgstr "<guilabel>Gerçek Ad</guilabel>: Kullanıcının gerçek adını bu metin kutusuna girin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 msgid "" "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " -"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " -"sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını " -"belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini " -"kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe " -"duyarlıdır.</emphasis>" +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case" +" sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "<guilabel>Giriş Adı</guilabel>: Burada kullanıcının giriş adını belirleyebilir veya drakx' in kullanıcının gerçek adının bir benzerini kullanmasına izin verebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Giriş adı büyük-küçük harfe duyarlıdır.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 @@ -267,30 +230,22 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " "password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " "strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. " -"Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca " -"bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "<guilabel>Şifre</guilabel>: Bu metin kutusuna kullanıcı parolası yazın. Metin kutusunun sonunda şifre gücünü gösteren bir kalkan vardır. (Ayrıca bkz: <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 msgid "" "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " -"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " -"password text boxes." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin " -"kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda " -"aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin." +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user" +" password text boxes." +msgstr "<guilabel>Parola (yeniden)</guilabel>: Kullanıcı parolasını bu metin kutusuna yeniden yazın ki drakx her bir kullanıcı parolası metin kutusunda aynı parolanın bulunduğunu denetleyebilsin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 msgid "" "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " "write protected) home directory." -msgstr "" -"Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından " -"okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur." +msgstr "Mageia' yı kurarken eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için herkes tarafından okunabilen (ancak yazılamayan) bir ev dizini oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 @@ -298,20 +253,14 @@ msgid "" "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " "System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " "is both read and write protected." -msgstr "" -"Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki " -"Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem " -"okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur." +msgstr "Ancak, yeni kurulumunuzu kullanırken, <emphasis>MDM - Sistem - Sistemdeki Kullanıcıları Ayarlayın</emphasis> ile eklediğiniz her kullanıcı için hem okuma hem de yazma korumalı bir ev dizini oluşturulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 msgid "" "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " "to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "" -"Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir " -"kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden " -"başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir." +msgstr "Herkesin okuyabileceği bir ev dizini istemiyorsanız şu anda geçici bir kullanıcı eklemeniz ve gerçek kullanıcıyı bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlattıktan sonra eklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 @@ -319,10 +268,7 @@ msgid "" "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " "extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " "during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "" -"Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm " -"kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> " -"adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin." +msgstr "Herkes tarafından okunabilen ev dizinleri tercihiniz ise diğer tüm kullanıcıları kurulum sırasında <emphasis>Yapılandırma - Özet</emphasis> adımında ekleyebilirsiniz. <emphasis>Kullanıcı yönetimi</emphasis>ni seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -340,10 +286,7 @@ msgid "" "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " "screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " "Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "" -"Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz " -"kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek " -"olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Eğer <guibutton>gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesi tıklanmışsa eklemekte olduğunuz kullanıcı için ayarları değiştirebilmenizi sağlayan bir ekran önerilir. Ek olarak, konuk hesabını devre dışı bırakabilir veya etkinleştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 @@ -351,10 +294,7 @@ msgid "" "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " "saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " "should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun " -"kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir. " -"Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir." +msgstr "Öntanımlı bir <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> konuk hesabına sahip bir konuğun kendi /home dizinine kaydettiği her şey oturumunu kapattığında silinir. Konuk önemli dosyalarını bir USB belleğe kaydetmelidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 @@ -362,11 +302,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " "guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " "but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını " -"etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir " -"konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak " -"normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir." +msgstr "<guilabel>Konuk hesabını etkinleştir</guilabel>: Burada bir konuk hesabını etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. Konuk hesabı, bir konuğunuzun bilgisayarda oturum açmasını ve kullanmasını sağlar; ancak normal kullanıcılardan çok daha sınırlı erişim verir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 @@ -374,10 +310,7 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " "shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " "Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz " -"kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' " -"dir." +msgstr "<guilabel>Kabuk</guilabel>: Bu açılır liste, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kabuğunu değiştirmenizi sağlar. Seçenekler Bash, Dash ve Sh' dir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 @@ -385,48 +318,42 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " "are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " "you know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda " -"eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir " -"rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın." +msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı Kimliği</guilabel>: Burada, bir önceki ekranda eklediğiniz kullanıcının kullanıcı kimliğini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Bu bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 msgid "" "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " -"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " -"what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>: Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. " -"Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı " -"biliyorsanız boş bırakın." +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know" +" what you are doing." +msgstr "<guilabel>Grup Kimliği</guilabel>: Bu, grup kimliğini ayarlamanızı sağlar. Genellikle kullanıcınınki ile aynı olan bir rakamdır. Ne yaptığınızı biliyorsanız boş bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Bağlama noktasını seçin" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least +#. ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the +#. Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I +#. removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 @@ -434,63 +361,46 @@ msgid "" "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." -msgstr "" -"Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. " -"<application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız " -"bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınızda bulunan sabit disk bölümlerini görebilirsiniz. <application>DrakX</application> önerilerini kullanmak istemiyorsanız bağlama noktalarını değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." -msgstr "" -"Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün " -"olduğundan emin olun." +msgstr "Bir şeyi değiştirirseniz, <literal>/</literal> (kök) disk bölümünüzün olduğundan emin olun." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 msgid "" -"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" -"\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "" -"Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası" -"\", \"Türü\")." +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount " +"point\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "Her disk bölümü şöyle görüntülenir: \"Aygıt\" (\"Boyut\", \"Bağlama noktası\", \"Türü\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 msgid "" "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " "\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "" -"\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası" -"\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "\"Aygıt\", şunları ifade eder: \"sabit disk\", [\"sabit disk numarası\" (harf)] , \"disk bölümü numarası\" (mesela, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 msgid "" -"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " -"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from" +" the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " "and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " "instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " -"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" -"literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "" -"Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama " -"noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</" -"literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de " -"oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için " -"<literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</" -"literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the " +"<literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "Bir çok disk bölümünüz varsa, açılır menüden bir çok farklı bağlama noktasını seçebilirsiniz, mesela <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> ve <literal>/var</literal>. Üstelik kendi disk bölümlerinizi de oluşturabilirsiniz. Mesela, filmlerinizi sakladığınız bir disk bölümü için <literal>/video</literal> veya cauldron kurulumunuzun <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümü için <literal>/cauldron-home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 msgid "" "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " "point field blank." -msgstr "" -"Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası " -"alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Erişim sağlamaya gereksinim duymadığınız disk bölümleri için bağlama noktası alanını boş bırakabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 @@ -498,22 +408,15 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " "and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " "that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "" -"Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini " -"seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini " -"işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve " -"boyutunu görebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesini seçebilir ve sonra <guilabel>Özel Disk Bölümlendirme</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyebilirsiniz. Sonraki ekranda bir disk bölümüne tıklayarak türünü ve boyutunu görebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 msgid "" -"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " -"DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "" -"Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> " -"düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini " -"biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz." +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the " +"partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "Bağlama noktalarının doğru olduğundan eminseniz <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve DrakX tarafından önerilen disk bölümlerini biçimlendirmeyi veya daha fazlasını yapmayı seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 @@ -523,11 +426,9 @@ msgstr "Masaüstü Seçimi" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar " -"önerilebilir." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine" +" tune your choice." +msgstr "Buradaki seçiminize dayalı olarak seçtiğinizi ayarlamak için başka ekranlar önerilebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 @@ -535,18 +436,14 @@ msgid "" "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " "installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " "<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. " -"Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz" +msgstr "Seçim adımlarından sonra paket kurulumu sırasında bir sunum göreceksiniz. Sunumu <guilabel>Ayrıntılar</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayarak kapatabilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 @@ -558,30 +455,21 @@ msgid "" "default software choices for these desktop environments. The " "<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " "sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa " -"<application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. " -"Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini " -"kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü " -"ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız " -"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</" -"application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha " -"az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir." +msgstr "Masaüstü ortamlarından <application>KDE</application> mi yoksa <application>Gnome</application> masaüstü mü kullanmak istediğinizi seçin. Her ikisi de faydalı uygulama ve araçların tam seti ile gelir. Hiçbirini kullanmak istemiyor veya her ikisini de kullanmak istiyor ya da bu masaüstü ortamları için öntanımlı olanlardan farklı yazılımlar kullanmak istiyorsanız <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini işaretleyin. <application>LXDE</application> masaüstü bunların ikisinden de hafif olup öntanımlı olarak daha az paket kurulumu ve daha az göze hoş gelici özellikler içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 @@ -590,11 +478,7 @@ msgid "" "your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " "more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " "become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz " -"için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak " -"her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak " -"görüntülenebilir." +msgstr "Paketler, sisteminiz için gereksinim duyduklarınızı daha kolay seçebilmeniz için gruplar halinde sıralanmıştır. Gruplar bir parça açıklayıcıdır ancak her biri hakkında daha fazla bilgi fare üzerine getirildiğinde ipucu olarak görüntülenebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 @@ -616,90 +500,74 @@ msgstr "Grafiksel Ortam." msgid "" "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " "remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği " -"kullanabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Tek tek paket seçimi: El ile ekleme veya paket kaldırmak için bu seçeneği kullanabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=" -"\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do" +" a minimal install." +msgstr "En ufak kurulumu nasıl yapacağınıza dair yönergeler için <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> yardımını okuyun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Paketleri Tek Tek Seçin" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a +#. new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya " -"kaldırabilirsiniz." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." +msgstr "Kurulumunuzu kişiselleştirmek için burada, tüm ek paketleri kurabilir veya kaldırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) " -"kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> " -"tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve " -"yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." +msgstr "Seçiminizi yaptıktan sonra, paket seçiminizi (bir USB belleğe de olabilir) kaydetmek için sayfanın en altındaki <guibutton>disket simgesine</guibutton> tıklayabilirsiniz. Bu dosyayı kurulum esnasında aynı düğmeye tıklayarak ve yüklemeyi seçerek, aynı paketleri bir başka bilgisayarda da kurabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureServices.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Hizmetleri Yapılandırma" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id" +"=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "" -"Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." +msgstr "Burada sisteminizi başlattığınızda hangi hizmetlerin başlatıl(may)acağını ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." -msgstr "" -"Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki " -"hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz." +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and" +" see all services in it." +msgstr "Dört grup vardır. Bir grubun önündeki ok işaretine tıklayarak grup içindeki hizmetleri görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:34 @@ -711,61 +579,48 @@ msgstr "DrakX tarafından seçilen ayarlar genellikle en iyi ayarlardır." msgid "" "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " "box below." -msgstr "" -"Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda " -"görüntülenir." +msgstr "Bir hizmeti vurgularsanız, o hizmet hakkındaki bilgi alttaki kutuda görüntülenir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureServices.xml:41 msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri " -"değiştirin." +msgstr "Ne yaptığınızı çok ama çok iyi bir şekilde biliyorsanız burada bir şeyleri değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Zaman Dilimini Yapılandırma" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman diliminde olup da size yakın " -"bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the" +" same time zone." +msgstr "Zaman diliminizi ülkenizi veya aynı zaman diliminde olup da size yakın bulunan bir şehri seçerek belirleyin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen " -"GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to" +" GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "Sonraki ekranda donanım saatinizi yerel zamana veya UTC olarak da bilinen GMT zamanına göre ayarlayın." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " "are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel " -"zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun." +msgstr "Bilgisayarınızda birden fazla işletim sistemi bulunuyorsa, tümünün yerel zamana veya tümünün UTC/GMT zamanına ayarlı olduğundan emin olun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 @@ -775,31 +630,24 @@ msgstr "Bir X Sunucusu Seçme (Ekran Kartını Yapılandırma)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " "correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX ekran kartlarının oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına " -"sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar." +msgstr "DrakX ekran kartlarının oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip olup genellikle ekran kartınızı doğru olarak tanımlar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " "which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın " -"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" +msgstr "Kurulum aracı ekran kartınızı doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve kartınızın hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, kartınızı ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 @@ -822,10 +670,7 @@ msgid "" "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " "the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " "Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski " -"bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde " -"bulmanız mümkündür" +msgstr "Üretici listelerinde kartınızı (henüz veritabanına girmediği veya çok eski bir kart olduğu için) bulamıyorsanız uygun bir sürücüyü Xorg kategorisinde bulmanız mümkündür" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 @@ -833,19 +678,14 @@ msgid "" "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " "drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " "option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri " -"sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel " -"yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur." +msgstr "Xorg listeleme, 40'tan fazla genel ve açık kaynak ekran kartı sürücüleri sağlar. Kartınız için adlandırılmış bir sürücü hala bulamıyorsanız, temel yetenekleri sağlayan vesa sürücü kullanma seçeneğiniz mevcuttur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " "to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine " -"erişebileceğinizi unutmayın." +msgstr "Uyumsuz sürücü seçerseniz yalnızca komut satırı arabirimine erişebileceğinizi unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 @@ -853,36 +693,30 @@ msgid "" "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " "may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " "the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı " -"durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel " -"sürücüler sunabilir." +msgstr "Bazı ekran kartı üreticileri, sadece Nonfree depolarında bulunabilen ve bazı durumlarda da sadece üreticinin web sitesinden edinilebilen müseccel sürücüler sunabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" "The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " "you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu " -"seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz." +msgstr "Nonfree deposu ayrı olarak elle etkinleştirilmelidir. Önceden bu depoyu seçmediyseniz ilk yeniden başlatamadan sonra seçmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Ekran Kartı ve Monitör Yapılandırma" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" +#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename +#. for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 @@ -891,30 +725,19 @@ msgid "" "you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " "all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " "System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı " -"(ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, " -"bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe " -"<acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü " -"sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın " -"düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması " -"gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin " -"yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin." +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or" +" any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumu sırasında hangi grafiksel ortamı (ayrıca masaüstü ortamı olarak bilinirler) seçtiğiniz fark etmeksizin, bunların tümü <acronym>X Pencere Sistemi</acronym> olarak veya basitçe <acronym>X</acronym> olarak bilinen bir grafiksel kullanıcı arayüzü sistemine dayanırlar. Yani, <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> veya herhangi başka bir grafiksel ortamın düzgün çalışabilmesi için <acronym>X</acronym> ayarlarının doğru yapılması gerekir. <application>DrakX</application> bir seçim yapamıyorsa veya seçimin yanlış olduğunu düşünüyorsanız doğru ayarları seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " "from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız " -"listeden kartınızı seçin." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Ekran kartı</guibutton></emphasis>: Gerek duyarsanız listeden kartınızı seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 @@ -924,12 +747,7 @@ msgid "" "from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " "Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " "horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak " -"ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da " -"<guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. " -"Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için " -"<guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitör</guibutton></emphasis>: Mümkünse <guilabel>Tak ve Kullan</guilabel> seçebilir veya <guilabel>Üretici</guilabel> ya da <guilabel>Genel</guilabel> listesinden monitörünüzü seçebilirsiniz. Monitörünüz için yatay ve dikey tazeleme oranlarını elle ayarlamak için <guilabel>Kişisel</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -941,9 +759,7 @@ msgstr "Yanlış tazeleme oranları monitörünüze zarar verebilir" msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " "resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz " -"çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Çözünürlük</guibutton></emphasis>: Arzu ettiğiniz çözünürlüğü ve renk derinliğini buradan seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 @@ -951,29 +767,19 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " "always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " "settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum " -"esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu " -"düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını " -"soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların " -"kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız " -"yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya " -"kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa " -"ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>" +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept." +" If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be" +" able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Dene</guibutton></emphasis>: Deneme düğmesi kurulum esnasında her zaman görüntülenmez. Düğme görüntüleniyorsa, ayarlarınızı bu düğmeye tıklayarak deneyebilirsiniz. Ayarlarınızın doğru olup olmadığını soran bir soru kutusu görüyorsanız \"evet\" cevabını vererek ayarların kaydedilmesini sağlayabilirsiniz. Herhangi bir şey görmüyorsanız yapılandırma ekranına geri yönlendirilirsiniz ve denemeniz başarılı oluncaya kadar her şeyi yeniden ayarlayabilirsiniz. <emphasis>Düğme görüntülenmiyorsa ayarlarınızın güvenli tarafta olduğundan emin olun</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " "enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok " -"seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz." +msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Seçenekler</guibutton></emphasis>: Buradan bir çok seçeneği etkinleştirebilir veya devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 @@ -985,9 +791,7 @@ msgstr "Monitör Seçmek" msgid "" "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " "correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX monitörlerin oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip " -"olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar." +msgstr "DrakX monitörlerin oldukça gelişmiş karşılaştırma bir veritabanına sahip olup genellikle monitörünüzü doğru olarak tanımlar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 @@ -996,22 +800,15 @@ msgid "" "your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " "what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " "documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya " -"ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler " -"yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle " -"gelen kılavuza bakın" +msgstr "<emphasis>Farklı niteliklere sahip bir monitörü seçmek monitörünüze veya ekran kartınıza zarar verebilir. Ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız bir şeyler yapmaya çalışmayın.</emphasis> Kararsız kaldığınız takdirde monitörünüzle gelen kılavuza bakın" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 @@ -1022,14 +819,10 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Kişisel</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı " -"ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta " -"tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının " -"hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler." +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the" +" screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are" +" displayed." +msgstr "Bu seçenek iki kritik parametreyi ayarlamanızı sağlar, dikey tazeleme oranı ve yatay tazeleme oranı. Dikey tazeleme oranı ekranın hangi sıklıkta tazeleneceğini belirler ve yatay ekran aralığı, hangi tarama hatlarının hangi oranda görüntüleneceğini belirler." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1038,11 +831,7 @@ msgid "" "type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " "may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " "consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı " -"belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar " -"verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve " -"monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın." +msgstr "Monitörünüzün kapasitesinin ötesinde bir monitör türü ve ekran aralığı belirlememeniz <emphasis>ÇOK ÖNEMLİDİR</emphasis>: monitörünüze zarar verebilirsiniz. Kararsız kalırsanız, ortalama bir ayar seçin ve monitörünüzün kılavuzuna bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 @@ -1054,9 +843,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Tak ve Kullan</emphasis>" msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya " -"çalışır." +msgstr "Öntanımlı seçenek budur. Monitör veritabanından monitör türünü bulmaya çalışır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1068,9 +855,7 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Üretici</emphasis>" msgid "" "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " "one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün " -"hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" +msgstr "Kurulum aracı monitörünüzü doğru olarak algılayamamışsa ve monitörünüzün hangisi olduğunu biliyorsanız, monitörünüzü ağaçtan şuna göre seçebilirsiniz:" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 @@ -1091,17 +876,11 @@ msgstr "<emphasis>Genel</emphasis>" #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması " -"görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel " -"görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için " -"Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi " -"bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek " -"akıllıca olur." +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is" +" often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card " +"driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once " +"again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "bu grubu seçmek, 1024x768@60Hz gibi yaklaşık 30 görüntü yapılandırması görüntüler ve dizüstü bilgisayarlarda kullanılanlar gibi Flat panel görüntülerini de içerir. Ekran kartınız kendiliğinden tanımlanamadığı için Vesa ekran kartı sürücüsü kullanmanız gerekiyorsa bu seçenek genellikle iyi bir monitör seçimi grubudur. Yine, seçimlerinizde ortalama değerleri seçmek akıllıca olur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1111,64 +890,47 @@ msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The" +" encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "" -"<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı " -"bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin " -"olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği " -"işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır." +msgstr "<literal>/</literal> disk bölümünüzde şifreleme kullanmak isterseniz ayrı bir <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüzün mevcut olduğundan emin olmalısınız. <literal>/boot</literal> disk bölümünüz için şifreleme seçeneği işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions," +" change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " "is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya " -"kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu " -"değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu " -"görüntüleyebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu değiştirebilir ve hatta başlamadan önce içinde neler olduğunu görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "" -"Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir " -"sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an" +" USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "Algılanan her sabit disk veya USB bellek gibi diğer depolama aygıtı için bir sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" -msgstr "" -"Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümler silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü " -"Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected" +" storage device" +msgstr "Seçili depolama aygıtındaki tüm bölümler silmek için <guibutton>Tümünü Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra " -"onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden " -"boyutlandırın veya silin." +msgstr "Diğer eylemler için: öncelikle arzu ettiğiniz disk bölümüne tıklayın. Sonra onu görüntüleyin veya bir dosya sistemi ve bağlama noktası seçin, yeniden boyutlandırın veya silin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:49 @@ -1191,28 +953,21 @@ msgid "" "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme " -"sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair " -"bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Bu ekranda sabit disklerinizin içeriğini görebilir ve DrakX bölümlendirme sihirbazının <application>Mageia</application>'nın nereye kurulacağına dair bulduğu çözümlere ulaşabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 msgid "" "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " "particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "" -"Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin " -"bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir." +msgstr "Aşağıdaki listeden kullanılabilen seçenekler, belirli sabit disklerinizin bölümlendirme düzeni ve içeriğine bağlı olarak değişecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1224,9 +979,7 @@ msgstr "Mevcut Disk Bölümü Kullanılsın" msgid "" "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " "been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk " -"bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir." +msgstr "Bu seçenek erişilebilir durumdaysa Linux uyumlu önceden mevcut olan disk bölümleri bulunmuştur ve yükleme için kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -1236,11 +989,9 @@ msgstr "Boş Alan Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " -"your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "" -"Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için " -"bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır." +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for" +" your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "Sabit diskinizde kullanılmayan boş alan varsa, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için bu seçenek o alanı kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1250,11 +1001,9 @@ msgstr "Windows Bölümündeki Boş Alan Kullanılsın" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 msgid "" -"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " -"offer to use it." -msgstr "" -"Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu " -"kullanmayı önerebilir." +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may" +" offer to use it." +msgstr "Mevcut bir Windows bölümünde kullanılmayan alan varsa, kurulum aracı bunu kullanmayı önerebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1262,9 +1011,7 @@ msgid "" "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " "but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " "important files!" -msgstr "" -"Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak " -"riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!" +msgstr "Bu, yeni Mageia kurulumunuz için boş alan açmakta faydalı olabilir; ancak riskli bir işlem olduğundan önemli tüm dosyalarınızı yedeklemelisiniz!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 @@ -1275,12 +1022,7 @@ msgid "" "although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " "moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " "back up your personal files." -msgstr "" -"Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü " -"\"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış " -"olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına " -"dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. " -"Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir." +msgstr "Bu işlemin Windows bölümünün boyutunu azaltacağını unutmayın. Disk bölümü \"temiz\" olmalıdır; yani son kullanımında Windows düzgün şekilde kapatılmış olmalıdır. Bölümdeki tüm dosyaların kullanılacak alanın dışına taşındığına dair garanti sunmazsa da ayrıca mutlaka disk birleştirme yapılmalıdır. Kişisel dosyalarınızı yedeklemeniz önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1295,9 +1037,7 @@ msgstr "Bu seçenek tüm sabit diski Mageia için kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "" -"Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli " -"olun!" +msgstr "Önemli! Bu işlem seçilen sabit diskteki BÜTÜN veriyi silecektir. Dikkatli olun!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 @@ -1305,10 +1045,7 @@ msgid "" "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " "have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " "this option." -msgstr "" -"Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya " -"disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu " -"seçeneği kullanmayın." +msgstr "Sabit diskin bir kısmını başka bir şey için kullanmak niyetindeyseniz veya disk üzerinde kaybetmeye henüz hazır olmadığınız verileriniz varsa bu seçeneği kullanmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -1318,11 +1055,9 @@ msgstr "Özel" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 msgid "" -"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " -"hard drive(s)." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçenek kurulumu sabit diskleriniz üzerinde yerleştirmenizde size tam " -"denetim sunar." +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your" +" hard drive(s)." +msgstr "Bu seçenek kurulumu sabit diskleriniz üzerinde yerleştirmenizde size tam denetim sunar." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 @@ -1331,17 +1066,10 @@ msgid "" "previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " "hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " "with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " -"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " -"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning" +" tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " "settings:" -msgstr "" -"Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine " -"4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği " -"nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk " -"üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok " -"boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı " -"bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi " -"öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: " +msgstr "Bazı yeni sabit diskler eski standart olan 512 bayt mantıksal sektör yerine 4096 bayt mantıksal sektör kullanmaktadır. Erişilebilir donanım eksikliği nedeniyle kurulumda kullanılan bölümlendirme aracı bu tür bir sabit disk üzerinde denenmemiştir. Ayrıca bazı ssd diskler 1 MB üzerinde silme blok boyutu kullanmaktadır. Böyle bir sabit diskiniz varsa, gparted gibi farklı bir bölümlendirme aracı kullanarak diskinizi önceden bölümlendirmenizi öneririz. Şu ayarları kullanın: " #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1357,9 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "\"Önündeki boş alan (MiB):\" \"2\"" #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "" -"Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin " -"olun." +msgstr "Ayrıca tüm bölümlerin çift sayılı megabaytlar ile oluşturulduğundan emin olun." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 @@ -1376,7 +1102,8 @@ msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Şubat 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#. type: Content of: +#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1399,13 +1126,10 @@ msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which" +" screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." -msgstr "" -"Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. " -"Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize " -"bağlıdır." +msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize bağlıdır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 @@ -1416,84 +1140,64 @@ msgstr "</note>" #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile " -"lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile lisanslanmıştır <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> " -"tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " -"CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının " -"geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile " -"irtibat kurun." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Tebrikler" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 msgid "" -"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" -"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " -"your computer." -msgstr "" -"<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. " -"Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden " -"başlatabilirsiniz." +"You have finished installing and configuring " +"<application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the " +"installation medium and reboot your computer." +msgstr "<application>Mageia</application> kurulumunu ve yapılandırmasını bitirdiniz. Şimdi güvenle kurulum ortamını çıkartarak bilgisayarınızı yeniden başlatabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 msgid "" -"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " -"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "" -"Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden " -"fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz." +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating" +" systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "Yeniden başlatmadan sonra, önyükleme ekranında, bilgisayarınızdaki (birden fazla varsa) işletim sistemleri arasında seçim yapabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "" -"Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden " -"seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır." +msgstr "Önyükleyici ayarlarını yapmadıysanız, Mageia kurulumunuz kendiliğinden seçilecek ve başlatılacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1505,54 +1209,43 @@ msgstr "Tadını çıkarın!" msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" -msgstr "" -"Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www." -"mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin" +msgstr "Herhangi bir sorunuz varsa veya Mageia' ya katkıda bulunmak istiyorsanız www.mageia.org adresini ziyaret edin" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Biçimlendirme" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\"" +" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> " +"</imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "" -"Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. " -"Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri " -"korunacaktır." +msgstr "Burada hangi disk bölüm(ler)ini biçimlendirmek istediğinizi seçebilirsiniz. Biçimlendirme için <emphasis>seçilmemiş</emphasis> tüm bölümlerdeki veri korunacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "" -"Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir" +msgstr "Genellikle, DrakX tarafından seçilen bölümlerin biçimlendirilmesi gerekir" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri " -"seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" +msgstr "<emphasis>hatalı bloklar</emphasis> için sınanmasını istediğiniz bölümleri seçmek için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1561,21 +1254,14 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " "and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " "In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "" -"Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve " -"yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra " -"<guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri " -"getirebilirsiniz. Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu " -"görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Doğru seçimi yaptığınızdan emin değilseniz, <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> ve yine <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayabilir ve sonra <guibutton>Kişisel</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak ana ekranı geri getirebilirsiniz. Bu ekranda disk bölümlerinizde neyin olduğunu görüntülemeyi seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 msgid "" -"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" -"guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "" -"Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</" -"guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın." +"When you are confident about the selection, click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "Seçimi hakkında emin olduğunuzda devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesini tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:17 @@ -1588,19 +1274,14 @@ msgid "" "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " "Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " "possible." -msgstr "" -"İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, " -"Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde " -"yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır." +msgstr "İster GNU/Linux ile yeni tanışan isterse deneyimli bir kullanıcı olun, Mageia kurulum aracı kurulumu veya yükseltmeyi mümkün olan en kolay şekilde yapmanıza yardımcı olmak için tasarlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:28 msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "" -"İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde " -"tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır." +msgstr "İlk menü ekranı bir çok seçeneğe sahiptir; fakat öntanımlı olan, normalde tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:34 @@ -1615,18 +1296,15 @@ msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><para> #: en/installer.xml:37 msgid "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Mageia DVD:" -msgstr "" -"Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı " -"bulunmaktadır:" +msgstr "Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır:" #. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:40 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><figure> #: en/installer.xml:39 @@ -1644,16 +1322,12 @@ msgstr "İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:" msgid "" "The language (for the installation only, may be different that the chosen " "language for the system) by pressing the key F2" -msgstr "" -"F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir " -"başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz" +msgstr "F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:57 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1664,20 +1338,15 @@ msgstr "Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın." #: en/installer.xml:65 msgid "" "Here is for example, the French welcome screen when using a Live DVD/CD. " -"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue System</" -"guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware Detection " -"Tool</guilabel>." -msgstr "" -"Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı " -"bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: " -"<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve " -"<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>." +"Note that the Live DVD/CD menu does not propose: <guilabel>Rescue " +"System</guilabel>, <guilabel>Memory test</guilabel> and <guilabel>Hardware " +"Detection Tool</guilabel>." +msgstr "Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: <guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve <guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:73 msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:82 @@ -1686,10 +1355,8 @@ msgstr "F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:85 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:92 @@ -1702,10 +1369,7 @@ msgid "" "If the installation fails, then it may be necessary to try again using one " "of the extra options. The menu called by F6 displays a new line called " "<guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> and propose four entries:" -msgstr "" -"Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden " -"denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme " -"seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:" +msgstr "Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:99 @@ -1717,37 +1381,28 @@ msgstr "- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yap msgid "" "- Safe Settings, priority is given to the safer options to the detriment of " "performances." -msgstr "" -"- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli " -"seçeneklere öncelik verilir." +msgstr "- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli seçeneklere öncelik verilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:105 msgid "" "- No ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface), power management " "isn't taken into account." -msgstr "" -"- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba " -"alınmaz." +msgstr "- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba alınmaz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:108 msgid "" "- No Local APIC (Local Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller), it is " "about CPU interruptions, select this option if you are asked for." -msgstr "" -"- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu " -"seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin." +msgstr "- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:112 msgid "" "When you select one of these entries, it modifies the default options " "displayed in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line." -msgstr "" -"Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme " -"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri " -"değiştirir." +msgstr "Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri değiştirir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:116 @@ -1755,17 +1410,12 @@ msgid "" "In some Mageia releases, it may happen that the entries selected with the " "key F6 does not appear in the <guilabel>Boot Options</guilabel> line, " "however, they are really taken into account." -msgstr "" -"Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme " -"Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında " -"uygulanmaktadırlar." +msgstr "Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında uygulanmaktadırlar." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:130 @@ -1778,17 +1428,12 @@ msgid "" "Pressing F1 opens a new window with more available options. Select one with " "the arrow keys and press Enter to have more details or press the Esc key to " "go back to the welcome screen." -msgstr "" -"F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok " -"tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc " -"tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün." +msgstr "F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:139 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp1.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:146 @@ -1797,18 +1442,12 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Return to Boot Options</guilabel> to go back to the options list. " "These options can by added by hand in the <guilabel>Boot options</guilabel> " "line." -msgstr "" -"Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya " -"<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler " -"listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> " -"satırına elle eklenebilir." +msgstr "Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya <guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> satırına elle eklenebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:152 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcomeHelp2.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:160 @@ -1820,22 +1459,17 @@ msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir." msgid "" "Here is the default welcome screen when using a Wired Network-based " "Installation CD (Boot.iso or Boot-Nonfree.iso images):" -msgstr "" -"Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) " -"kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:" +msgstr "Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:169 msgid "" "It does not allow to change the language, the available options are " "described in the screen. For more information about using a Wired Network-" -"based Installation CD, see <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">the Mageia Wiki</link>" -msgstr "" -"Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda " -"tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında " -"daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot." -"iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın" +"based Installation CD, see <link " +"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">the Mageia " +"Wiki</link>" +msgstr "Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında daha fazla bilgi için <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install\">Mageia Wiki</link>sine bakın" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/installer.xml:175 @@ -1845,11 +1479,9 @@ msgstr "Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:179 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:186 @@ -1859,29 +1491,24 @@ msgstr "Kurulum adımları" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:189 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma " -"bölünmüştür." +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed" +" on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "Kurulum işlemi, ekranın yanındaki panelden takip edilebilen bir kaç adıma bölünmüştür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:192 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "" -"Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> " -"düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir." +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "Her adım, az gerek duyulan seçenekler için <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesini içerebilen bir veya bir kaç ekrana sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:196 msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." -msgstr "" -"Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</" -"guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." +msgstr "Çoğu ekran, geçerli adım için açıklamalar içeren <guibutton>Yardım</guibutton> düğmesine sahiptir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:200 @@ -1891,19 +1518,10 @@ msgid "" "partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " "computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " "leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys" +" <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden " -"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk " -"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, " -"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi " -"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen " -"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " -"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> " -"tuşlarına aynı anda basın." +msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> tuşlarına aynı anda basın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:215 @@ -1915,31 +1533,25 @@ msgstr "Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri" msgid "No Graphical Interface" msgstr "Grafiksel Arabirim Yok" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:226 msgid "" "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " "This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "" -"İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran " -"kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında " -"<code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin." +msgstr "İlk ekrandan sonra dil seçimi ekranına erişemediniz. Bu durum bazı ekran kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında <code>vgalo</code> yazarak düşük çözünürlük kullanmayı deneyin." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:233 msgid "" "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " "In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " "ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." -msgstr "" -"Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda " -"metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama " -"ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:" -"\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve " -"ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin." +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit" +" ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode." +msgstr "Donanım çok eskiyse, grafiksel bir kurulum mümkün olmayabilir. Bu durumda metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. \"boot:\" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. \"text\" yazın ve ENTER tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:245 @@ -1954,12 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" "hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " "<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " "other options as necessary." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir " -"sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması " -"işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut " -"satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer " -"seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir." +msgstr "Kurulum sırasında sistem donmuş ise donanım algılaması işleminde bir sorundan kaynaklanabilir. Bu durumda donanımın kendiliğinden algılanması işlemi atlanabilir ve sonraya bırakılabilir. Bunu denemek için komut satırında <code>noauto</code> yazın. Bu seçenek gerekli olduğunda diğer seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:257 @@ -1971,13 +1578,9 @@ msgstr "RAM sorunu" msgid "" "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " "available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "" -"Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' " -"İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> " -"parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade " -"etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder." +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. " +"e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' İ yanlış bildirebilir. Bunu elle ayarlamak için <code>mem=xxxM</code> parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:269 @@ -1990,8 +1593,9 @@ msgid "" "If you converted your hard disk from \"basic\" format to \"dynamic\" format " "on Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia " "on this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: " -"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx" -"\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx\">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1999,29 +1603,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Güncellemeler" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore +#. correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 msgid "" "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " "packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "" -"<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı " -"paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir." +msgstr "<application>Mageia</application>nın bu sürümü yayımlandığından beri bazı paketler güncellenmiş veya geliştirilmiş olabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 @@ -2029,10 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " "select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " "aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "" -"Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak " -"istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' " -"ı seçin." +msgstr "Bunları indirmek ve kurmak için <guilabel>evet</guilabel>' i; bunu yapmak istemiyorsanız veya İnternet' e bağlı değilseniz <guilabel>hayır</guilabel>' ı seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -2044,71 +1645,55 @@ msgstr "Sonra devam etmek için <guibutton>İleri</guibutton> düğmesine basın msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Veri Kaynağı Seçimi (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the +#. same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html +#. filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id" +"=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:18 msgid "" "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories" +" selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " "the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri " -"kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen " -"adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler." +msgstr "Burada mevcut depoların listesi vardır. Kurulum için kullandığınız veri kaynağına göre bütün depolar erişilebilir değildir. Depo seçimi, ilerleyen adımlarda hangi paketleri seçebileceğinizi belirler." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:25 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın " -"temel paketlerini içerir." +msgstr "<emphasis>Core</emphasis> deposu devre dışı bırakılamaz; çünkü dağıtımın temel paketlerini içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 msgid "" "The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source" +" software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " "nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " "cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. " -"Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) " -"kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran " -"kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım " -"yazılımlarını içerir." +msgstr "<emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> deposu, ücretsiz edinilebilen paketleri içerir. Mageia bunları sunabilir fakat (Nonfree isminden de anlaşılabileceği gibi) kapalı kaynak kodlu yazılımları içerir. Örneğin bu depo nVidia ve ATI ekran kartlarının müseccel sürücülerini, birçok kablosuz kart v.b. için donanım yazılımlarını içerir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış " -"paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların " -"bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. " -"Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod " -"çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b." +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under" +" a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository " +"is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g." +" Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed" +" to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> deposu, özgür yazılım altında yayımlanmış paketleri içerir. Bu depoya paketlerin konulmasındaki temel ölçüt, bunların bazı ülkelerdeki patentler ve fikri hakları koruyan yasalarla çelişmesidir. Mesela bir çok ses/video dosyasını oynatmak için gerekli çoklu ortam kod çözücüleri, ticari video DVD oynatmak için gerekli paketler v.b." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -2119,11 +1704,9 @@ msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum" #: en/minimal-install.xml:9 msgid "" "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum " -"yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>" +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "Paket Grubu Seçimi ekranında, her şeyin seçimini kaldırarak En Ufak Kurulum yapmayı seçebilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -2132,20 +1715,14 @@ msgid "" "their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " "workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " "Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "" -"En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya " -"özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler " -"için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek " -"kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum, <application>Mageia</application>'yı bir sunucu veya özelleştirilmiş iş istasyonu gibi belirli bir amaç için kullanmak isteyenler için gereklidir. Bu seçeneği Elle Paket Seçimi ile birleştirerek kullanabilirsiniz. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:14 msgid "" "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " "you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç " -"yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir." +msgstr "Bu kurulum sınıfını seçerseniz ilgili ekran, belgelendirme ve X gibi bir kaç yararlı ek kurmayı önerecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/minimal-install.xml:19 @@ -2153,37 +1730,34 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Çeşitli parametrelerin özeti" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by +#. linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, +#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 @@ -2192,11 +1766,7 @@ msgid "" "the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " "settings here and change them if you want after pressing " "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin " -"yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir " -"ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "DrakX algıladığı donanıma ve yaptığınız seçimlere bağlı olarak sisteminizin yapılandırması için en uygun seçimleri yaptı. Ayarları burada denetleyebilir ve isterseniz <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2212,12 +1782,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Zaman Dilimi</guilabel>" #: en/misc-params.xml:52 msgid "" "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " -"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" -">" -msgstr "" -"DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse " -"bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=" -"\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref " +"linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgstr "DrakX tercih ettiğiniz dile bağlı olarak bir zaman dilimi seçti. Gerekirse bunu değiştirebilirsiniz. Ayrıca bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -2229,9 +1796,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ülke / Bölge</guilabel>" msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "" -"Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: " -"<xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "Seçilen ülkede yaşamıyorsanız, bu ayarı düzeltmeniz çok önemlidir. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2247,9 +1812,7 @@ msgstr "DrakX önyükleyici ayarı için iyi seçimler yaptı." #: en/misc-params.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" -msgstr "" -"Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi " -"değiştirmeyin" +msgstr "Grub ve/veya Lilo' yu nasıl yapılandıracağınızı bilmiyorsanız hiç birşeyi değiştirmeyin" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:75 @@ -2264,11 +1827,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Kullanıcı yönetimi</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 msgid "" -"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" -"literal> directories." -msgstr "" -"İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/" -"home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır." +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own " +"<literal>/home</literal> directories." +msgstr "İlave kullanıcıları buraya ekleyebilirsiniz. Bu kullanıcılar kendi <literal>/home</literal> dizinlerine sahip olacaklardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -2280,19 +1841,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Hizmetler</guilabel>:" msgid "" "System services refer to those small programs which run the background " "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "" -"Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) " -"işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı " -"bırakmanızı sağlar." +msgstr "Sistem hizmetleri, arka planda çalışan küçük uygulamaları (art süreçleri) işaret eder. Bu araç belirli görevleri etkinleştirmenizi veya devre dışı bırakmanızı sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "" -"Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata " -"bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir." +msgstr "Burada bir şeyi değiştirmeden önce dikkatle denetlemelisiniz; çünkü bir hata bilgisayarınızın düzgün işlemesini engelleyebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2314,9 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Klavye</guilabel>:" msgid "" "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " "your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "" -"Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye " -"düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir." +msgstr "Burası; konumunuza, dilinize ve klavye türünüze bağlı olarak klavye düzeninizi ayarlayabileceğiniz yerdir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2328,9 +1882,7 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Fare</guilabel>:" msgid "" "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " "etc." -msgstr "" -"Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. " -"ayarlayabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Burada diğer işaretleme araçlarını, tabletleri, iztoplarını v.b. ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -2340,13 +1892,10 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ses kartı</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 msgid "" -"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option " -"to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " +"The installer uses the default driver, if there is a default one. The option" +" to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği " -"sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri " -"öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur." +msgstr "Kurulum aracı, varsa öntanımlı sürücüyü kullanır. Farklı bir sürücü seçeneği sadece kartınız için birden fazla sürücü varsa ve bunların hiç biri öntanımlı olan değilse sunulur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2355,9 +1904,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Grafiksel arabirim</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:139 -msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "" -"Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." +msgstr "Bu bölüm ekran kart(lar)ınızı ve görüntüleme araçlarınızı ayarlayabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:142 @@ -2367,11 +1916,10 @@ msgstr "Daha fazla bilgi için bakınız: <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/> #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:148 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:156 @@ -2390,20 +1938,14 @@ msgid "" "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " "Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." -msgstr "" -"Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu " -"etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için " -"bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</" -"application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır." +msgstr "Burada ağınızı yapılandırabilirsiniz; fakat Nonfree deposunu etkinleştirmediyseniz müseccel sürücüler kullanan ağ kartları için bilgisayarı yeniden başlattıktan sonra <application>Mageia Denetim Merkezi</application>'nde ayarlamanız iyi olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 msgid "" "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " "that interface as well." -msgstr "" -"Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini " -"ayarlamayı unutmayın." +msgstr "Bir ağ kartı eklediğinizde güvenlik duvarının bu ara birimi izlemesini ayarlamayı unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:178 @@ -2416,19 +1958,14 @@ msgid "" "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " "internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " "proxy service." -msgstr "" -"Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı " -"görevi görür. Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için " -"bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar." +msgstr "Bir Vekil Sunucu, bilgisayarınız ve daha geniş İnternet arasında aracı görevi görür. Bu bölüm, bir vekil sunucu hizmetini kullanmak için bilgisayarınızı yapılandırmanıza olanak sağlar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:185 msgid "" -"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " -"need to enter here" -msgstr "" -"Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize " -"danışmanız gerekebilir" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you" +" need to enter here" +msgstr "Buraya girmeniz gereken parametreleri almak için sistem yöneticinize danışmanız gerekebilir" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2443,11 +1980,9 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Düzeyi</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:202 msgid "" -"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " -"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "" -"Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu " -"durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir." +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default" +" setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "Burada bilgisayarınız için Güvenlik düzeyini ayarlayabilirsiniz. Çoğu durumda öntanımlı ayar (Standart) genel kullanım için yeterlidir." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2464,63 +1999,50 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Güvenlik Duvarı</guilabel>:" msgid "" "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "" -"Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri " -"çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır." +msgstr "Güvenlik Duvarı, önemli verileriniz ile internette dolaşan ve bu verileri çalmaya uğraşan çakallar arasında duvar oluşturmaktadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 msgid "" "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " "selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "" -"Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için " -"bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır." +msgstr "Sistem erişimi istediğiniz hizmetleri seçin. Yaptığınız seçimleri için bilgisayarınızı kullanım biçimine bağlı olmalıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:222 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "" -"Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini " -"unutmayın." +msgstr "Her şeye izin vermenin (güvenlik duvarı yok) çok riskli olabileceğini unutmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:16 msgid "" "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " "partition" -msgstr "" -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü " -"yeniden boyutlandır" +msgstr "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümünü yeniden boyutlandır" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:20 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"disk bölümüne sahipsiniz. Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> " -"kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin." +"You have more than one " +"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " +"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "Birden fazla <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> disk bölümüne sahipsiniz. Hangisinin <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu için küçültüleceğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Güvenlik Seviyesi" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:24 @@ -2531,23 +2053,19 @@ msgstr "Güvenlik seviyenizi burada ayarlayabilirsiniz." #: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "" -"Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın." +msgstr "Neyi seçeceğinizi bilmiyorsanız, ön tanımlı ayarları olduğu gibi bırakın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " "in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim " -"Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Kurulumdan sonra, istediğiniz zaman güvenlik ayarlarınızı Mageia Denetim Merkezi'ndeki <guilabel>Güvenlik</guilabel> bölümünden yapabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:4 -#, fuzzy msgid "Select and use ISOs" -msgstr "Fare seçin" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:8 @@ -2569,15 +2087,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can find them <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/" -"\">here</link>." +"You can find them <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/\">here</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:21 -#, fuzzy msgid "Classical installation media" -msgstr "Kurulum adımları" +msgstr "Klasik kurulum ortamı" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:24 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:92 @@ -2585,12 +2102,14 @@ msgstr "Kurulum adımları" msgid "Common features" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:28 msgid "They use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:32 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2599,28 +2118,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:39 msgid "DVD" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:43 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:107 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:171 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:189 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:217 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:47 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " "Hardware Detection Tool." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:52 msgid "Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:57 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free " @@ -2630,28 +2153,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:64 msgid "DVD dual arch" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DVD dual arch" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:68 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made " "automatically according to the detected CPU." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:73 msgid "Xfce desktop only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yalnız Xfce masaüstü." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:77 msgid "" -"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) " -"TO BE CHECKED!" +"Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk)" +" TO BE CHECKED!" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:82 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2661,27 +2188,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:96 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a " "HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:102 msgid "ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:111 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " -"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous releases.</" -"emphasis>" +"installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous " +"releases.</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:117 msgid "They contains non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2691,38 +2222,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:127 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:163 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:131 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:149 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:221 msgid "English language only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yalnız İngilizce." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:135 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:153 msgid "32 bits only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yalnız 32 bit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:141 msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:145 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:181 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:159 msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:167 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:185 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "" @@ -2737,21 +2273,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Boot-only CDs media" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:203 msgid "" -"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " -"start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the " -"install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a " -"local network or on the Internet." +"Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to" +" start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete " +"the install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, " +"on a local network or on the Internet." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:211 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when " -"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that " -"can't boot on a USB stick." +"bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that" +" can't boot on a USB stick." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> @@ -2759,7 +2297,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:231 msgid "Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software." msgstr "" @@ -2767,9 +2306,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:238 msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" -msgstr "" +msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:242 msgid "" "Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -2789,27 +2329,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:256 msgid "" -"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or " -"BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used " -"mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is " -"chosen, you can also see something like" +"Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or" +" BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the " +"used mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If " +"http is chosen, you can also see something like" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:263 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Checking.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome-lang.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:268 msgid "" "md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of " -"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the " -"file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " +"them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the" +" file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this " "number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your " "downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a " "failure. Then this window appears:" @@ -2817,10 +2355,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:276 -#, fuzzy msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Download.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:281 @@ -2840,32 +2376,30 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:289 msgid "" -"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" -"file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:292 msgid "" -"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum path/to/the/" -"image/file.iso</userinput>." +"- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " +"path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:295 msgid "" -"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a " -"while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" +"and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a" +" while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Md5sum.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:309 @@ -2889,8 +2423,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly " "to <emphasis role=\"bold\">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is " -"not correct. More information in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"not correct. More information in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images\">the Mageia" +" wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> @@ -2920,15 +2455,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:339 -#, fuzzy msgid "Using Mageia" -msgstr "Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:341 msgid "" -"You can use a graphical tool like <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" +"You can use a graphical tool like <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks\">IsoDumper</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> @@ -2936,74 +2470,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:347 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:351 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " "final -)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:355 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Root.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:362 msgid "" -"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application " -"or file manager that read it)" +"Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application" +" or file manager that read it)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:370 -#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:377 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " "in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " "bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:386 msgid "" -"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/" -"Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" +"(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd " +"if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb " +"bs=1M</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: +#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:396 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "" @@ -3032,22 +2575,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:416 -#, fuzzy msgid "Mageia Installation" -msgstr "En Ufak Kurulum" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:418 msgid "" -"This step is detailed in <link ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/" -"\">the Mageia documentation</link>." +"This step is detailed in <link " +"ns4:href=\"http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/\">the Mageia documentation</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:420 msgid "" -"More information, is available in <link ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" -"en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia wiki</link>." +"More information, is available in <link " +"ns4:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation\">the Mageia " +"wiki</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3055,18 +2598,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Ülke/Bölge seçin" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:27 @@ -3074,19 +2614,14 @@ msgid "" "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " "like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "" -"Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ " -"dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek " -"Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir." +msgstr "Bulunduğunuz ülke veya bölgeyi seçin. Bu işlem, para birimi ve kablosuz ağ dolaşım alanı gibi her tür ayar için önemlidir. Yanlış ülkeyi seçmek Kablosuz ağ kullanımınızı engelleyebilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine " -"tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "Ülkeniz listede yer almıyorsa, <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> düğmesine tıklayın ve ülkenizi/bölgenizi orada seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -3095,11 +2630,7 @@ msgid "" "after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " "first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; " -"<guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir " -"ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek " -"seçiminizi uygulayacaktır." +msgstr "Ülkeniz sadece <guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> listesindeyse; <guibutton>TAMAM</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladıktan sonra ilk listeden bir ülke seçilmiş gibi görüntülenir. Lütfen bunu görmezden gelin, DrakX gerçek seçiminizi uygulayacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -3110,23 +2641,14 @@ msgstr "Girdi yöntemi:" #: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input" +" multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " "default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi " -"(listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden " -"çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını " -"sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde " -"yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön " -"tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar " -"yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer " -"işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa " -"kurulabilirler." +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method" +" so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "<guilabel>Diğer Ülkeler</guilabel> ekranında ayrıca bir girdi yöntemi (listenin sonunda) seçebilirsiniz. Girdi yöntemleri kullanıcıların birden çok alfabe karakterlerini (Çince, Japonca, Korece v.b.) kullanmalarını sağlar. IBus Mageia DVD' lerinde, Afrika/Hindistan ve Asya Çalışan CDlerinde yer alan ön tanımlı girdi yöntemidir. Asya veya Afrika dilleri için, IBus ön tanımlı girdi yöntemi olarak ayarlanır ve böylece kullanıcıların elle ayar yapmaları gerekmez. Diğer girdi yöntemleri (SCIM, GCIN, HIME vb.) benzer işlevler sunar ve paket seçiminden önce HTTP/FTP veri kaynağı ayarlanmışsa kurulabilirler." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -3134,11 +2656,7 @@ msgid "" "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " "after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " "\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve " -"kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -> " -"\"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak " -"erişebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Kurulum sırasında girdi yöntemi kurulumunu atlamışsanız, bu işleve kurduğunuz sistemi başlattıktan sonra \"Bilgisayarınızı Yapılandırın\" -> \"Sistem\" yoluyla veya kök olarak localedrake aracını çalıştırarak erişebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -3148,11 +2666,9 @@ msgstr "Kurulum veya Yükseltme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:32 @@ -3163,9 +2679,7 @@ msgstr "Kurulum" #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "" -"Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için " -"kullanın." +msgstr "Bu seçeneği taze bir <application>Mageia</application> kurulumu yapmak için kullanın." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -3178,10 +2692,7 @@ msgid "" "If you have one or more <application>Mageia</application> installations on " "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." -msgstr "" -"Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> " -"kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme " -"yükseltmeye izin verecektir." +msgstr "Sisteminizde bir veya daha fazla <application>Mageia</application> kurulumunuz mevcutsa, kurulum aracı bunlardan birini en son sürüme yükseltmeye izin verecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -3189,50 +2700,31 @@ msgid "" "Only upgrading from a previous Mageia version that was <emphasis>still " "supported</emphasis> when this installer's version was released, has been " "thoroughly tested. If you want to upgrade a Mageia version that had already " -"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do " -"a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." -msgstr "" -"Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen " -"desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme " -"mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş " -"olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</" -"literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi " -"olacaktır." +"reached its End\tOf Life when this one was released, then it is better to do" +" a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." +msgstr "Bu kurulum aracı sürümü yayınlandığında denenmiş olan ve <emphasis>halen desteklenen</emphasis> sadece bir önceki Mageia sürümünden yükseltme mümkündür. Bu sürümün yayınlandığı esnada Destek \tSüresinin Sonuna gelmiş olan bir Mageia sürümünden yükseltme yapmak isteseniz de <literal>/home</literal> disk bölümünü koruyarak temiz ve yeni bir kurulum yapmanız daha iyi olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 msgid "" "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been" +" formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " "the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden " -"başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk " -"bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, " -"bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi " -"kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen " -"bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan " -"sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına " -"aynı anda basın." +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you" +" want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "Kurulum sırasında kurulumu durdurmak isterseniz, bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak mümkündür; ancak bunu yapmadan önce iki kez düşünün. Bir disk bölümü biçimlendirilmişse veya güncellemeler kurulmaya başlanmışsa, bilgisayarınız aynı durumda olmayacaktır ve yeniden başlatmak sizi kullanılamaz durumda bir sistemle baş başa bırakabilir. Buna rağmen bilgisayarı yeniden başlatmak konusunda eminseniz; <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> tuşlarına birlikte basarak bir metin uçbirimine gidin. Bundan sonra yeniden başlatmak için <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel>tuşlarına aynı anda basın." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "" -"Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" " -"ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak " -"dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki " -"aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you" +" can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "Ek bir dil seçmeyi unuttuğunuzu fark ettiyseniz, \"Kurulum veya Yükseltme\" ekranından <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> tuşlarına aynı anda basarak dil seçimi ekranına dönüş yapabilirsiniz. Bunu kurulumun sonraki aşamalarında yap<emphasis>ma</emphasis>yın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -3244,58 +2736,43 @@ msgstr "Klavye" msgid "" "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " "keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "" -"DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön " -"tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir." +msgstr "DrakX diliniz için uygun bir klavye seçer. Uygun bir klavye bulunamazsa ön tanımlı olan US klavye düzenini seçecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"" +" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "" -"Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. " -"Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile " -"birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye " -"üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da " -"bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications" +" that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a" +" label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "Seçimin doğru olduğundan emin olun veya başka klavye düzeni seçin. Klavyenizin hangi düzene sahip olduğunu bilmiyorsanız sisteminiz ile birlikte gelen özelliklere bakın veya bilgisayar satıcınıza sorun. Klavye üzerinde düzenini gösteren bir etiket de bulunabilir. Ayrıca şuraya da bakabilirsiniz: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "" -"Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine " -"tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." +msgstr "Klavyeniz listede gösterilmemişse, <guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak tam listeye ulaşabilir ve klavyenizi oradan seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though" +" a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." -msgstr "" -"<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk " -"klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış " -"gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam " -"edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır." +msgstr "<guibutton>Ayrıntı</guibutton> kısmında bir klavye seçtikten sonra ilk klavye seçimi ekranına döndürülürsünüz. Burada bir klavye seçimi yapılmış gibi görünecektir. Bu hatayı güvenle yok sayabilir ve kuruluma devam edebilirsiniz: Klavyeniz. listeden seçtiğiniz klavye olarak ayarlanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -3303,10 +2780,7 @@ msgid "" "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " "extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "" -"Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve " -"Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak " -"istediğiniz sorulur." +msgstr "Latin alfabesi temelli olmayan bir klavye seçerseniz ek bir ekranda Latin ve Latin temelli olmayan klavye düzenleri arasında nasıl geçiş yapmak istediğiniz sorulur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -3319,52 +2793,38 @@ msgid "" "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "" -"Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış " -"sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır." +msgstr "Bulunduğunuz kıtadaki listeyi genişleterek tercih ettiğiniz dili seçin. <application>Mageia</application> kurulum sırasında ve kurulumu tamamlanmış sistemde bu seçimi kullanacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " "system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "" -"Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu " -"olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</" -"guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor " -"olacaktır." +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be" +" difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "Sisteminizde kendiniz veya diğer kullanıcılar için başka dillerin de kurulu olması gerekiyorsa, bunları şimdi eklemek için <guibutton>Çoklu dil</guibutton> düğmesini kullanın. Kurulumdan sonra ek dil desteği eklemek zor olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\"" +" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them" +" as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "" -"Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında " -"tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil " -"ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ." +msgstr "Birden çok dil seçmiş bile olsanız, bunlardan birini ilk dil ekranında tercih edilen dil olarak belirlemelisiniz. Seçtiğiniz bu dil çoklu dil ekranında da işaretli olacaktır ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "" -"Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı " -"dili de kurmanız önerilir." +msgstr "Klavye diliniz tercih ettiğiniz dilden farklı ise klavyenizin kullandığı dili de kurmanız önerilir." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -3372,67 +2832,52 @@ msgid "" "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " "\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "" -"Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için " -"uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı " -"bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de " -"devre dışı bırakılmış olur." +msgstr "Mageia,öntanımlı olarak UTF-8 (Ünikod) desteği kullanır. Bunun diliniz için uygun olmadığını düşünüyorsanız \"çoklu dil\" ekranında devre dışı bırakabilirsiniz. UTF-8 devre dışı bırakıldığında tüm kurulu diller için de devre dışı bırakılmış olur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " "Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -" -"> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Sisteminizin dilini kurulumdan sonra Mageia Denetim Merkezi -> Sistem -> Sisteminizin yerelleştirmesini yönetin bölümünden de değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Fare seçin" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right +#. place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " "format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " "different one here." -msgstr "" -"Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada " -"seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Farenizin cevap verme şeklinden mutlu değilseniz, farklı bir tanesini burada seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "" -"Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 & " -"USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır." +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "Genellikle, <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>Herhangi PS/2 & USB fare</guilabel> iyi bir seçim olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "" -"Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak " -"için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> " -"seçeneğini seçin." +msgstr "Altı veya daha fazla düğmesi olan farelerde çalışmayan düğmeleri ayarlamak için <guilabel>Evrensel</guilabel> - <guilabel>evdev zorla</guilabel> seçeneğini seçin." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -3442,13 +2887,10 @@ msgstr "Önyükleme Menü Girdisi Ekleme veya Değiştirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 @@ -3456,95 +2898,75 @@ msgid "" "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " "relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan " -"ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi " -"değiştirebilirsiniz." +msgstr "<emphasis>Önyükleme Yapılandırması</emphasis> ekranında ve üstünde açılan ekranda düzenleme yaparak bir girdi ekleyebilir veya seçtiğiniz bir girdiyi değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek " -"ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir." +msgstr "Risk almadan yapılabilecek bazı şeyler, bir girdinin etiketini değiştirmek ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden " -"adlandırabilirsiniz." +msgstr "Bir girdinin uygun sürüm numarasını ekleyebilir veya tümüyle yeniden adlandırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin " -"önyükleme yapacağı girdidir." +msgstr "Öntanımlı girdi, önyükleme ekranında bir seçim yapmadıysanız sistemin önyükleme yapacağı girdidir." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa " -"bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye " -"kalkmayın." +msgstr "Diğer hususları değiştirmek önyükleme yapamayan bir sistemle sizi baş başa bırakabilir. Lütfen ne yaptığınızı bilmiyorsanız yeni bir şeyler denemeye kalkmayın." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from +#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, +#. except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using +#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme " -"ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by" +" the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "Kurulum aracı tarafından kendiliğinden seçilenlerden farklı önyükleme ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case" +" you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " "allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" -"Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda " -"mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir " -"önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız." +msgstr "Makinenizde bir başka işletim sistemi daha kurulu olabilir. Bu durumda mevcut önyükleyiciye Mageia' yı eklemek veya Mageia' nın yeni bir önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -3563,20 +2985,14 @@ msgid "" "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " "operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " "boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit " -"diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim " -"sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne " -"eklemeyi dener." +msgstr "Ön tanımlı olarak, Mageia yeni bir GRUB (eski) önyükleyiciyi ilk sabit diskin MBR (Birincil Önyükleme Kaydı) üzerine yazar. Bir başka işletim sistemi önceden kuruluysa, Mageia bunları yeni Mageia önyükleme menüsüne eklemeyi dener." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" -"Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı " -"olarak sunmaktadır." +msgstr "Mageia, eski GRUB ve Lilo' ya ek olarak GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi de tercihe bağlı olarak sunmaktadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 @@ -3584,19 +3000,14 @@ msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " "used." -msgstr "" -"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) " -"tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında " -"algılanmayacaklardır." +msgstr "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanan Linux sistemleri şimdilik GRUB (eski) tarafından desteklenmemektedir ve öntanımlı GRUB kullanıldığında algılanmayacaklardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "" -"Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz " -"GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır." +msgstr "Buradaki en iyi çözüm kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasından erişebileceğiniz GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -3607,57 +3018,41 @@ msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" -"Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet " -"sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan " -"Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız." +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader" +" <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the" +" bootloader install location." +msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmaya karar verirseniz kurulum sırasında Özet sayfasında DURMALI ve önyükleyici kurulum konumunu değiştirmenizi sağlayan Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR." +" You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" -"Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. " -"Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız, sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü " -"seçmelisiniz." +msgstr "Bir aygıt, mesela \"sda\" seçmeyin yoksa mevcut MBR üzerine yazarsınız. Önceki disk bölümlendirme aşamasında ayarladığınız, sda7 gibi, kök bölümünü seçmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" -"Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir " -"bölümdür." +msgstr "Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir bölümdür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." -msgstr "" -"Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün " -"nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. " -"Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür." +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to" +" the installer screen." +msgstr "Ctrl+Alt+F2 ile tty2 terminaline gidin ve <literal>/</literal> (kök) bölümün nerede olduğunu denetlemek için <literal>df</literal> komutunu çalıştırın. Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and" +" add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." -msgstr "" -"Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, " -"bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili " -"önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve " -"kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine " -"bakın." +msgstr "Mageia sisteminizi mevcut bir önyükleyiciye eklemek için gerekli tam süreç, bu yardımını hedeflerinin ötesindedir. Ancak yine de bir çok durumda ilgili önyükleme kurulum uygulamasını çalıştırmak onu algılayabilir ve kendiliğinden ekleyebilir. Sorularınız için işletim sisteminin belgelerine bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 @@ -3668,56 +3063,48 @@ msgstr "Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri" #: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" -"<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı " -"alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak " -"<guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece " -"biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur." +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "<literal>/tmp</literal> içeren <literal>/</literal> bölümü için kısıtlı alanınız varsa, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak <guilabel>Her açılışta /tmp temizle</guilabel> kutusunu işaretleyin. Böylece biraz boş alan kazanmanız mümkün olur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI Kur" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's +#. comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based +#. on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers" +" it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " "fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" -"DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI " -"denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri " -"belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir." +msgstr "DrakX genellikle sabit diskleri doğru olarak algılar. Bazı eski SCSI denetleyicileri söz konusu olduğunda kullanılacak doğru sürücüleri belirlemekte başarısız olabilir ve diski algılayamayabilir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." -msgstr "" -"Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle " -"belirtmeniz gerekecektir." +msgstr "Bu durum gerçekleşirse, Drakx' e hangi SCSI disklerinizin olduğunu elle belirtmeniz gerekecektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3729,15 +3116,13 @@ msgstr "DrakX bundan sonra diskleri doğru olarak yapılandırabilecektir." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Ses Yapılandırması" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " "format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-soundConfig.png\" revision=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"soundConfig-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:23 @@ -3745,9 +3130,7 @@ msgid "" "In this screen the name of the driver that the installer chose for your " "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." -msgstr "" -"Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı " -"sürücünün ismi sunulur." +msgstr "Bu ekranda kurulum aracının ses kartınız için seçtiği ve varsa öntanımlı sürücünün ismi sunulur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3757,24 +3140,16 @@ msgid "" "this tool via MCC (Mageia Control Center), by choosing the " "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." -msgstr "" -"Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra " -"sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın " -"veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> " -"sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</" -"guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın." +msgstr "Öntanımlı sürücünün sorunsuz çalışması gerekir. Ancak, yüklendikten sonra sorunla karşılaşırsanız, <command>draksound</command> komutunu çalıştırın veya bu aracı MDD (Mageia Denetim Merkezi) <guilabel>Donanım</guilabel> sekmesinde ekranın sağ üst köşesindeki <guilabel>Ses Yapılandırması</guilabel> seçeneğini tıklayarak çalıştırın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 msgid "" "Then, in the draksound or \"Sound Configuration\" tool screen, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" -"guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." -msgstr "" -"Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, " -"<guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun " -"giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı " -"önerileri bulabilirsiniz." +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on " +"<guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> to find very useful advice about how " +"to solve the problem." +msgstr "Sonra, draksound' da veya \"Ses Yapılandırması\" araç ekranında, <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine ve ondan sonra da <guibutton>Sorun giderme</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayarak sorunu çözmek için kullanışlı önerileri bulabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3787,376 +3162,44 @@ msgid "" "Clicking <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> in this screen, during install, is " "useful if there is no default driver and there are several drivers " "available, but you think the installer selected the wrong one." -msgstr "" -"Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine " -"tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa " -"ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır." +msgstr "Kurulum sırasında bu ekranda <guibutton>Gelişmiş</guibutton> düğmesine tıklamak öntanımlı bir sürücü yoksa ve erişilebilir başka sürücüler mevcutsa ve de kurulum aracının yanlış olanı seçtiğini düşünüyorsanız yararlıdır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:49 msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." -msgstr "" -"Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> " -"düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz." +msgstr "Bu durumda <guibutton>Herhangi bir sürücü seçmeme izin ver</guibutton> düğmesine tıkladığınızda farklı bir sürücü seçebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Biçimlendirilecek sabit diski onaylayın" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm +#. sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -msgstr "" -"Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." +msgstr "Seçiminizden emin değilseniz <guibutton>Geri</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü " -"veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -#~ "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </" -#~ "imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -#~ "special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Kurulum sırasında sorun yaşarsanız, özel kurulum seçeneklerini " -#~ "kullanmanız gerekebilir. Bkz: <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -#~ "xref>." - -#~ msgid "Installation options" -#~ msgstr "Kurulum seçenekleri" - -#~ msgid "This will open the following text based help." -#~ msgstr "Böylece yardım temelli aşağıdaki metin açılacaktır." - -#~ msgid "Installation Help Screen" -#~ msgstr "Kurulum Yardım Ekranı" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -#~ "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -#~ "imageobject>" - -#~ msgid "Kernel Options" -#~ msgstr "Çekirdek Seçenekleri" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " -#~ "options selected will work with your computer." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bu bölüm ses kartınız için ince ayar yapmanızı sağlar. Çoğu durumda " -#~ "seçili seçenekler bilgisayarınızla çalışacaktır." - -#~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" -#~ msgstr "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " -#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " -#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " -#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Be sure to select the correct hard disk. All data on the selected disk " -#~ "will be lost. This step can not be undone." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a SSD (Solid State Drive) instead of a hard disk, at the time " -#~ "this help was written, it was inadvisable to create the partitions with " -#~ "this tool because they would not be aligned. The SSD would work but with " -#~ "reduced speed and lifetime. Use a partitioning tool such as Gparted " -#~ "instead with these partition alignment settings for each partition :" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you have a SSD (Solid State Drive) instead of a hard disk, at the time " -#~ "this help was written, it was inadvisable to create the partitions with " -#~ "this tool because they would not be aligned. The SSD would work but with " -#~ "reduced speed and lifetime. Use a partitioning tool such as Gparted " -#~ "instead with these partition alignment settings for each partition :" - -#~ msgid "Round to cylinders : unchecked" -#~ msgstr "Round to cylinders : unchecked" - -#~ msgid "Bootloader main options (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader main options (old page)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " -#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " -#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"></xref> because " -#~ "that page has the filename the help button in the '''Bootloader main " -#~ "options''' screen in installer links to." - -#~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" -#~ msgstr "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " -#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " -#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "This page was moved to <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"></xref> " -#~ "because that page has the filename the help button in the '''Graphic Card " -#~ "and Monitor Configuration''' screen in installer links to." - -#~ msgid "Bootloader expert use" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader expert use" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" -#~ "> first." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you haven't done so yet, please read <xref linkend=\"setupBootloader\"/" -#~ "> first." - -#~ msgid "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" -#~ msgstr "Adding a GRUB2 based system manually" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "A GRUB2 based system may be added to the Mageia boot menu as follows:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " -#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Boot into the system in question. In order to determine the GRUB2 version " -#~ "run the following command in a terminal:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub-install --version</literal>" - -#~ msgid "or if that fails try:" -#~ msgstr "or if that fails try:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sudo grub2-install --version</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " -#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " -#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " -#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If this returns \"GNU GRUB version 0.97\" (possibly with a custom " -#~ "suffix), then it is using GRUB (otherwise called GRUB legacy) not GRUB2 " -#~ "and your system should be correctly identified by Mageia during " -#~ "installation and added automatically to the menu." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If this returns (GRUB) 1.98 or 1.99 or 2.xx, then you are using GRUB2." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " -#~ "partition:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Make a note of the version and enter this command to identify the root " -#~ "partition:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h / |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#~ msgid "This will output something like :" -#~ msgstr "This will output something like :" - -#~ msgid "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>/dev/sdb11</literal>" - -#~ msgid "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." -#~ msgstr "sdb11 is the root partition - make a note of it." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " -#~ "following command:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Now check that the /boot folder is in the same partition by entering the " -#~ "following command:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>df -h /boot |(read; awk '{print $1; exit}')</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " -#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." -#~ "lst below." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If the /boot partition is different to the root partition then make a " -#~ "note and use the /boot partition in the \"root\" line when editing menu." -#~ "lst below." - -#~ msgid "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." -#~ msgstr "You can now shut down the system and install Mageia." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " -#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In your new running Mageia system, open a terminal and as root edit the " -#~ "file /boot/grub/menu.lst as follows:" - -#~ msgid "To become root use:" -#~ msgstr "To become root use:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>su -</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>su -</literal>" - -#~ msgid "(enter root password)" -#~ msgstr "(enter root password)" - -#~ msgid "To open the file in an editor use:" -#~ msgstr "To open the file in an editor use:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kwrite /boot/grub/menu.lst</literal>" - -#~ msgid "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" -#~ msgstr "(replace \"kwrite\" with \"gedit\" if you are using Gnome)" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " -#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " -#~ "its position in the file:" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Add the following entry for your (e.g. Ubuntu) system, possibly as the " -#~ "second stanza. The position the item appears in the menu will depend on " -#~ "its position in the file:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>title Ubuntu</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>root (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/core.img</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " -#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " -#~ "GRUB count from zero." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "In the second line, \"hd1\" means the second hard drive, the \"10\" " -#~ "indicates the 11th partition. Drives and partitions in Mageia's legacy " -#~ "GRUB count from zero." - -#~ msgid "Therefore:" -#~ msgstr "Therefore:" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sdb11 = (hd1,10)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>sda1 = (hd0,0)</literal>" - -#~ msgid "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" -#~ msgstr "If the GRUB2 version is 2.xx then change the last line to :" - -#~ msgid "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" -#~ msgstr "<literal>kernel /boot/grub/i386-pc/core.img</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" -#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you needed to use \"grub2-install\" earlier then change <literal>\"grub" -#~ "\"</literal> to <literal>\"grub2\"</literal> in the last line." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" -#~ "literal> from the last line." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If /boot was on a separate partition, then remove <literal>\"/boot\"</" -#~ "literal> from the last line." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " -#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Save the file and re-boot. You should now see your \"Ubuntu\" entry in " -#~ "the menu and be able to boot from it." - -#~ msgid "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" -#~ msgstr "Using an existing GRUB2 bootloader" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " -#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "If you didn't read the general part about using an existing bootloader " -#~ "yet, do so now. See <xref linkend=\"usingExistingBootloader\"/>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " -#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " -#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " -#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " -#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "There is a known bug in OS-prober used during GRUB2 installation in some " -#~ "versions of Debian/Ubuntu that incorrectly creates grub.cfg when adding " -#~ "Mageia (or Mandriva) systems. This is simple to work around and details " -#~ "of a fix can be found in the Mageia forum. Search for \"prober\", the " -#~ "topic is \"grub problem\", post #9 has the information." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " -#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." -#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "To make the fix permanent so that it will survive an Ubuntu kernel " -#~ "update, the Mageia entry should be added to <literal>/etc/grub." -#~ "d/40_custom</literal>" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " -#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " -#~ "preferred solution." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stop Press: The bug is fixed in os-prober-1.53 released on 8th May 2012. " -#~ "So now, upgrading to the new version in your GRUB2 installation is the " -#~ "preferred solution." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every" +" partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "Eminseniz ve her disk bölümünü, her işletim sistemini ve sabit diskteki tümü veriyi silmeyi istiyorsanız <guibutton>İleri</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b74934d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>DrakX ile kurulum</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Şubat 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">Mageia Resmi Belgeleri</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>DrakX ile kurulum</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Şubat 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Bu el kitabındaki kurulum aracı ekranlarının tümünü hiç kimse +görmeyecektir. Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki +seçimlerinize bağlıdır.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Bu el kitabındaki ekran görüntüleri ve metinler CC BY-SA3.0 ile +lisanslanmıştır <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>Bu el kitabı, <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> +tarafından geliştirilen <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco +CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır.</para> + + <para>Gönüllüler tarafından boş zamanlarında yazılmıştır. Bu el kitabının +geliştirilmesine yardımcı olmak istiyorsanız lütfen <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Belgelendirme +Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml index e1980e16..2a1d5b26 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/DrakX.xml @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ <!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> <!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> <!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<!--2014-05-07 add selectAndUseISOs2.xml Papoteur--> <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> <info> @@ -38,9 +39,12 @@ Ekibi</link> ile irtibat kurun.</para> + + <xi:include href="SelectAndUseISOs2.xml"/> + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml b/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..13ef9be1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/tr/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr"> + + <info> + <!-- Made by Lebarhon 2014 03 26 --> +<title xml:id="Select-and-use-ISOs-ti1">Select and use ISOs</title> + </info> + + <section> + <title>Media</title> + + <section> + <title>Definition</title> + + <para>We call a media here a ISO image file that allows to install and/or update +Mageia and by extension any physical support where the ISO file is copied.</para> + + <para>You can find them <link +ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/downloads/">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Klasik kurulum ortamı</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>They use the traditional installer called drakx.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, +Hardware Detection Tool.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Each DVD contains any available desktop environments and languages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You'll be given the choice during the installation to add or not non free +software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>DVD dual arch</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Both architectures are present on the same media, the choice is made +automatically according to the detected CPU.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız Xfce masaüstü.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Some languages only (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) +TO BE CHECKED!</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Can be used to preview the distribution without first installing it on a +HDD, and optionally install Mageia on your HDD.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean +installations, they cannot be used to upgrade from previous +releases.</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>They contains non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız İngilizce.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız 32 bit.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live CD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız İngilizce.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız 32 bit.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD KDE</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>KDE desktop environment only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Live DVD GNOME</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız GNOME masaüstü ortamı.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>All languages are present.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Boot-only CDs media</title> + + <section> + <title>Common features</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to +start the drakx installer and find the ISO file to continue and complete the +install. These ISO files may be on the PC hard disk, on a local drive, on a +local network or on the Internet.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>These media are very light (less than 100 Mo) and are convenient when +bandwidth is too low to download a full DVD, PC without DVD drive or PC that +can't boot on a USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Yalnız İngilizce.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains only free software, for people who refuse non free software.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>boot-nonfree.iso</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Contains non free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need +it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Media downloading and checking</title> + + <section> + <title>Downloading</title> + + <para>Once you have chosen your ISO file, you can download it either using http or +BitTorrent. In both cases, a window give you some information, like the used +mirror and the possibility to change if the bandwidth is to low. If http is +chosen, you can also see something like</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Checking.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>md5sum and sha1sum are tools to check your ISO integrity. Use only one of +them. Both hexadecimal numbers have been calculated by an algorithm from the +file to be downloaded. If you ask this algorithm to calculate again this +number from your downloaded file, either you have the same number and your +downloaded file is correct, or the number is different and you met a +failure. Then this window appears:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Download.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Check the radio button Save File.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Checking the downloaded media integrity</title> + + <para>Open a console, no need to be root, and:</para> + + <para>- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>- To use sha1sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum +path/to/the/image/file.iso</userinput>.</para> + + <para>and compare the obtained number on your computer (you may have to wait for a +while) with the number given by Mageia. Example:</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Md5sum.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Burn or dump the ISO</title> + + <para>The checked ISO can now be burned on a CD or DVD or dumped on a USB +stick. These operations are not a simple copy and aim at make a boot-able +media.</para> + + <section> + <title>Burn the ISO on a CD/DVD</title> + + <para>Use whatever burner you want but ensure the burning device is set correctly +to <emphasis role="bold">burn an image</emphasis>, burn data or files is not +correct. More information in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Writing_CD_and_DVD_images">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Dump the ISO on a USB stick</title> + + <para>All Mageia ISOs are hybrid, which means you can 'dump' them on a USB stick +and use it to boot and install the system.</para> + + <warning> + <para>"dumping" an image onto a flash device destroys any prior file-system in the +partition; any data will be lost and partition capacity will be reduced to +the image size.</para> + </warning> + + <para>To recover the original capacity, you have to format the USB stick.</para> + + <section> + <title>Using Mageia</title> + + <para>You can use a graphical tool like <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/IsoDumper_Writing_ISO_images_on_USB_sticks">IsoDumper</link></para> + + <para>You can also use the dd tool in a console:</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Open a console</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the +final -)</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Root.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, that means do not open any application +or file manager that read it)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput></para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="Fdisk.png" contentwidth="650"/> +</imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb +in the screenshot above, it is a 8Go USB stick.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX +bs=1M</userinput></para> + + <para>(x)=your device name eg: /dev/sdc Example: # <userinput>dd +if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/dev/sdb +bs=1M</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Unplug your USB stick, it is done</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Using Windows</title> + + <para>You can try:</para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://rufus.akeo.ie/?locale=en_US">Rufus</link></para> + + <para>- <link ns4:href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/win32diskimager">Win32 +Disk Imager</link></para> + + <para/> + </section> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Mageia Installation</title> + + <para>This step is detailed in <link ns4:href="http://www.mageia.org/en/doc/">the +Mageia documentation</link>.</para> + + <para>More information, is available in <link +ns4:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Category:Documentation">the Mageia +wiki</link>.</para> + </section> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/installer/tr/installer.xml b/docs/installer/tr/installer.xml index f516d3c3..c47c1717 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr/installer.xml +++ b/docs/installer/tr/installer.xml @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr" xml:id="installer"> - +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="installer" version="5.0" xml:lang="tr"> @@ -38,15 +37,129 @@ If you have peripherals like printers or scanners, it is [best] to tüm ihtiyacınızı karşılayacak, kurulum aracını başlatacaktır.</para> <figure xml:id="dx-welcome"> -<info> + <info> <title xml:id="installer-ti2">Kurulum Karşılama Ekranı</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-welcome.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1"> </imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + </info> + + <para>Burada bir Mageia DVDsi kullanılırken öntanımlı karşılama ekranı +bulunmaktadır:</para> + +<mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id="BId-drakx-intro-im1" revision="1" +align="center" format="PNG" fileref="../dx-welcome.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject></figure> + + <para>İlk ekranda bazı kişisel seçenekler ayarlanabilir:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>F2 tuşuna basarak (sadece kurulumda görüntülenecek olan ve sonradan bir +başkasının sistem için ayarlanabileceği) dili seçebilirsiniz</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome-lang.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para>Ok tuşlarını kullanarak dili seçin ve Enter tuşuna basın.</para> + + <para>Mesela burada, bir ÇalışanCD/DVD kullanımındaki Fransızca karşılama ekranı +bulunmaktadır. ÇalışanCD/DVD menüsünün şunlar önermeyeceğini unutmayın: +<guilabel>Sistemi Kurtar</guilabel>, <guilabel>Bellek Sınaması</guilabel> ve +<guilabel>Donanım Algılama Aracı</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome4fr.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>F3 tuşuna basarak ekran çözünürlüğünü değiştirin.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome5def.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>F6 tuşuna basarak bazı çekirdek seçeneklerini ekleyebilirsiniz.</para> + + <para>Kurulum başarısız olursa, ek seçeneklerden birini kullanarak yeniden +denemeniz gerekebilir. F6 tuşu ile çağrılan menü <guilabel>Önyükleme +seçenekleri</guilabel> adlı yeni bir satır görüntüler ve dört girdi önerir:</para> + + <para>- Öntanımlı, öntanımlı seçeneklerden hiçbirinde değişiklik yapmaz.</para> + + <para>- Güvenli Ayarlar, verimliliğin azalmasını önlemek için daha güvenli +seçeneklere öncelik verilir.</para> + + <para>- ACPI (Gelişmiş Yapılandırma ve Güç Arabirimi) Yok, güç yönetimi hesaba +alınmaz.</para> + + <para>- Yerel APIC (Yerel Gelişmiş Programlanabilir Kesme Denetleyicisi) Yok, bu +seçenek işlemci kesmeleri ile ilgili olup sizden istendiğinde seçin.</para> + + <para>Bu girdilerden birini seçerseniz, seçtiğiniz girdi <guilabel>Önyükleme +Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenen öntanımlı seçenekleri +değiştirir.</para> + + <note> + <para>Bazı Mageia yayımlarında, F6 ile seçilen girdiler <guilabel>Önyükleme +Seçenekleri</guilabel> satırında görüntülenmeyebilir; ancak aslında +uygulanmaktadırlar.</para> + </note> - <para>Kurulum sırasında sorun yaşarsanız, özel kurulum seçeneklerini kullanmanız -gerekebilir. Bkz: <xref linkend="installationOptions"></xref>.</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcome6opt.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla çekirdek seçeneği ekleyebilirsiniz</para> + + <para>F1 tuşuna basarak daha fazla seçeneğe ulaşabilirsiniz. Bunlardan birini ok +tuşları ile seçin ve Enter tuşuna basarak daha fazla bilgiye ulaşın veya Esc +tuşuna basarak karşılama ekranına dönün.</para> + + <para/> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp1.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>Açılış resmi ile ilgili ayrıntılı görünüm. Esc tuşuna basarak veya +<guilabel>Önyükleme Seçeneklerine Dön</guilabel> seçimi ile seçenekler +listesine dönün. Bu seçenekler <guilabel>Önyükleme seçenekleri</guilabel> +satırına elle eklenebilir.</para> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="dx-welcomeHelp2.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir.</para> + </note> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsi (Boot.iso veya Boot-Nonfree.iso imajları) +kullanılırken görüntülenen öntanımlı karşılama ekranı budur:</para> + + <para>Dilin değiştirilmesine izin vermez, erişilebilir seçenekler ekranda +tanımlanmıştır. Bir Kablolu Ağ-temelli Kurulum CDsini kullanmak hakkında +daha fazla bilgi için <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Boot.iso_install">Mageia +Wiki</link>sine bakın</para> + + <warning> + <para>Klavye düzeni Amerikan düzenidir.</para> + </warning> + + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="installer-im2" align="center" +format="PNG" fileref="../dx-help.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <section xml:id="installationSteps"> <info> @@ -76,24 +189,6 @@ tuşlarına aynı anda basın.</para> </section> <section xml:id="installationOptions"> - <info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti1">Kurulum seçenekleri</title> - </info> - - <para>Kurulum başarısız olursa, <guibutton>F1 (Yardım- Help)</guibutton> düğmesine -basarak erişebileceğiniz ek seçenekleri kullanarak yeniden denemeniz -gerekebilir. Bkz: <xref linkend="dx-welcome"></xref></para> - - <para>Böylece yardım temelli aşağıdaki metin açılacaktır.</para> - - <figure xml:id="dx-help"> -<info> - <title xml:id="installationOptions-ti2">Kurulum Yardım Ekranı</title> - </info> <mediaobject> -<imageobject> <imagedata revision="1" fileref="../dx-help.png" -align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="installer-im2"></imagedata> -</imageobject></mediaobject></figure> - <section xml:id="installationProblems"> <info> <title xml:id="installationProblems-ti1">Kurulum Sorunları ve Muhtemel Çözümleri</title> @@ -116,7 +211,7 @@ kartlarında ve eski sistemlerde ortaya çıkabilir. Komut satırında metin tabanlı kurulumu denemelisiniz. Bunu kullanmak için, ilk karşılama ekranında ESC tuşuna basın ve ENTER tuşuna basarak eylemi onaylayın. "boot:" kelimesini içeren siyah bir ekranla karşılaşacaksınız. "text" yazın ve ENTER -tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin.<emphasis></emphasis></para> +tuşuna basın. Şimdi kuruluma metin kipinde devam edin.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -135,7 +230,7 @@ seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir.</para> <section xml:id="kernelOptions"> <info> - <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">Çekirdek Seçenekleri</title> + <title xml:id="kernelOptions-ti1">RAM sorunu</title> </info> <para>Bunlara nadir gereksinim olur; ama bazı durumlarda donanım erişilebilir RAM' @@ -143,6 +238,18 @@ seçeneklerle birlikte kullanılabilir.</para> parametresini kullanabilirsiniz. Buradaki xxx RAM' in doğru boyutunu ifade etmelidir. Mesela <code>mem=256M</code> 256MB RAM' i ifade eder.</para> </section> + + <section xml:id="DynamicPartitions"> + <info> + <title xml:id="DynamicPartitions-ti1">Dynamic partitions</title> + </info> + + <para>If you converted your hard disk from "basic" format to "dynamic" format on +Microsoft Windows, you must know that it is impossible to install Mageia on +this disc. To go back to a basic disk, see the Microsoft documentation: +<link +ns2:href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx">http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc776315.aspx</link>.</para> + </section> </section> </section> </section>
\ No newline at end of file |